What BGMAC defines as BGMAC_PHY_NOREGS is in fact the Broadcom Ethernet
switches' pseudo-PHY address (30), utilize the newly introduced constant
from brcmphy.h
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
What B44 has been locally using as B44_PHY_ADDR_NO_LOCAL_PHY is in fact
the Broadcom Ethernet switches pseudo-PHY address (30). Update the
header to use the newly introduced constant and update comments so they
are within 80 columns and consistent.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* mesh fixes from Alexis Green and Chun-Yeow Yeoh,
* a documentation fix from Jakub Kicinski,
* a missing channel release (from Michal Kazior),
* a fix for a signal strength reporting bug (from Sara Sharon),
* handle deauth while associating (myself),
* don't report mangled TX SKB back to userspace for status (myself),
* handle aggregation session timeouts properly in fast-xmit (myself)
However, there are also a few cleanups and one big change that
affects all drivers (and that required me to pull in your tree)
to change the mac80211 HW flags to use an unsigned long bitmap
so that we can extend them more easily - we're running out of
flags even with a cleanup to remove the two unused ones.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=2wTw
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-06-10' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
For this round we mostly have fixes:
* mesh fixes from Alexis Green and Chun-Yeow Yeoh,
* a documentation fix from Jakub Kicinski,
* a missing channel release (from Michal Kazior),
* a fix for a signal strength reporting bug (from Sara Sharon),
* handle deauth while associating (myself),
* don't report mangled TX SKB back to userspace for status (myself),
* handle aggregation session timeouts properly in fast-xmit (myself)
However, there are also a few cleanups and one big change that
affects all drivers (and that required me to pull in your tree)
to change the mac80211 HW flags to use an unsigned long bitmap
so that we can extend them more easily - we're running out of
flags even with a cleanup to remove the two unused ones.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following patch V8 adds support for Cavium Liquidio pci express
based 10Gig ethernet adapters.
1) Consolidated all debug macros to either call dev_* or
netdev_* macros directly, feedback from previous patch.
2) Changed soft commands to avoid crash when running
in interrupt context.
3) Fixed link status not reflecting correct status when NetworkManager
is running. Added MODULE_FIRMWARE declarations.
Following were the previous patches.
Patch V7:
1) Minor comments from v6 release regarding debug statements.
2) Fix for large multicast lists.
3) Fixed lockup issue if port initialization fails.
4) Enabled MSI by default.
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/464441/
Patch V6:
1) Addressed the uint64 vs u64 issue, feedback from previous patch.
2) Consolidated some receive processing routines.
3) Removed link status polling method.
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/459514/
Patch V5:
Based on the feedback from earlier patches with regards to
consolidation of common functions like device init, register
programming for cn66xx and cn68xx devices.
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/438979/
Patch V4:
Following were the changes based on the feedback from earlier patch:
1) Added mmiowb while synchronizing queue updates and other hw
interactions.
2) Statistics will now be incremented non-atomically per each ring.
liquidio_get_stats will add stats of each ring while reporting the
total statistics counts.
3) Modified liquidio_ioctl to return proper return codes.
4) Modified device naming to use standard Ethernet naming.
5) Global function names in the driver will have lio_/liquidio_/octeon_
prefix.
6) Ethtool related changes for:
Removed redundant stats and jiffies.
Use default ethtool handler of link status.
Speed setting will make use of ethtool_cmd_speed_set.
7) Added checks for pci_map_* return codes.
8) Check for signals while waiting in interruptible mode
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/435073/
Patch v3:
Implemented feedback from previous patch like:
Removed NAPI Config and DEBUG config options, added BQL and xmit_more
support.
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/422749/
Patch V2:
Implemented feedback from previous patch.
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/413539/
First Patch:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/412946/
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <Robert.Richter@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <Aleksey.Makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-06-09
This series contains updates to ixgbe only.
The series adds additional support for x550 support, such as WoL and
auto-negotiation of flow control. Adds new PHY support (external PHY)
for x550, as well as the new methods/functions needed to support the new
PHY's. Fixed a bug found in code inspection, where a check was missed
when clearing counters for x550. Also fixed the init code flow for copper
x550 devices.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EXTRA_CFLAGS should be used on the command line only.
Since EXTRA_CFLAGS here add only a non-existant path to compiler
include paths (by -I), remove EXTRA_CFLAGS completely.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we're running out of hardware capability flags pretty quickly,
convert them to use the regular test_bit() style unsigned long
bitmaps.
This introduces a number of helper functions/macros to set and to
test the bits, along with new debugfs code.
The occurrences of an explicit __clear_bit() are intentional, the
drivers were never supposed to change their supported bits on the
fly. We should investigate changing this to be a per-frame flag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merge back net-next to get wireless driver changes (from Kalle)
to be able to create the API change across all trees properly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch corrects a bug in ixgbe_setup_ixfi_x550em where we were
reading and modifying IXGBE_KRM_LINK_CTRL_1 but forgot to write the
results back.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Even though X550 may later clear this value for certain devices
set it initially to support copper.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We need to call the set_lan_id before accessing I2C and this wasn't
being done so this patch corrects that. Likewise we do the same for
QSFP just to be consistent.
In the X550 case this is even more important as with out it the mux
is not controlled properly.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds ixgbe_check_link_t_X550em for checking copper PHY
link. We check that both the MAC and external PHY have link. This
is to avoid a false link up between the internal and external PHY
when the external PHY doesn't have link.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for another 10baseT X550 device.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A subset of the X550 function pointers didn't have default methods. This
didn't cause any issue with previous X550 devices as they were all
redefined. However future devices will need these default values.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Reviewing the X550 copper init flow with the Si team resulted in a
new simplified flow. We no longer wait for the PHY FW initialization
complete bit to be set as this bit is only set once by the PHY at power
on and then cleared on the first read. So only the first instance of
running SW (or possibly MAC FW) needs to initialize the PHY.
The PHY initialization has been simplified and now only requires that
the PHY FW be un-stalled
low-power mode or enabled the transceiver
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This check was missed in when this new MAC type was added. Since
these counts can be incremented for X550 we need to clear them.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add checks for systems that don't have SFP's to avoid incorrectly
acting on interrupts that are falsely interpreted as SFP events.
We do this by updating the ixgbe_is_sfp to be aware of the
new X550 devices. This also includes a modified check generating
the EICR mask to be more forward-looking.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for receiving interrupts from a external copper
PHY for the X550 part. This includes enabling, detection as well as
re-enablement.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The over heat message is displayed for multiple reasons but the text is
cut-n-pasted for each of these cases. This patch pulls the text from the
same location. I noticed this as I am about to add another case.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a PHY reset function ixgbe_reset_phy_t_X550em. Which
allows devices that have LASI support in enable their interrupt.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds x550 external PHY interrupt and forced 1G/10G support.
This included enabling and handling LSC and thermal sensor interrupt.
ixgbe_handle_lasi() has been added for handling the interrupts received
over SDP0 from the external 10baseT PHY. ixgbe_enable_lasi_ext_t_x550em
and ixgbe_get_lasi_ext_t_x550em have been added to X550em to enable
mask and check interrupt flags for the external PHY.
Forced 1G/10G link speed is handled via ixgbe_mac_link_t_X550em.
ixgbe_seupt_mac_link_t_X550em sets up the internal PHY and external PHY
to either iXFI (10G) or KX (1G) based on the user selected auto
advertised link speed setting. Then sets up the external PHY auto
advertised link speed.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The I2C mux control relies on the SDP setting in the ESDP register
so it is necessary to restore the value after a MAC reset. Combine
all this functionality in to a support function.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This new method will control the PHY power state. You pass in the
state you wish to change to (ether on or off). For cases where this
method is not used the current PHY power state behavior is maintained.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a define for the new PHY identification as well as it's mapping
to the correct PHY type. Also allow ethtool to identify this type
as well.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These Device ID could support both WoL and autoneg flow control. In
the case of WoL this is indicated by the eeprom. This patch enables
these devices this support.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some of the register addresses and format where unfortunately changed
between MAC types. To get around this we add a const u32 *mvals pointer
to the ixgbe_hw struct to point to an array of mac-type-dependent
values. These can include register offsets, masks, whatever can be in
a u32. When the ixgbe_hw struct is initialized, a pointer to the
appropriate array must be set.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
neither ram nor register write return values have been checked here.
Checking both now. Assign ret with 0 as all other assignments are inside
if blocks and might not happen before we return ret.
CID: 1230469
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Need to reorder init sequence to run wil_platform_init
before pci_enable_device. Assumption is platform init
may be required before device may be enabled.
Another issue, platform uninit should be called after
pci_disable_device because platform uninit may render
pci device non-accessible.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Provide platform hooks for module init/exit.
If platform require to perform some specific actions
in global context, this is where to do so.
Example may be turning on power for the PCIE based
on DT information.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Pass hidden SSID information to FW for proper operation.
In order to be able to scan/connect to the hidden SSID, SSID
setting is added when scan is requested from FW. SSID
scanning currently supports single SSID due to FW limitation.
Signed-off-by: Hamad Kadmany <qca_hkadmany@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Provide detailed statistics for the Rx frames per MCS
Statistics printed in "stations" debugfs entry
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Firmware defines new memory region, mac_rgf_ext
that need to be accessed from the host for debug purposes.
Add corresponded mapping
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Control Bcast ring size in similar way as Rx and Tx ones,
through "bcast_ring_order" modparam, actual ring size is 1 << order
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When one client is associated and connected to an ar6003 hw version
2.0 with firmware 3.1.1.149, and another client tries to connect, the
first client's MAC address is lost in the station list because the
"aid" is always "1". The structure "wmi_connect_event" has the "aid"
as the second byte in the message, but it should be the first byte.
This patch has been tested with linux-3.10.40
Signed-off-by: Brent Taylor <motobud@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Found during code review. This was pretty much
impossible to happen but better safe than sorry.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In the midst of chanctx patch review channel
switching became broken which I failed to notice
until now.
Function ath10k_mac_vif_chan() reports current
chandef which isn't updated until after
switch_vif_chanctx() is returned from.
Consequently the driver just restarted operation
on channels it was residing already instead of
switching to the new ones.
Fixes: 500ff9f938 ("ath10k: implement chanctx API")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In practice there's no point in having a copy of
chanctx_conf.
Most of the time the channel pointer (and band
along with it) is accessed and this can't change
after a chanctx is created because switching is
done using explicit chanctx swapping via
switch_vif_chanctx().
The only thing that can change within a
chanctx_conf and is used by the driver is
radar_enabled and channel width. These are however
always accessed in adequate mac80211 callback
context which guarantees safe access to the
chanctx data.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Channel contexts aren't iterable until after
they've been added to the driver. The code assumed
otherwise.
This problem could result in:
* rx_channel being NULL and forcing Rx path to go
the slow way to get channel on QCA988X,
* report incorrect channel when running
multi-channel on QCA61X4 hw2.1,
* report incorrect channel after AP channel
switch.
Fixes: 500ff9f938 ("ath10k: implement chanctx API")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
mete_data is extracted from ce descriptor and stored in variable 'id'.
later, id is not used anywhere in the same function.
Fixes: d84a512dca ("ath10k: remove transfer_id from ath10k_hif_cb::tx_completion")
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When wmi mgmt event function fails to parse given skb,
it should be freed on failure condition to avoid memory
leaks. Found this during the code review.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
If we run into an error during rx we set the the error code in ret, but override
it afterwards. Using a different variable for the extra case avoids this
situation.
CID: 1226982, 1226983
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch corrects addresses of acceptance filters. These registers are not in
use, but values should be correct. Tested with MCP2515 and am3352 and also
checked datasheets for MCP2515 and MCP2510.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Krcka <tomas.krcka@nkgroup.cz>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Fix the device tree entries to modify the '_' to '-'.
Also changes the names of the internal delay properties
from -int- to -internal- as the -int- appeared as a keyword.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the AFE_TX_CONFIG value to solve marginal rise/fall issues
observed when the link is operating in 100BaseT. This workaround applies
to GPHY revisions D0, E0 and newer.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RGMII block is currently only powered on when using RGMII or
RGMII_NO_ID, which is not correct when using the GENET interface in MII
or Reverse MII modes. We always need to power on the RGMII interface for
this block to properly work, regardless of the MII mode in which we
operate.
Fixes: aa09677cba ("net: bcmgenet: add MDIO routines")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pci_dma_burst_advice() was added by e24c2d963a ("[PATCH] PCI: DMA
bursting advice") but apparently never used. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu> # microblaze
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems Broadcom released two devices with conflicting device id. There
are for sure 14e4:4321 PCI devices with BCM4321 (N-PHY) chipset, they
can be found in routers, e.g. Netgear WNR834Bv2. However, according to
Broadcom public sources 0x4321 is also used for 5 GHz BCM4306 (G-PHY).
It's unsure if they meant PCI device id, or "virtual" id (from SPROM).
To distinguish these devices lets check PHY type (G vs. N).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 3.16+
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
As we plan to add support for platform NVRAM we should store direct
data pointer without the extra struct firmware layer. This will allow
us to support other sources with the only requirement being u8 buffer.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Most drivers use FIF_OTHER_BSS to set promiscous mode. Let us
follow their lead even though it doesn't match exactly the HW
filter flags.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Make sure .disconnect() doesn't cleanup the device if
.resume() failed. This may happen when device is removed
during suspend.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Users of older Ralink devices report that received frames
sometimes have zero length. Watch out for that.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This allows e.g. user space to use /sys/class/ieee80211/*/macaddress
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Recently Broadcom added support for NVRAMs with entries for multiple
PCIe devices. One of the supported formats is based on prefixes defined
like: devpath0=pcie/1/4/ and entries like 0:foo=bar 0:baz=qux etc.
Unfortunately there are also a bit older devices using different way of
defining prefixes, e.g. SmartRG SR400ac (2 x BCM43602) with entries:
devpath0=pci/1/1/
devpath1=pci/2/1
Broadcom stated this old format will never be used/supported by brcmfmac
but given the simplicity of this patch I'll insist on supporting it.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It was observed that AP beacons would not reflect correct regulatory
information upon starting AP in A band. This was because of missing
AP config band update in set_channel of start_ap.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes semantic warning for debugging data dump feature.
Previous code is based on the assumption that skb is not null.
New change makes sure that we already have data buffer.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
After physical reconnect, the rtl8192cu chipset shows low
transmission rates.It cause is that variable "iqk_initialized"
do not de-initialized. So I add this code.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Negative adapter->tx_pending is observed while running data traffic,
because tx_pending is decreased once more for AMSDU packet.
since tx_pending have been decreased for all the source MSDU packets,
we don't need to update once more for AMSDU packet.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes issue with the accessing correct ra_list by
downgrading corresponding tid number.
Alternatively, ra lists are created in mwifiex_wmm_add_buf_txqueue
using downgraded tid number.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This was missing and would cause issue in WMM handling.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This would enable driver to enter powersave as soon as connected.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We often see ADDBA request packets coming to driver because driver
has registered for action frame subtype. We dont process BA action
frames in host; drop such frames.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Xinmin Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Earlier only RSN, WPA and channel switch IEs from tail buffer would
be downloaded to FW.
This patch adds support for downloading more IEs from tail buffer.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support to parse power constraint IEs from
Tail buffer. This power constraint is then set to FW during
bss_config download.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch extend cfg80211 dump_station handler, support for
dump stations associated to mwifiex micro AP.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch add sta_list firmware command, which can be used
to get power status and rssi for the stations associated to
mwifiex micro AP.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch maintain statistic information for the stations associated
to the mwifiex micro AP, include tx/rx bytes/packets, signal strength,
tx bitrate.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch add cfg80211 get_channel handler for mwifiex.
The handler will be used to report current channel to upper
layer utility.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support to disable ongoing CAC in FW upon
detecting radar during CAC period.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes an issue where we were still setting 11h_active
flag to true for channel defs where DFS is not required.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
BSS reset would reset all state information in FW.
Issue 11d config command after reset to enabled 11d in FW.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This would enable clearing of FW bss data structures when AP
operations are stopped.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Correct bss_type assignment in add_virtual_interface.
This would ensure correct operation in multiple station scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds more detailed information about association failures
- reason and states.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
AR93xx and newer needs to stop rx before tx to avoid getting the DMA
engine or MAC into a stuck state.
This should reduce/fix the occurence of "Failed to stop Tx DMA" logspam.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Delete jump to a label on the next line, when that label is not
used elsewhere.
A simplified version of the semantic patch that makes this change is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r@
identifier l;
@@
-if (...) goto l;
-l:
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link failures have been observed when using the KSZ9031 with HP 1810-8G
and HP 1910-8G network switches. Center the FLP timing at 16ms to help
avoid intermittent link failures.
>From the KSZ9031RNX and KSZ9031MNX data sheets revision 2.2, section
"Auto-Negotiation Timing":
The KSZ9031[RNX or MNX] Fast Link Pulse (FLP) burst-to-burst
transmit timing for Auto-Negotiation defaults to 8ms. IEEE 802.3
Standard specifies this timing to be 16ms +/-8ms. Some PHY link
partners need to receive the FLP with 16ms centered timing;
otherwise, there can be intermittent link failures and long
link-up times.
The PHY data sheet recommends configuring the FLP burst registers after
power-up/reset and immediately thereafter restarting auto-negotiation, so
we center the FLP timing at 16ms and then restart auto-negotiation in the
config_init for KSZ9031.
Signed-off-by: Jaeden Amero <jaeden.amero@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are some defines for a few pad skew related extended registers.
Specify for which MMD Address (dev_addr) they are for.
Signed-off-by: Jaeden Amero <jaeden.amero@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a few places in this driver, we weren't using const where we could
have. Use const more.
In addition, change the arrays of strings in ksz9031_config_init() to be
not only const, but also static.
Signed-off-by: Jaeden Amero <jaeden.amero@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
API compliance scanning with coccinelle flagged:
./drivers/net/wan/dscc4.c:1036:1-33:
WARNING: timeout (10) seems HZ dependent
./drivers/net/wan/dscc4.c:554:2-34:
WARNING: timeout (10) seems HZ dependent
./drivers/net/wan/dscc4.c:599:2-34:
WARNING: timeout (10) seems HZ dependent
Numeric constants passed to schedule_timeout_*() make the effective
timeout HZ dependent which does not seem to be the intent here.
Fixed up by converting the constant to jiffies with msecs_to_jiffies(),
passing 100ms (assuming HZ==100 in the original code).
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
API compliance scanning with coccinelle flagged:
./drivers/net/wan/cosa.c:520:2-18: WARNING:
timeout (30) seems HZ dependent
Numeric constants passed to schedule_timeout() make the effective
timeout HZ dependent which makes little sense in a device probe.
Fixed up by converting the constant to jiffies with msecs_to_jiffies()
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix static checker warnings in the flow of system guid query.
Fixes: 707c4602cd ('net/mlx5_core: Add new query HCA vport commands')
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the driver gets unregistered a call to netif_napi_del() was
missing, this all was also missing in the error paths of
b44_init_one().
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use time_is_before_eq_jiffies macro for time comparison
Signed-off-by: Antonio Murdaca <antonio.murdaca@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are several places in the driver (all in control paths) where
coherent dma memory is being allocated using either dma_alloc_coherent()
or the deprecated pci_alloc_consistent(). All these calls should be
changed to use dma_zalloc_coherent() to avoid uninitialized fields in
data structures backed by this memory.
Reported-by: Joerg Roedel <jroedel@suse.de>
Tested-by: Joerg Roedel <jroedel@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current driver adjust freq formula is:
fe * diff = ppb * pc
Note:
fe: ENET ref clock frequency in Hz
diff = inc_corr - inc: difference between default increment and correction increment
ppb: parts per billion adjustment from base
pc: correction period (in number of fe clock cycles)
The correction increment will be used after N cycles of regular increments,
not every N cycles (with N being the correction period). For example, set ENET_ATCOR=4,
INC=8, INC_CORR=9, there will be 4 increments of 8 (ENET_ATINC[INC]) , followed by 1
increment of 9 (ENET_ATINC[INC_CORR]).
So, the correct formula is:
fe * diff = ppb * (pc + 1)
For ENET_ATCOR, a value 0 disables the correction counter and no corrections occur.
So base on the origin formula, set pc = pc > 1 ? pc - 1 : pc.
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Li <Frank.Li@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove sparse warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:65:16: warning: cast removes
address space of expression
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:70:9: warning: cast removes
address space of expression
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:127:16: warning: cast
removes address space of expression
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:137:9: warning: cast removes
address space of expression
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:409:3: warning: symbol
'temac_options' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:590:6: warning: symbol
'temac_adjust_link' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dump useful ring statistics along with interrupt status, software
maintained pointers and hardware registers to help troubleshoot TX queue
stalls.
When a timeout occurs, disable TX NAPI for the rings, dump their states
while interrupts are disabled, re-enable interrupts, NAPI and queue flow
control to help with the recovery.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ethtool -S on a DSA interface can deadlock for some switches because
the same lock is taken twice. Use the register read function which
expects the lock to be already held.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Fixes: 31888234b7 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Replace stats mutex with SMI mutex")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The debug is printing the struct smt_header * address using
the %x format specifier. Fix it to use %p instead.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the Tx timer function runs in softirq context the driver needs
to call disable_irq_nosync instead of a disable_irq.
Reported-by: Josh Stone <jistone@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix:
drivers/net/wan/dscc4.c: In function 'dscc4_open':
drivers/net/wan/dscc4.c:1049:25: warning: variable 'ppriv' set but not used
[-Wunused-but-set-variable]
This has been in there unused since 1da177e4c3 (Linux-2.6.12-rc2) simply
remove it.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the hardware auto acknowdledge flag which indicates
that the transceiver supports this handling. This flag is never
evaluated inside mac802154 and all transceivers should support this
handling by default per hardware.
Suggested-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the virtual interface structure from sub if data
struct, because it isn't used anywhere. This structure could be useful
for give per interface information at softmac driver layer. Nevertheless
there exist no use case currently and it contains the interface type
information currently. This information is also stored inside wpan dev
which is now used to check on the wpan dev interface type.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The patch e85c9a7abf: ("cxgb4/cxgb4vf: Add code to calculate T5 BAR2
Offsets for SGE Queue Registers") from Dec 3, 2014, leads to the
following static checker warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/t4_hw.c:5358
t4_bar2_sge_qregs()
warn: should '(qid >> qpp_shift) << page_shift' be a 64 bit type?
This patch fixes it
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TP_PIO_{ADDR,DATA} registers are are in conflict with the firmware's
use of these registers. Added a routine to access it through FW LDST
cmd.
Access all TP_PIO_{ADDR,DATA} register access through new routine if FW
is alive. If firmware is dead, than fall back to indirect access.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Grab the Adapter MAC Address out of the VPD and use it for the "debug"
network interface when either we can't contact the firmware
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
t4_link_start() was completely misnamed. It does _not_ start up the
link. It merely does the L1 Configuration for the link. The Link Up
process is started automatically by the firmware when the number of
enabled Virtual Interfaces on a port goes from 0 to 1. So renaming
this routine to t4_link_l1cfg() for better documentation.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add function to flush the sge ec context cache, and utilize
this new function in the driver
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Free VI interfaces in remove routine. If we don't do this then the
firmware will never drop the physical link to the peer.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If SRIOV is enabled we need to be in VEB mode not VEPA mode at probe.
This fixes an NPAR bug when SRIOV is enabled in the BIOS.
Change-ID: Ibf006abafd9a0ca3698ec24848cd771cf345cbbc
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The patch fixes a bug in the default configuration which
prevented a software bridge loaded on the PF interface from
working correctly because broadcast packets are incorrectly
looped back.
Fix the general case, by loading the driver in VEPA mode Until a
VF or VMDq VSI is added. This way loopback on the Main VSI is
turned off until needed and can resolve the issue of unnecessary
reflection for users that do not have VF or VMDq VSIs setup.
The driver must now coordinate the loopback setting for the Flow
Director (FDIR) VSI to make sure it is in sync with the current
VEB or VEPA mode setting.
The user can still switch bridge modes from the bridge commands and
choose to be in VEPA mode with VF VSIs. Because of hardware
requirements, the call to switch to VEB mode when no VF/VMDqs are
present will be rejected.
NOTE: This patch uses BIT_ULL as that is preferred going forward,
a followup patch in the lower priority queue to net-next will fix
up the remaining 1 << usages.
Change-ID: Ib121ddb18fe4b3c4f52e9deda6fcbeb9105683d1
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Ethernet functionality is only available when working in ISSI > 0 mode.
Previously, the IB driver wasn't ready to work on that mode, and hence
building both the IB driver and the Ethernet functionality in the core
driver were disallowed by Kconfigs.
Now, once we have all the pre-steps in place, we can remove this limitation.
The last steps in the IB driver for getting that setup to work are:
create dummy SRQ for the driver's use (until now we could use XRC_SRQ
as SRQ and XRC_SRQ, after moving to ISSI > 0, we separate XRC SRQs from
basic SRQs) and adapt the create QP function to be compatible with ISSI > 0.
Signed-off-by: Haggai Abramovsky <hagaya@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the following helpers:
1. mlx5_query_port_proto_oper -- queries the port speed port mask
2. mlx5_query_port_link_width_oper - queries the port link with bitmask
3. mlx5_query_port_vl_hw_cap - queries the Virtual Lanes supported on this port
These helpers will be used from the IB driver when working in ISSI > 0 mode.
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Until now, mlx5_query_port_ptys always queried port number one.
Added new argument in the function's prototype so we can also query
the second port. This will be needed when thr helper will be invoked
from the IB driver on non FPP (Function-Per-Port) devices.
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the function prototypes for max and operational mtu to take the
local port number. In the Ethernet driver is this hard coded to one,
since ConnectX4 Ethernet devices are always function-per-port.
The IB driver also serves older devices (ConnectIB) which isn't such,
and hence the part can vary.
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add two wrapper functions to the query adapter command:
1. mlx5_query_board_id -- replaces the old mlx5_cmd_query_adapter.
2. mlx5_core_query_vendor_id -- retrieves the vendor_id from the
query_adapter command.
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added the implementation for the following commands:
1. QUERY_HCA_VPORT_GID
2. QUERY_HCA_VPORT_PKEY
3. QUERY_HCA_VPORT_CONTEXT
They will be needed when we move to work with ISSI > 0 in the IB driver too.
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the vport header file to be under include/linux/mlx5, such that
the mlx5 IB can use it as well.
Also add nic_ prefix to the vport NIC commands to differeniate between
HCA vport commands and NIC vport commands.
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The determination of the supported ISSI versions should be conditioned
on the returned mask, and not only on the return status of the query
ISSI command, fix that.
Signed-off-by: Haggai Abramovsky <hagaya@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When working in ISSI > 0 mode, the model exposed by the device for
XRCs and SRQs is different. XRCs use XRC SRQs and plain SRQs are based
on RPM (Receive Memory Pool).
Add helper functions to create, modify, query, and arm XRC SRQs and RMPs.
Signed-off-by: Haggai Abramovsky <hagaya@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some core helper functions were named with mlx5_ only prefix, fix that to
mlx5_core_ so we're aligned with the overall scheme used for core services.
Signed-off-by: Haggai Abramovsky <hagaya@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch afb736e933: "net/mlx5: Ethernet resource handling files"
from May 28, 2015, leads to the following static checker warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_flow_table.c:726 mlx5e_create_main_flow_table()
error: potential null dereference 'g'. (kcalloc returns null)
Fixes: afb736e933 ("net/mlx5: Ethernet resource handling files")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds full IPv6 addresses into flow_keys and uses them as
input to the flow hash function. The implementation supports either
IPv4 or IPv6 addresses in a union, and selector is used to determine
how may words to input to jhash2.
We also add flow_get_u32_dst and flow_get_u32_src functions which are
used to get a u32 representation of the source and destination
addresses. For IPv6, ipv6_addr_hash is called. These functions retain
getting the legacy values of src and dst in flow_keys.
With this patch, Ethertype and IP protocol are now included in the
flow hash input.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ath10k:
* qca6174 power consumption improvements, enable ASPM etc (Michal)
wil6210:
* support Wi-Fi Simple Configuration in STA mode
iwlwifi:
* a few fixes (re-enablement of interrupts for certain new
platforms that have special power states)
* Rework completely the RBD allocation model towards new
multi RX hardware.
* cleanups
* scan reworks continuation (Luca)
mwifiex:
* improve firmware debug functionality
rtlwifi:
* update regulatory database
brcmfmac:
* cleanup and new feature support in PCIe code
* alternative nvram loading for router support
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVb1cPAAoJEG4XJFUm622bP0oIAKhUBlC3rtrOJd+9kREAGUJQ
Dk2xZr/p6hdb4dSHHKKroBr5mfryHknSs+AI5akJMph36DoBMD+Mwb4HlcL9cI5J
RXIjIvQEADsK+6ME7cqnw2htWlYsX8aJI96/2Eusveo/zHyAG3+eBC3wkyqWBlBK
EGV5ziClSe5pE5yGWj5tyr9me+qRQiO+dFJK1AoRE3Zq4pjj+5VDZoVQN0GNZGP7
lgeNOzvPxWt+ZseslP8IeCedN5c+NpacD889NnQJyMXaouSp7LmMod000bjnKK8o
9sRHsKxI5qHgC4mUa3Tk3cEnFqVYAo8KKOVaBVtKsMc4XoO/Qov6Z0AtXig5Xnk=
=CM/T
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2015-06-03' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
new driver mt7601u for MediaTek Wi-Fi devices MT7601U
ath10k:
* qca6174 power consumption improvements, enable ASPM etc (Michal)
wil6210:
* support Wi-Fi Simple Configuration in STA mode
iwlwifi:
* a few fixes (re-enablement of interrupts for certain new
platforms that have special power states)
* Rework completely the RBD allocation model towards new
multi RX hardware.
* cleanups
* scan reworks continuation (Luca)
mwifiex:
* improve firmware debug functionality
rtlwifi:
* update regulatory database
brcmfmac:
* cleanup and new feature support in PCIe code
* alternative nvram loading for router support
====================
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/Kconfig
Trivial conflict in iwlwifi Kconfig, two commits adding
the same two chip numbers to the help text, but order
transposed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove ethtool get/set support for wake on lan, adapter doesn't support
it.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support in ethtool to dump loopback port statistics
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support in ethtool to dump adapter channel stats
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ethtool support to get adapter specific hardware statistics
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, two of the branches are dead code, since an earlier smaller
substring would have been found ("TP" in the "TP_NW" case and either
of "BNC" and "AUI" in the "BNC_AUI" case). Rearrange the strstr()
calls so that the longer strings are searched for first.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-06-03
This series contains updates to e1000e only.
Yanir provides 8 fixes and 1 version bump for e1000e. First fix resolves
a possible unit hang if multiple descriptors are available in the rings
during reset or runtime suspend. Fixed a warning on SPARC compile based
on a suggested solution from Alex Duyck. Fixed a logical error, where
a "if" condition under which a flush should occur, was revered. Fixed
a hardware issue that prevented i219 from working in legacy interrupts
mode. Fixed the hardware clock configuration and suprious non-linear
increment. Lastly, fixed a system hang which occurred during execution
of "ethtool -t <NIC>", by disabling MULR for the loopback test to avoid
the hand state.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix typo in mlx4_set_vf_mac
Acked-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Carol L Soto <clsoto@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If mlx4_enable_sriov is called by adapter without this
feature MLX4_DEV_CAP_FLAG2_SYS_EQS then during this path the function alloc
icm is called twice without freeing the structures from the first time.
Acked-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Carol L Soto <clsoto@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If user loads mlx4_core with num_vfs greater than
supported then variable dev->dev_vfs is freed 2 times after unloading the
driver.
Acked-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Carol L Soto <clsoto@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This code in drivers/net/ethernet/dec/tulip/uli526x.c
function "uli526x_timer":
1086 } else
1087 if ((tmp_cr12 & 0x3) && db->link_failed) {
[...snip...]
1109 }
1110 else if(!(tmp_cr12 & 0x3) && db->link_failed)
1111 {
[...snip...]
1117 }
1118 db->init=0;
is misleadingly indented: the
db->init=0
is indented as if part of the else clause at line 1086, but it is
independent of it (no braces before the "if" at line 1087).
This patch fixes the indentation to reflect the actual meaning of the code,
though is it actually meant to be part of the "else" clause? (I'm a
compiler developer, not a kernel person). It also adds spaces around
the assignment, to placate checkpatch.pl.
Seen via an experimental new gcc warning I'm working on for gcc 6,
-Wmisleading-indentation, using gcc r223098 adding
-Werror=misleading-indentation to KBUILD_CFLAGS in Makefile.
The experimental GCC emits this warning (as an error), rightly IMHO:
drivers/net/ethernet/dec/tulip/uli526x.c: In function ‘uli526x_timer’:
drivers/net/ethernet/dec/tulip/uli526x.c:1118:3: error: statement is
indented as if it were guarded by... [-Werror=misleading-indentation]
db->init=0;
^
drivers/net/ethernet/dec/tulip/uli526x.c:1086:4: note: ...this ‘else’
clause, but it is not
} else
^
Hope this is helpful
Dave
Signed-off-by: David Malcolm <dmalcolm@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the TI dp83867 Gigabit ethernet phy
device.
The DP83867 is a robust, low power, fully featured
Physical Layer transceiver with integrated PMD
sublayers to support 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX and
1000BASE-T Ethernet protocols.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use the time_after_eq macro for jiffies comparison operation
Signed-off-by: Antonio Murdaca <antonio.murdaca@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_RFS_ACCEL or SMP aren't set, we fail to build, fix it.
Also, avoid build warning as of unused function on that setup.
Fixes: c66fa19c40 ('net/mlx4: Add EQ pool')
Reported-by: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bump the version to reflect the driver changes and bug fixes for i219.
Also update the copyright, while we are at it.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
System would hang during execution of "ethtool -t <NIC>" for the same
reason that required flushing the descriptor rings. This fix disables
MULR for the loopback test to avoid the hang state.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Two issues involving systim were reported.
1. Clock is not running in the correct frequency
2. In some situations, systim values were not incremented linearly
This patch fixes the hardware clock configuration and the spurious
non-linear increment.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This fix handles a hardware issue that prevented i219 from
working in legacy interrupts mode (IntMode=0)
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The indication that a descriptor ring flush is required was read from
FEXTNVM7 by mistake. It should be read from the PCI config space.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The condition under which the flush should occur was reversed. The fix
should be applied before any HW reset (unless followed by bus reset)
and before any power state transition from D0.
If E1000_FEXTNVM7_NEED_DESCRING_FLUSH bit is set in FEXTNVM7 and TDLEN > 0
the Tx ring should be flushed. (fixes ~95% of the hang states).
If the E1000_FEXTNVM7_NEED_DESCRING_FLUSH did not clear, we should also
flush the RX ring. Bug was caught by Alexander Duyck during a code review
when examining this fix.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fixes a warning that was reported by Yanjiang Jin
<yanjiang.jin@windriver.com> by implementing the solution suggested by
Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
After testing various cases, the conclusion is that the fix MUST be
executed BEFORE any event that the HW is reset or transition to D3.
To fix that I moved the execution to the relevant places but per
Alexander Duyck's review, ensure now that the DMA is valid and was not
freed before manipulating the ring.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Unit hang may occur if multiple descriptors are available in the rings
during reset or runtime suspend. This state can be detected by testing
bit 8 in the FEXTNVM7 register. If this bit is set and there are pending
descriptors in one of the rings, we must flush them prior to reset. Same
applies entering runtime suspend.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Nothing in <asm/io.h> uses anything from <linux/vmalloc.h>, so
remove it from there and fix up the resulting build problems
triggered on x86 {64|32}-bit {def|allmod|allno}configs.
The breakages were triggering in places where x86 builds relied
on vmalloc() facilities but did not include <linux/vmalloc.h>
explicitly and relied on the implicit inclusion via <asm/io.h>.
Also add:
- <linux/init.h> to <linux/io.h>
- <asm/pgtable_types> to <asm/io.h>
... which were two other implicit header file dependencies.
Suggested-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
[ Tidied up the changelog. ]
Acked-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Acked-by: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@intel.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Anton Vorontsov <anton@enomsg.org>
Cc: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Cc: Colin Cross <ccross@android.com>
Cc: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Cc: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Cc: James E.J. Bottomley <JBottomley@odin.com>
Cc: Jaroslav Kysela <perex@perex.cz>
Cc: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Cc: Kristen Carlson Accardi <kristen@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
Cc: Suma Ramars <sramars@cisco.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
platforms that have special power states)
* Rework completely the RBD allocation model towards new
multi RX hardware.
* cleanups
* scan reworks continuation (Luca)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=9GDL
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2015-06-03' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* a few fixes (re-enablement of interrupts for certain new
platforms that have special power states)
* Rework completely the RBD allocation model towards new
multi RX hardware.
* cleanups
* scan reworks continuation (Luca)
After the new ciphers CCMP-256 and GCMP-128/256 were implemented,
wpa_supplicant could start negotiating them and use the software
implementation. This, however, breaks D3 behaviour in the driver
since it means that WoWLAN will not be possible.
To avoid breaking that feature, advertise only ciphers that the
hardware supports.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add DC2DC_CONFIG_CMD (0x83) cmd.
Add IWL_UCODE_TLV_CAPA_DC2DC_CONFIG_SUPPORT tlv.
The command allows the driver get & set the DCDC's frequency tune.
(freq_tune is the divider that is used to calculate the actual DCDC's
clock rate)
The command always returns the current/updated frequency tune values of
the DCDC.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firmwares that used these commands is not supported
anymore. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently, loading the firmware fails when it has higher API or CAPA
bits than the driver supports. That's an issue with integration.
At the same time, actually using api[0] and capa[0] will become
confusing when we also have api[1] and capa[1], and it's almost
certain that we'll mix up the bits and use the bits for api[1] with
api[0] by accident.
Avoid all this by translating the API/CAPA bits to the regular kernel
test_bit() format, and also providing wrapper functions. Also use the
__bitwise__ facility of sparse to check that we're testing the right
one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
As pointed out by smatch, there's no need for a loop that always
immediately terminates. Use an if statement instead and while at
it clean up the mvmvif initialization.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Since the firmware is responsible for duration calculation, the
driver can easily support fast-xmit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Since the firmware is responsible for duration calculation, the
driver can easily support fast-xmit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
As a preperation for multiple RX queues change the RBD
allocation model.
The new model includes a background allocator. The allocator is
called by the interrupt handler when there are two released
buffers by the queue, and the allocator starts allocating eight
pages per request.
When the queue has released 8 pages it tries claiming the
request. If the pages are not ready - it keeps claiming.
This new model should make sure that RBDs are always available
across the multiple queues.
The RBDs are transferred between the allocator and the queue.
The queue moves the free RBDs upon freeing them to the allocator.
The allocator moves them back to the queue's possession when the
request is claimed.
The allocator has an initial pool to make sure there are always RBDs
available for the request completion.
Release of the buffers at exit is done per pools - the allocator
frees its own initial pool and the queue frees its own pool.
Existing code refactor -
-Queue's initial pool is the size of the queue only as the allocation
of the new buffers no longer uses this pool.
-Removal of replenish background work, and replenish calls in the
interrupt handler and restock().
-The replenish() and the rxq used_list are used only during
initialization.
-Moved page allocation to a new function for code reuse.
New code -
Allocator code - new structure and functions.
Interrupt handler uses the allocator functions for replenishing buffers.
Reuse of the restock() method.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
On resume, all the interrupts are masked (CSR_INT_MASK is 0),
and ict is disabled.
Re-configure them both.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Don't use EBS for P2P find to make sure we find all GOs in
our only attempt.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently EBS status in scan complete notifications is set to
success if EBS wasn't activated. FW will add a special return
value for cases when EBS wasn't activated and we add a print
of this status.
This change is needed for debug only, no behavior changes.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Allow a cleaner way to access those hw-dependent registers,
instead of using the product family type etc.
Signed-off-by: Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This adds the MIPI mode type to the types declared supported
by the driver. Without this patch, when using MIPI mode and
looking at the logs the user would see the debug destination
"UNKNOWN".
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
A minor refactoring for following patches.
This enables the reuse of the checks functions.
type=cleanup
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The variable translate is bool type. So assigning true instead of 1.
Signed-off-by: Shailendra Verma <shailendra.capricorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Currently device dump generated in the driver is retrieved
using ethtool set/get dump commands. We will get rid of
ethtool approach and use devcoredump framework.
Device dump can be trigger by
cat /debugfs/mwifiex/mlanX/device_dump
and when the dump operation is completed, data can be read by
cat /sys/class/devcoredump/devcdX/data
We have prepared following script to split device dump data
into multiple files.
[root]# cat mwifiex_split_dump_data.sh
#!/bin/bash
# usage: ./mwifiex_split_dump_data.sh dump_data
fw_dump_data=$1
mem_type="driverinfo ITCM DTCM SQRAM APU CIU ICU MAC"
for name in ${mem_type[@]}
do
sed -n "/Start dump $name/,/End dump/p" $fw_dump_data > tmp.$name.log
if [ ! -s tmp.$name.log ]
then
rm -rf tmp.$name.log
else
#Remove the describle info "Start dump" and "End dump"
sed '1d' tmp.$name.log | sed '$d' > /data/$name.log
if [ -s /data/$name.log ]
then
echo "generate /data/$name.log"
else
sed '1d' tmp.$name.log | sed '$d' > /var/$name.log
echo "generate /var/$name.log"
fi
rm -rf tmp.$name.log
fi
done
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Currently we are dumping driver information also inside
firmware dump API. We will call it as device dump and
dump driver and firmware data separately.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Small letters are used in debug messages to match coding style
at other places.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Currently we are dumping driver information only for SDIO
interface. This patch adds missing mwifiex_dump_drv_info()
call for PCIe interface.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
As drv_info_dump pointer doesn't get reset, we may end up
freeing the allocated memory twice.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It's been observed that firmware doesn't go back to normal
state when all firmware memories are dumped. As a result,
further commands are blocked. This happens due to missing
driver change of writing READ DONE to control register for
SDIO interface.
This patch adds a missing change to fix the problem.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If any VF is assigned as the PF is unloaded, do not attempt to
remove its vport or the vswitch. These will be removed if the
driver binds to the PF again, as an entity reset occurs during
probe.
A 'force' flag is added to efx_ef10_pci_sriov_disable() to
distinguish between disabling SR-IOV and driver unload.
SR-IOV cannot be disabled if VFs are assigned to guests.
If the PF driver is unloaded while VFs are assigned, the driver
may try to bind to the VF again at a later point if the driver
has been reloaded and the VF returns to the same domain as the PF.
In this case, the PF will not have a VF data structure, so the VF
can check this and drop out of probe early.
In this case, efx->vf_count will be zero but VFs will be present.
The user is advised to remove the VF and re-create it. The check
at the beginning of efx_ef10_pci_sriov_disable() that
efx->vf_count is non-zero is removed to allow SR-IOV to be
disabled in this case. Also, if the PF driver is unloaded, it
will disable SR-IOV to remove these unknown VFs.
By not disabling bus-mastering if VFs are still assigned, the VF
will continue to pass traffic after the PF has been removed.
When using the max_vfs module parameter, if VFs are already
present do not try to initialise any more.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the driver unloads, force the unbind and removal of any
VFs in the host with the PF. The PF cannot remove vports and
vswitches if they are still being used by a VF driver, and when
unloading the sfc driver the removal order is not guaranteed,
so the instruction from the PF to the VF to unbind enforces a
suitable ordering so that vswitches and vports can be removed.
As a result of this, manually unbinding the driver from a single
PF will result in all of its VFs in the host also being removed.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ifenslave command to set up a bond runs in an atomic
context, and it queries the stats on the devices that are
being enslaved. A VF needs to make an MCDI call to update
its stats, which is not allowed in atomic context.
The releasing of the stats_lock is moved to the beginning of
the VF stats update function so that in_interrupt() can be
used; it must be taken again before returning from this
function.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The raw_mask array is not initialised, so it needs to be
explicitly set to zero in the 'else' branch.
If the EVB capability is not present, a port cannot have multiple
functions so the per-port MAC stats are correct and should match
the corresponding vadaptor stats, so this redundancy can be
removed from the ethtool stats output.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MC_CMD_MAC_STATS can be called on a function before a
vadaptor has been created, as the kernel can call into this
through ndo_get_stats/ndo_get_stats64.
If MC_CMD_MAC_STATS is called before the DMA queues have been
setup, so that a vadaptor has not been created yet, firmware
will return ENOENT. This is expected, so suppress the MCDI
error message in this case.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netdevice statistics (in /proc/net/dev) are per-function
stats so they must use the vadaptor stats. Change the use of
MAC stats to vadaptor stats, and remove any statistics that
can only be measured per-port. All stats that are removed
will be shown as zeroes when these statistics are displayed.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware does not support a periodic DMA of vadaptor-stats
on VFs, so only update the stats buffer when stats are
requested (when running "ethtool -S" or an ip/ifconfig
command that reports stats).
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All interfaces will display vadaptor statistics, so set all the
relevant bits in the stats bitmask. Only functions with the
LINKCTRL flag will see other stats, including (per-port) MAC stats.
The vadaptor stats are from rx_unicast to tx_overflow.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port-id must be known so that the RMON level can be
set for the collection of vadapter stats.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MAC stats are per-port and will only be displayed on the PF
with control of the link (one per physical port). Vadapter stats
will also be displayed for this PF, so distinguish the MAC stats
by adding a prefix of "port_".
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On every adapter there will be one primary PF per adaptor and
one link control PF per port.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change is a stylistic change and does not affect
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the case where we have multiple functions (PFs and VFs), this
sysfs entry is useful to identify the physical port corresponding
to the function we are interested in.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GFP_KERNEL should be used in the thread context
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to cast void* to u8*: pointer arithmetics
works same way for both.
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes a copypaste bug that was discovered by a static analysis
tool:
The patch 4863dea3fa: "net: Adding support for Cavium ThunderX
network controller" from May 26, 2015, leads to the following static
checker warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/nicvf_ethtool.c:517
nicvf_set_rxfh()
warn: we tested 'hkey' before and it was 'false'
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/nicvf_ethtool.c
506 /* We do not allow change in unsupported parameters */
507 if (hkey ||
^^^^
We return here.
508 (hfunc != ETH_RSS_HASH_NO_CHANGE && hfunc !=
ETH_RSS_HASH_TOP))
509 return -EOPNOTSUPP;
510
511 rss->enable = true;
512 if (indir) {
513 for (idx = 0; idx < rss->rss_size; idx++)
514 rss->ind_tbl[idx] = indir[idx];
515 }
516
517 if (hkey) {
^^^^
So this is dead code.
518 memcpy(rss->key, hkey, RSS_HASH_KEY_SIZE *
sizeof(u64));
519 nicvf_set_rss_key(nic);
520 }
521
522 nicvf_config_rss(nic);
523 return 0;
524 }
regards,
dan carpenter
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes sparse messages like this:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/nicvf_main.c:1141:26: sparse: symbol
'nicvf_get_stats64' was not declared. Should it be static?
Also remove unused declarations
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
They were left from development stage
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes sparse message:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/nicvf_main.c:385:40: sparse: cast to
restricted __le64
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes sparse message:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/nicvf_main.c:153:25: sparse: cast to
restricted __le64
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes sparse messages like this:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/thunder_bgx.c:897:24: sparse:
constant 0x300000000000 is so big it is long
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are duplicate NODE_ID macro definitions. Move all of them to
nic.h for usage in nic and bgx driver and introduce nic_get_node_id()
helper function.
This patch also fixes 64bit mask which should have been ULL by
reworking the node calculation.
Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The naming convention is to always have the flags prefixed with
IEEE80211_HW_ so they're 'namespaced', make this flag follow it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are no drivers setting IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_SLOT_INCAPABLE
or IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_PREAMBLE_INCAPABLE, so any code using the
two flags is dead; it's also exceedingly unlikely that any new driver
could ever need to set these flags.
The wcn36xx code is almost certainly broken, but this preserves the
previous behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The process_mad device function declares some parameters as "in". Make those
parameters const and adjust the call tree under process_mad in the various
drivers accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Hal Rosenstock <hal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/Kconfig
include/net/mac80211.h
iwlwifi/Kconfig and mac80211.h were both trivial overlapping
changes.
The drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c file got removed in 'net-next' and
the bug fix that happened on the 'net' side is already integrated
into the rest of the amd-xgbe driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds vnic driver register related changes for T6 adapter
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds NIC driver related changes for T6 adapter. Register related
changes, MC related changes, VF related changes, doorbell related
changes, debugfs changes, etc
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds new macro is_t6 and adds the register address range for T6 adapter
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Various VTI tunnel (mark handling, PMTU) bug fixes from Alexander
Duyck and Steffen Klassert.
2) Revert ethtool PHY query change, it wasn't correct. The PHY address
selected by the driver running the PHY to MAC connection decides
what PHY address GET ethtool operations return information from.
3) Fix handling of sequence number bits for encryption IV generation in
ESP driver, from Herbert Xu.
4) UDP can return -EAGAIN when we hit a bad checksum on receive, even
when there are other packets in the receive queue which is wrong.
Just respect the error returned from the generic socket recv
datagram helper. From Eric Dumazet.
5) Fix BNA driver firmware loading on big-endian systems, from Ivan
Vecera.
6) Fix regression in that we were inheriting the congestion control of
the listening socket for new connections, the intended behavior
always was to use the default in this case. From Neal Cardwell.
7) Fix NULL deref in brcmfmac driver, from Arend van Spriel.
8) OTP parsing fix in iwlwifi from Liad Kaufman.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (26 commits)
vti6: Add pmtu handling to vti6_xmit.
Revert "net: core: 'ethtool' issue with querying phy settings"
bnx2x: Move statistics implementation into semaphores
xen: netback: read hotplug script once at start of day.
xen: netback: fix printf format string warning
Revert "netfilter: ensure number of counters is >0 in do_replace()"
net: dsa: Properly propagate errors from dsa_switch_setup_one
tcp: fix child sockets to use system default congestion control if not set
udp: fix behavior of wrong checksums
sfc: free multiple Rx buffers when required
bna: fix soft lock-up during firmware initialization failure
bna: remove unreasonable iocpf timer start
bna: fix firmware loading on big-endian machines
bridge: fix br_multicast_query_expired() bug
via-rhine: Resigning as maintainer
brcmfmac: avoid null pointer access when brcmf_msgbuf_get_pktid() fails
mac80211: Fix mac80211.h docbook comments
iwlwifi: nvm: fix otp parsing in 8000 hw family
iwlwifi: pcie: fix tracking of cmd_in_flight
ip_vti/ip6_vti: Preserve skb->mark after rcv_cb call
...
Remove support for legacy ndo ops
.ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid/.ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid. Rocker will use
bridge_setlink/dellink exclusively for VLAN add/del operations.
The legacy ops are needed if using 8021q driver module to setup VLANs on
the port. But an alternative exists in using bridge_setlink/delink to
setup VLANs, which doesn't depend on 8021q module. So rocker will switch
to the newer setlink/dellink ops. VLANs can added/delete from the port,
regardless if port is bridged or not, using the bridge commands:
bridge vlan [add|del] vid VID dev DEV self
(Yes, I agree it's confusing to use the "bridge" command to set a VLAN on a
non-bridged port).
Using setlink/dellink over legacy ops let's us handle the stacked driver
case automatically. It's built-in. setlink also pass additional flags
(PVID, egress untagged) that aren't available with the legacy ops.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the port joins a bridge, the port's internal VLAN ID needs to change
to the bridge's internal VLAN ID. Likewise, when leaving the bridge, the
internal VLAN ID reverts back the port's original internal VLAN ID. (The
internal VLAN ID is used by device to internally mark untagged pkts with
some VLAN, which will eventually be removed on egress...think PVID). When
the internal VLAN ID changes, we need to update the VLAN table entries and
the router MAC entries for IP/IPv6 to reflect the new internal VLAN ID.
This patch makes use of the common rocker_port_vlan_add/del functions to
make sure the tables are updated for the current internal VLAN ID.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On port probe, install by default untagged VLAN support. This is
equivalent to running the command:
bridge vlan add vid 0 dev DEV self
A user could, if they wanted, manaully removing untagged support from the
port by running the command:
bridge vlan del vid 0 dev DEV self
But installing it by default on port initialization gives the normal
expected behavior.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Basic house keeping: If there is an error adding the router MAC for this
vlan, removing the just installed VLAN table entry to leave device in same
state as before failure.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When allocating the array of rocker port pointers, zero the array values so
we can test for !NULL to see if port is allocated/registered. We'll need
this later when installing untagged VLAN support for each port, during port
probe. It's a long story, but to install a VLAN (vid=0 for untagged, in
this case) on a port, we'll need to scan other ports to see if the VLAN
group for that VLAN has been setup. To scan the other ports, we need to
walk the port array.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unused function cxgb4_enable_db_coalescing() and
cxgb4_disable_db_coalescing()
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rocker (switch) of a rocker_port may be trivially obtained from
the latter it seems cleaner not to pass the former to a function when
the latter is being passed anyway.
rocker_port_rx_proc() is omitted from this change as it is a hot path case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver allocates one page for each buffer on the rx ring, which is
too much on architectures like ppc64 and can cause unexpected allocation
failures when the system is under stress. Now, we keep a memory pool
per queue, and if the architecture's PAGE_SIZE is greater than 4k, we
fragment pages and assign each 4k segment to a ring element, which
reduces the overall memory consumption on such architectures. This
helps avoiding errors like the example below:
[bnx2x_alloc_rx_sge:435(eth1)]Can't alloc sge
[c00000037ffeb900] [d000000075eddeb4] .bnx2x_alloc_rx_sge+0x44/0x200 [bnx2x]
[c00000037ffeb9b0] [d000000075ee0b34] .bnx2x_fill_frag_skb+0x1ac/0x460 [bnx2x]
[c00000037ffebac0] [d000000075ee11f0] .bnx2x_tpa_stop+0x160/0x2e8 [bnx2x]
[c00000037ffebb90] [d000000075ee1560] .bnx2x_rx_int+0x1e8/0xc30 [bnx2x]
[c00000037ffebcd0] [d000000075ee2084] .bnx2x_poll+0xdc/0x3d8 [bnx2x] (unreliable)
Signed-off-by: Gabriel Krisman Bertazi <krisman@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Reviewed-by: Lino Sanfilippo <LinoSanfilippo@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit dff173de84 ("bnx2x: Fix statistics locking scheme") changed the
bnx2x locking around statistics state into using a mutex - but the lock
is being accessed via a timer which is forbidden.
[If compiled with CONFIG_DEBUG_MUTEXES, logs show a warning about
accessing the mutex in interrupt context]
This moves the implementation into using a semaphore [with size '1']
instead.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we come to tear things down in netback_remove() and generate the
uevent it is possible that the xenstore directory has already been
removed (details below).
In such cases netback_uevent() won't be able to read the hotplug
script and will write a xenstore error node.
A recent change to the hypervisor exposed this race such that we now
sometimes lose it (where apparently we didn't ever before).
Instead read the hotplug script configuration during setup and use it
for the lifetime of the backend device.
The apparently more obvious fix of moving the transition to
state=Closed in netback_remove() to after the uevent does not work
because it is possible that we are already in state=Closed (in
reaction to the guest having disconnected as it shutdown). Being
already in Closed means the toolstack is at liberty to start tearing
down the xenstore directories. In principal it might be possible to
arrange to unregister the device sooner (e.g on transition to Closing)
such that xenstore would still be there but this state machine is
fragile and prone to anger...
A modern Xen system only relies on the hotplug uevent for driver
domains, when the backend is in the same domain as the toolstack it
will run the necessary setup/teardown directly in the correct sequence
wrt xenstore changes.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/xen-netback/netback.c: In function ‘xenvif_tx_build_gops’:
drivers/net/xen-netback/netback.c:1253:8: warning: format ‘%lu’ expects argument of type ‘long unsigned int’, but argument 5 has type ‘int’ [-Wformat=]
(txreq.offset&~PAGE_MASK) + txreq.size);
^
PAGE_MASK's type can vary by arch, so a cast is needed.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
----
v2: Cast to unsigned long, since PAGE_MASK can vary by arch.
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VNET_LE flag was introduced to fix accesses to virtio 1.0 headers
that are always little-endian. It can also be used to handle the special
case of a legacy little-endian device implemented by a big-endian host.
Let's add a flag and ioctls for big-endian devices as well. If both flags
are set, little-endian wins.
Since this is isn't a common usecase, the feature is controlled by a kernel
config option (not set by default).
Both macvtap and tun are covered by this patch since they share the same
API with userland.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
The current memory accessors logic is:
- little endian if little_endian
- native endian (i.e. no byteswap) if !little_endian
If we want to fully support cross-endian vhost, we also need to be
able to convert to big endian.
Instead of changing the little_endian argument to some 3-value enum, this
patch changes the logic to:
- little endian if little_endian
- big endian if !little_endian
The native endian case is handled by all users with a trivial helper. This
patch doesn't change any functionality, nor it does add overhead.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
There have been concerns that the function names gpiod_set_array() and
gpiod_get_array() might be confusing to users. One might expect
gpiod_get_array() to return array values, while it is actually the array
counterpart of gpiod_get(). To be consistent with the single descriptor API
we could rename gpiod_set_array() to gpiod_set_array_value(). This makes
some function names a bit lengthy: gpiod_set_raw_array_value_cansleep().
Signed-off-by: Rojhalat Ibrahim <imr@rtschenk.de>
Acked-by: Alexandre Courbot <acourbot@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Some of of qca988x solutions are having global reset issue
during target initialization. Bypassing PLL setting before
downloading firmware and letting the SoC run on REF_CLK is fixing
the problem. Corresponding firmware change is also needed to set
the clock source once the target is initialized. Since 10.2.4
firmware is having this ROM patch, applying skip_clock_init only
for 10.2.4 firmware versions.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use the timer API function setup_timer instead of structure field
assignments to initialize a timer.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch that performs
this transformation is as follows:
@change@
expression e, func, da;
@@
-init_timer (&e);
+setup_timer (&e, func, da);
-e.data = da;
-e.function = func;
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the timer API function setup_timer instead of structure field
assignments to initialize a timer.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch that performs
this transformation is as follows:
@change@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4, a, b;
@@
-init_timer(&e1);
+setup_timer(&e1, a, b);
... when != a = e2
when != b = e3
-e1.function = a;
... when != b = e4
-e1.data = b;
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the timer API function setup_timer instead of structure field
assignments to initialize a timer.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch that performs
this transformation is as follows:
@change@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4, a, b;
@@
-init_timer(&e1);
+setup_timer(&e1, a, b);
... when != a = e2
when != b = e3
-e1.data = b;
... when != a = e4
-e1.function = a;
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the timer API function setup_timer instead of structure field
assignments to initialize a timer.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch that performs
this transformation is as follows:
@change@
expression e, func, da;
@@
-init_timer (&e);
+setup_timer (&e, func, da);
-e.data = da;
-e.function = func;
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When Rx packet data must be dropped, all the buffers
associated with that Rx packet must be freed. Extend
and rename efx_free_rx_buffer() to efx_free_rx_buffers()
and loop through all the fragments.
By doing so this patch fixes a possible memory leak.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
more things for -next:
* disconnect TDLS stations on CSA to avoid issues
* fix a memory leak introduced in a recent commit
* switch rfkill and cfg80211 to PM ops
* in an unlikely scenario, prevent a bookkeeping
value to get corrupted leading to dropped packets
* fix a crash in VLAN assignment
* switch rfkill-gpio to more modern gpiod API
* send disconnected event to userspace with proper
local/remote indication
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=KmwY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-05-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
As we get closer to the merge window, here are a few
more things for -next:
* disconnect TDLS stations on CSA to avoid issues
* fix a memory leak introduced in a recent commit
* switch rfkill and cfg80211 to PM ops
* in an unlikely scenario, prevent a bookkeeping
value to get corrupted leading to dropped packets
* fix a crash in VLAN assignment
* switch rfkill-gpio to more modern gpiod API
* send disconnected event to userspace with proper
local/remote indication
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the current channel to 11. This is the default
value on reset.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
CC2520 has the default 0dBm transmit power level on reset.
This patch update initial value of transmit power with 0dBm value.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Cc: Brad Campbell <bradjc5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for seeting tx power values for cc2520
and also for the combination of CC2520-CC2591.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Cc: Brad Campbell <bradjc5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch changes tha way of handling of cc2591-cc2520 combination
by moving amplified variable from platform data to private data.
This will be useful in other sections like tx power support.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Cc: Brad Campbell <bradjc5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Initially we dont have the tx power settings from the user-space.
Now we have the support for seeting the tx power level.
So lets use the default tx power setting for the radio.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Cc: Brad Campbell <bradjc5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Atusb uses the at86rf231 transceiver so we can use the same calculation
for txpower settings for it.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With this function we can set individual bits in the registers if needed.
With the old SR_VALUE macro we could only set one bit in the register
which was ok for some scenarios but not for all. With this subreg write
function we can now set more bits defined by the mask while not touching
the rest.
We start using it for the current SR_VALUE use case and will use it more
in upcoming patches.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Allocate the receive bufer from the NUMA node assigned to the primary
channel.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Occasionnaly we may get oversized packets from the hardware which exceed
the nomimal 2KiB buffer size we allocate SKBs with. Add an early check
which drops the packet to avoid invoking skb_over_panic() and move on to
processing the next packet.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, bcm_sysport_desc_rx() calls bcm_sysport_rx_refill() at the end of Rx
packet processing loop, after the current Rx packet has already been passed to
napi_gro_receive(). However, bcm_sysport_rx_refill() might fail to allocate a new
Rx skb, thus leaving a hole on the Rx queue where no valid Rx buffer exists.
To eliminate this situation:
1. Rewrite bcm_sysport_rx_refill() to retain the current Rx skb on the
Rx queue if a new replacement Rx skb can't be allocated and DMA-mapped.
In this case, the data on the current Rx skb is effectively dropped.
2. Modify bcm_sysport_desc_rx() to call bcm_sysport_rx_refill() at the
top of Rx packet processing loop, so that the new replacement Rx skb is
already in place before the current Rx skb is processed.
This is loosely inspired from d6707bec59 ("net: bcmgenet: rewrite
bcmgenet_rx_refill()")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a 1:1 mapping between the software maintained control block in
priv->rx_cbs and the buffer address in priv->rx_bds, such that there is
no need to keep computing the buffer address when refiling a control
block.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bug in the driver initialization causes soft-lockup if firmware
initialization timeout is reached. Polling function bfa_ioc_poll_fwinit()
incorrectly calls bfa_nw_iocpf_timeout() when the timeout is reached.
The problem is that bfa_nw_iocpf_timeout() calls again
bfa_ioc_poll_fwinit()... etc. The bfa_ioc_poll_fwinit() should directly
send timeout event for iocpf and the same should be done if firmware
download into HW fails.
Cc: Rasesh Mody <rasesh.mody@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver starts iocpf timer prior bnad_ioceth_enable() call and this is
unreasonable. This piece of code probably originates from Brocade/Qlogic
out-of-box driver during initial import into upstream. This driver uses
only one timer and queue to implement multiple timers and this timer is
started at this place. The upstream driver uses multiple timers instead
of this.
Cc: Rasesh Mody <rasesh.mody@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware required by bna is stored in appropriate files as sequence
of LE32 integers. After loading by request_firmware() they need to be
byte-swapped on big-endian arches. Without this conversion the NIC
is unusable on big-endian machines.
Cc: Rasesh Mody <rasesh.mody@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The thunderx ethernet driver fails to build on architectures
that do not have an atomic readq() and writeq() function for
64-bit PCI bus access:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/thunder_bgx.c: In function 'bgx_reg_read':
include/asm-generic/io.h:195:23: error: implicit declaration of function 'readq' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
It seems impossible to get this driver to work on most 32-bit
hardware, so it's better to add an explicit dependency, in
order to let us keep building 'allmodconfig' kernels on
all architectures.
As the driver is meant for the internal hardware on an arm64 SoC, this
is not a problem for usability. Allowing the build on all 64-bit
architectures rather than just CONFIG_ARM64 on the other hand means that
we get the benefit of build testing on x86.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When freeing a CQ, we need to make sure there are no
asynchronous events (on the ASYNC EQ) that could
relate to this CQ before freeing it.
This is done by introducing synchronize_irq.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that EQs management is in the sole responsibility of mlx4_core,
the IRQ affinity hints configuration should be in its hands as well.
request_irq is called only once by the first consumer (maybe mlx4_ib),
so mlx4_en passes the affinity mask too late. We also need to request
vectors according to the cores we want to run on.
mlx4_core distribution of IRQs to cores is straight forward,
EQ(i)->IRQ will set affinity hint to core i.
Consumers need to request EQ vectors, according to their cores
considerations (NUMA).
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously, mlx4_en allocated EQs and used them exclusively.
This affected RoCE performance, as applications which are
events sensitive were limited to use only the legacy EQs.
Change that by introducing an EQ pool. This pool is managed
by mlx4_core. EQs are assigned to ports (when there are limited
number of EQs, multiple ports could be assigned to the same EQs).
An exception to this rule is the ASYNC EQ which handles various events.
Legacy EQs are completely removed as all EQs could be shared.
When a consumer (mlx4_ib/mlx4_en) requests an EQ, it asks for
EQ serving on a specific port. The core driver calculates which
EQ should be assigned to that request.
Because IRQs are shared between IB and Ethernet modules, their
names only include the PCI device BDF address.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In SRIOV, when simple (i.e - Ethernet L2 only) flow steering rules are
created, always create them at MLX4_DOMAIN_NIC priority (instead of
the real priority the function created them at). This is done in order
to let multiple functions add broadcast/multicast rules without
affecting other functions, which is necessary for DPDK in SRIOV.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-05-28
Here's a set of patches intended for 4.2. The majority of the changes
are on the 802.15.4 side of things rather than Bluetooth related:
- All sorts of cleanups & fixes to ieee802154 and related drivers
- Rework of tx power support in ieee802154 and its drivers
- Support for setting ieee802154 tx power through nl802154
- New IDs for the btusb driver
- Various cleanups & smaller fixes to btusb
- New btrtl driver for Realtec devices
- Fix suspend/resume for Realtek devices
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the Ethernet part of the driver for the Mellanox ConnectX(R)-4
Single/Dual-Port Adapter supporting 100Gb/s with VPI. The driver
extends the existing mlx5 driver with Ethernet functionality.
This patch contains the driver entry points but does not include
transmit and receive (see the previous patch in the series) routines.
It also adds the option MLX5_CORE_EN to Kconfig to enable/disable the
Ethernet functionality. Currently, Kconfig is programmed to make
Ethernet and Infiniband functionality mutally exclusive.
Also changed MLX5_INFINIBAND to be depandant on MLX5_CORE instead of
selecting it, since MLX5_CORE could be selected without MLX5_INFINIBAND
being selected.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch contains the resource handling files:
- flow_table.c: This file contains the code to handle the low level API
to configure hardware flow table. It is separated from
the flow_table_en.c, because it will be used in the
future by Raw Ethernet QP in mlx5_ib too.
- en_flow_table.[ch]: Ethernet flow steering handling. The flow table
object contain a mapping between flow specs and TIRs.
This mechanism will be used also to configure e-switch
in the future, when SR-IOV support will be added.
- transobj.[ch] - Low level functions to create/modify/destroy the
transport objects: RQ/SQ/TIR/TIS
- vport.[ch] - Handle attributes of a virtual port (vPort) in the
embedded switch. Currently this switch is a passthrough, until SR-IOV
support will be added.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
en_[rt]x.c contains the data path related code specific to tx or rx.
en_txrx.c contains data path code which is common for both the rx and
tx, this is mainly napi related code.
Below are the objects that are being used by the hardware and the driver
in the data path:
Channel - one channel per IRQ. Every channel object contains:
RQ - describes the rx queue
TIR - One TIR (Transport Interface Receive) object per flow type. TIR
contains attributes for a type of rx flow (e.g IPv4, IPv6 etc).
A flow is defined in the Flow Table.
Currently TIR describes the RSS hash parameters if exists and LRO
attributes.
SQ - describes the a tx queue. There is one SQ (Send Queue) per
TC (traffic class).
TIS - There is one TIS (Transport Interface Send) per TC. It
describes the TC and may later be extended to describe more
transport properties.
Both RQ and SQ inherit from the object WQ (work queue). This common code
to describe the layout of CQE's WQE's in memory is in the files wq.[cj]
For every channel there is one NAPI context that is used for RX and
for TX.
Driver is using netdev_alloc_skb() to allocate skb's.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce set/Query low level functions to access MTU in hardware. To be
used by the netdev.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce mlx5_core_modify_cq_moderation() to be used by the netdev, to
set hardware coalescing.
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implemet get/set port status low level functions to be exposed by the
netdev.
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Those registers will be used by the ethtool to set/get settings.
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Query all supported types of dev caps on driver load.
- Store the Cap data outbox per cap type into driver private data.
- Introduce new Macros to access/dump stored caps (using the auto
generated data types).
- Obsolete SW representation of dev caps (no need for SW copy for each
cap).
- Modify IB driver to use new macros for checking caps.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx5_ifc.h was heavily modified here since it is now generated by a
script from the device specification (PRM rev 0.25). This specification
is backward compatible to existing hardware.
Some structures/fields were added here in order to enable the Ethernet
functionality of the driver.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preparation for upcoming ethernet driver.
- Move msix array from eq_table struct to priv since its not related to
eq_table
- Intorduce irq_info struct to hold all irq information
- Move name from mlx5_eq to irq_info struct since it is irq property.
- Set IRQ affinity hints
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As David Daney pointed in mlx4_core driver [1], mlx5_core is also
misusing the DMA-API.
This patch is removing the code that vmap() memory allocated by
dma_alloc_coherent().
After this patch, users of this drivers might fail allocating resources
on memory fragmeneted systems. This will be fixed later on.
[1] - https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/458531/
CC: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-05-28
This series contains updates to ethtool, ixgbe, i40e and i40evf.
John adds helper routines for ethtool to pass VF to rx_flow_spec. Since
the ring_cookie is 64 bits wide which is much larger than what could be
used for actual queue index values, provide helper routines to pack a VF
index into the cookie. Then John provides a ixgbe patch to allow flow
director to use the entire queue space.
Neerav provides a i40e patch to collect XOFF Rx stats, where it was not
being collected before.
Anjali provides ATR support for tunneled packets, as well as stats to
count tunnel ATR hits. Cleaned up PF struct members which are
unnecessary, since we can use the stat index macro directly. Cleaned
up flow director ATR/SB messages to a higher debug level since they
are not useful unless silicon validation is happening.
Greg provides a patch to disable offline diagnostics if VFs are enabled
since ethtool offline diagnostic tests are not designed (out of scope)
to disable VF functions for testing and re-enable afterward. Also cleans
up TODO comment that is no longer needed.
Vasu provides a fix an FCoE EOF case where i40e_fcoe_ctxt_eof() maybe
called before i40e_fcoe_eof_is_supported() is called.
Jesse adds skb->xmit_more support for i40evf. Then provides a performance
enhancement for i40evf by inlining some functions which provides a 15%
gain in small packet performance. Also cleans up the use of time_stamp
since it is no longer used to determine if there is a tx_hang and was
a part of a previous tx_hang design which is no longer used.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current algorithm for deciding on the number of VRSS channels is
not optimal since we open up the min of number of CPUs online and the
number of VRSS channels the host is offering. So on a 32 VCPU guest
we could potentially open 32 VRSS subchannels. Experimentation has
shown that it is best to limit the number of VRSS channels to the number
of CPUs within a NUMA node.
Here is the new algorithm for deciding on the number of sub-channels we
would open up:
1) Pick the minimum of what the host is offering and what the driver
in the guest is specifying as the default value.
2) Pick the minimum of (1) and the numbers of CPUs in the NUMA
node the primary channel is bound to.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethernet controller available in IPQ806x is a Synopsys DesignWare
Gigabit MAC IP core, already supported by the stmmac driver.
This glue layer implements some platform specific settings required to
get the controller working on an IPQ806x based platform.
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Olivari <mathieu@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case DT is used, this change adds the ability to the stmmac driver to
detect a fixed-link PHY, instanciate it, and use it during
phy_connect().
Fixed link PHYs DT usage is described in:
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fixed-link.txt
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Olivari <mathieu@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On stmmac driver, PHY specification in device-tree was done using the
non-standard property "snps,phy-addr". Specifying a PHY on a different
MDIO bus that the one within the stmmac controller doesn't seem to be
possible when device-tree is used.
This change adds support for the phy-handle property, as specified in
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt.
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Olivari <mathieu@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two fixes which got lost in my recent distraction. One is a weird
cpumask function which needed to be rewritten, the other is a module
bug which is cc:stable.
Thanks,
Rusty.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=wuP+
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'fixes-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux
Pull fixes for cpumask and modules from Rusty Russell:
"** NOW WITH TESTING! **
Two fixes which got lost in my recent distraction. One is a weird
cpumask function which needed to be rewritten, the other is a module
bug which is cc:stable"
* tag 'fixes-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux:
cpumask_set_cpu_local_first => cpumask_local_spread, lament
module: Call module notifier on failure after complete_formation()
This could lead userspace initram images getting
built without necessary firmware files included
leading to probing failures of ath10k on boot with
QCA61X4.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In some cases some channel survey data was
reported incorrect.
Channel info events were expected to come in pairs
without and with COMPLETE flag set respectively
for each channel visit during scan.
The known deviation from this is rule for last
scan chan info and first (next) scan chan info
both have COMPLETE flag set. This was either
programmed with the intent of providing BSS cycle
count info or this is an artefact of firmware scan
state machine. Either way this is useless due to
short wraparound time, wraparound quirks and no
overflow notification.
Survey dumps now include only data gathered during
scan channel visits that can be computed
correctly.
This should improve hostapd ACS a little bit.
Reported-by: Srinivasa Duvvuri <sduvvuri@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When QCA988X cycle counter HW register wraps
around it resets to 0x7fffffff instead of 0. All
other cycle counter related registers are divided
by 2 so they never wraparound themselves. QCA61X4
has a uniform CC and it wraparounds in a regular
fashion though.
Worst case wraparound time is approx 24 seconds
(2**31 / 88MHz). Since scan channel visit times
are max 5 seconds (offchannel case) it is
guaranteed there's been at most 1 wraparound and
it is possible to compute survey active time
value. It is, however, impossible to determine the
point at which Rx Clear Count has been divided by
two so it is not reported upon wraparound.
This fixes some occasional incorrect survey data
on QCA988X as some channels (depending on how/when
scan/offchannel requests were requested) would
have approx 24 sec active time which wasn't
actually the case.
This should improve hostapd ACS a little bit.
Reported-by: Srinivasa Duvvuri <sduvvuri@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The macro isn't WMI specific. Instead it is
related to hardware chip so move the macro
accordingly. While at it document the magic value.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Replace confusing QL_STATUS_INVALID_PARAM == -1 == -EPERM with -EINVAL
and QLC_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED_CMD == -2 == -ENOENT with -EOPNOTSUPP, the
latter error code is arguable, but it is already used in the driver,
so let it be here as well.
Also remove always false (!buf) check on read(), the driver should
not care if userspace gets its EFAULT or not.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vz@mleia.com>
Acked-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bump.
Change-ID: I54ec2787a9fead5e18447078f26e5dd27f01da44
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver doesn't use the time_stamp member to determine if there is a
tx_hang any more. There really isn't any point to the variable at all
so just remove it. It was left over from a previous tx_hang design.
Change-ID: I4c814827e1bcb46e45118fe37acdcfa814fb62a0
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Inlining these functions gives us about 15% more 64 byte packets per
second when using pktgen. 13.3 million to 15 million with a single
queue.
Also fix the function names in i40evf to i40evf not i40e while we are
touching the function header.
Change-ID: I3294ae9b085cf438672b6db5f9af122490ead9d0
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Eric added support for skb->xmit_more in i40e, this ports that into
i40evf as well.
Support skb->xmit_more in i40evf is straightforward; we need to move
around i40e_maybe_stop_tx() call to correctly test netif_xmit_stopped()
before taking the decision to not kick the NIC.
Change-ID: Idddda6a2e4a7ab335631c91ced51f55b25eb8468
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These are not useful unless SV is happening as there is a FD flush counter
that tracks this.
Change-ID: If2655b5a29687247d03a51d35f69854bbeb711ce
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Because i40e_fcoe_ctxt_eof should never be called without
i40e_fcoe_eof_is_supported being called first, the EOF in fcoe_ctxt_eof
should always be valid and therefore we do not need to print an error
if it is not valid.
However, a WARN ON to easily catch any calls to i40e_fcoe_ctxt_eof that
aren't preceded with a call to i40e_fcoe_eof_is_supported is helpful.
Change-ID: I3b536b1981ec0bce80576a74440b7dea3908bdb9
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There's no need for a counter so remove the TODO comment.
Change-ID: I3321dda04934c4f5fda9b279ab666192bda44214
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We can use the stat index macro directly, a variable is not required.
Change-ID: I19f08ac16353dc0cd87a1a8248d714e15a54aa8a
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a 3rd dynamic filter counter to track Tunneled ATR hits separately.
Ethtool port stat "fdir_atr_tunnel_match"
Change-ID: Idd978b6db2a462b5722397cd2ffd04ef055f8655
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Without this, RSS would have done inner header load balancing. Now we can
get the benefits of ATR for tunneled packets to better align TX and RX
queues with the right core/interrupt.
Change-ID: I07d0e0a192faf28fdd33b2f04c32b2a82ff97ddd
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If a HW recovery was started but not completed since all interfaces went
down, make sure to cleanup all interfaces before clearing the HW_RESTART
flag.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
BlockAck sessions can have events that are interesting to
debug. When we send or receive a BAR, it is may indicate
that something bad is happening. Even more so when mac80211
tells us that a frame timed out in the reodering buffer.
Add a few triggers for BlockAck session debugging.
Allow per-TID debugging.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
a lot of small fixes and cleanups, the bigger items are:
* proper mac80211 rate control locking, to fix some random crashes
(this required changing other locking as well)
* mac80211 "fast-xmit", a mechanism to reduce, in most cases, the
amount of code we execute while going from ndo_start_xmit() to
the driver
* this also clears the way for properly supporting S/G and checksum
and segmentation offloads
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=oUlh
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-05-06' into iwlwifi-next
Lots of updates for net-next for this cycle. As usual, we have
a lot of small fixes and cleanups, the bigger items are:
* proper mac80211 rate control locking, to fix some random crashes
(this required changing other locking as well)
* mac80211 "fast-xmit", a mechanism to reduce, in most cases, the
amount of code we execute while going from ndo_start_xmit() to
the driver
* this also clears the way for properly supporting S/G and checksum
and segmentation offloads
Require the user to disable virtual functions before running the device
offline diagnostics. The offline diagnostics are intended to ensure
basic operation of the device - it is beyond the scope of the diagnostic
test to handle the additional complexity of bringing all the virtual
functions offline and then back online for each test run.
Change-ID: Ic0b854851a09fc85df0c9e82c220e45885457c30
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When PFC is enabled for any UP in single TC configuration the driver didn't
collect the PFC XOFF RX stats. Though a single TC with PFC enabled is not a
common scenario do not prevent the driver from collecting stats if firmware
indicates that PFC is enabled.
Change-ID: Ie20bd58b07608b528f3c6d95894c9ae56b00077a
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For UMAC, we were not treating a race condition that happens in the
scan flows, because it was not using the same state flags. Now that
UMAC and LMAC scans use the same state flags, we can also handle the
race conditions for UMAC.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
UMAC scans now use the general scan status for almost everything, the
only part missing was in the scan complete notifications. Change it
to use the stopping flags instead of clearing the flags when the stop
comes from above and clean the handler function a bit.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The regular and scheduled scan functions are very similar, so they can
be combined into one.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Having explicit rx cmd header fields is useful, as it can
be used for event filtering (e.g. saving only debug logs,
rather than the whole data)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This check for family type is redundant as the if clause above
checks a family-dependent Boolean (which is not set for family 8000 anyway).
Signed-off-by: Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The UMAC and LMAC scan_stop functions are now nearly identical, so
they can be combined into a single function instead.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We can only have one scan per type at the same time, so the code that
tries to stop several scans of a type is unnecessary. Remove that to
reduce code complexity.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We can only have one scan of each type running at the same time, so we
can remove one attribute in the UID information we save. We had array
index, UID and type, but only UID (== array_index) and type are
necessary. Refactor the code to use this simplified array.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add support for scan priority API with 8 levels instead of the
existing 3 levels. This API is needed to define the priority of
new ooc activities, e.g. gscan.
Add a TLV flag to indicate if the new API is supported so that
devices that does not support the new API will continue to use
the old one.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Some LMAC specific functions had too generic names
(i.e. *_scan_offload_*) and were hard to distinguish from functions
that are really generic. Rename these functions to *_lmac_scan_* in
to make it more consistent and easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
For consistency with the LMAC functions, rename the UMAC scan stop
function to iwl_mvm_umac_scan_stop(). Additionally, move things
around a bit to avoid an unnecessary forward declaration.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
For UMAC scans, we were simply jumping into another function when scan
stop functions were called, while for LMAC scans, the flow continued.
To make the flows cleaner and more balanced, combine the UMAC part
into the main stop functions. This also makes us take one step closer
into combining the state flags for both APIs.
Note that some STOPPING flags will be dangling in UMAC scans, but it
doesn't matter because they are not used in UMAC yet (and this will be
fixed in subsequent patches).
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
It is not necessary to stop regular scans when going out of idle
state. Previously, we were doing so for LMAC scans because the
iwl_mvm_scan_offload_stop() function was stopping both kinds of scans.
Now that we have more granularity, we can skip it.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The iwl_mvm_scan_offload_stop() function is used to stop LMAC regular
scan, stop LMAC scheduled scan and stop UMAC scheduled scans (but not
UMAC regular scans), making it very difficult to read.
Reorganize the scan stopping functions by creating separate functions
to stop regular and scheduled scans, separating the LMAC stopping part
of the code from the rest and renaming the offload_stop function to
iwl_mvm_lmac_scan_stop().
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The commit below fixed this for the old firmware API only.
Since the new firmware API hasn't been released yet, this
doesn't fix anything on currently existing firmwares.
This completes:
commit afcee962b0
Author: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Date: Mon Feb 9 15:18:17 2015 +0200
iwlwifi: mvm: fix BT coex shared antenna activity check
type=bugfix
bug=not-tracked
fixes=unknown
Reviewed-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The iwl_mvm_config_sched_scan_profiles() function is only used in
scan.c, so remove the declaration from mvm.h and make it static.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
After the scan refactor, the order of the SSIDs passed to the firmware
in all scans (including net-detect) are inverted. This was causing
the reporting code to use the wrong SSIDs. To fix this, invert the
array index when accessing the saved match SSIDs to report the
wake-up.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add UMAC scan iteration complete notification. This notification can
be enabled by setting scan_iter_notif_enabled through debugfs.
Upon receiving this notification, print the list of channels that
have been scanned in this iteration. This is useful for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When receiving scan iteration complete notification, print a list of
the channels that have been scanned in this iteration.
This is useful for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The BT_CONFIG command used to be very long, hence it was
allocated on the heap in the previous API. In the new API,
this command is much smaller, and can now safely be
allocated on the stack.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Since we don't need to configure the Ack / CTS kill mask
anymore in the new API, we don't need to iterate all the
interfaces upon rssi event on one of the interfaces.
Remove that code.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
There is no need to have separate definitions for the UMAC scan types,
since they are the same as the LMAC types. Remove UMAC scan types and
use the generic ones instead.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In order to imeplement the extended VI session feature for Miracast, the FW
requires to detect the VI queue. The detection of the VI queue is done when
it is assigned to a STA with ADD_STA command, so by this time the FW expects
the queue to be already configured (mapped to VI AC and aggregation enabled).
Previously, the queue configuration was done after STA modificaton which
broke the extended VI session feature and resulted in higher latencies.
Fix this by calling iwl_mvm_enable_agg_txq before station modification.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If the device fails to start correctly prior to loading the
regular runtime firmware (after having run the INIT firmware),
treat that error correctly by actually checking the return
value of _iwl_trans_start_hw() and stopping the device again
before returning an error.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
According to the nl80211 documentation, we can neither advertise
scheduled scan nor netdetect address randomisation. However, all
the products that currently require this don't have a need for
the full randomisation.
Therefore, advertise the feature anyway which results in host-
based randomisation, done whenever the system suspends. This is
sufficient for the platforms currently requiring this feature.
If we ever extend this in the future to do full randomisation in
the firmware, then certainly this will still be sufficient for
the current requirements, so it doesn't make a lot of sense to
split the feature bits.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Set a default NVM in case the userspace specifies a file
that doesn't match the hardware version. This allows not
to change the boot scripts when someone replaces the device
with a newer hardware step.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add debugfs entry for showing the different Tx power restrictions that are
caused due to various reasons.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Flow director is exported to user space using the ethtool ntuple
support. However, currently it only supports steering traffic to a
subset of the queues in use by the hardware. This change allows
flow director to specify queues that have been assigned to virtual
functions by partitioning the ring_cookie into a 8bit VF specifier
followed by 32bit queue index. At the moment we don't have any
ethernet drivers with more than 2^32 queues on a single function
as best I can tell and nor do I expect this to happen anytime
soon. This way the ring_cookie's normal use for specifying a queue
on a specific PCI function continues to work as expected.
CC: Alex Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The transport modules all need to allocate memory and set up
certain values. Refactor that code into a new common function
to share it and to simplify the error handling.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The UMAC API supports multiple scan schedules, but now we use only a
single one. Change the comment to make this clear and avoid
confusion.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This removes the use of the two deprecated calls to the
macro PTR_RET in iwl_mvm_get_regdomain and replaces them
both to PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Krause <xerofoify@gmail.com>
[Commit message editing]
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The radio cfg DWORD was taken from the wrong place in the
8000 HW family, after a line in the code was wrongly changed
by mistake. This broke several 8260 devices.
Fixes: 5dd9c68a85 ("iwlwifi: drop support for early versions of 8000")
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The cmd_in_flight tracking was introduced to workaround faulty
power management hardware, by having the driver keep the NIC
awake as long as there are commands in flight. However, some of
the code handling this workaround was unconditionally executed,
which resulted with an inconsistent state where the driver assumed
that the NIC was awake although it wasn't.
Fix this by renaming 'cmd_in_flight' to 'cmd_hold_nic_awake' and
handling the NIC requested awake state only for hardwares for
which the workaround is needed.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Platform NVRAMs often contain values with spaces. Even if right now most
firmware-supported entries are simple values, we shouldn't reject these
with spaces. It was semi-confirmed by Broadcom in the early patch adding
support for platform NVRAMs.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This fixes brcmfmac dealing with NVRAM coming from platform e.g. from a
flash MTD partition. In such cases entries are separated by \0 instead
of \n which caused ignoring whole content after the first "comment".
While platform NVRAM doesn't usually contain comments, we switch to
COMMENT state after e.g. finding an unexpected char in key name.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
With a simple use of snprintf and small buffer we can compare NVRAM
entry value with a full string. This way we avoid checking random chars
at magic offsets.
Tested on BCM43602 with NVRAM hacked to use v1 format.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Comparing NVRAM entry with a full filtering string is simpler than
comparing it with a short prefix and then checking random chars at magic
offsets. The cost of snprintf relatively low, we execute it just once.
Tested on BCM43602 with NVRAM hacked to use V2 format.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add support for the simplest of MediaTek Wi-Fi devices - MT7601U.
It is a single stream bgn chip with no bells or whistles.
This driver is partially based on Felix's mt76 but IMHO it doesn't
make sense to merge the two right now because MT7601U is a design
somewhere between old Ralink devices and new Mediatek chips. There
wouldn't be all that much code sharing with the devices mt76 supports.
Situation may obviously change when someone decides to extend m76 with
support for the more recent USB dongles.
The driver supports only station mode. I'm hoping to add AP support
when time allows.
This driver sat on GitHub for quite a while and got some testing there:
http://github.com/kuba-moo/mt7601u
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The fields of struct acpi_device are only known when CONFIG_ACPI is
defined. Fix this by using a helper function. This will resolve the
issue found in linux-next:
../brcmfmac/bcmsdh.c: In function 'brcmf_ops_sdio_probe':
../brcmfmac/bcmsdh.c:1139:7: error: dereferencing pointer to incomplete type
adev->flags.power_manageable = 0;
^
Fixes: f0992ace68 ("brcmfmac: prohibit ACPI power management ...")
Cc: Fu, Zhonghui <zhonghui.fu@linux.intel.com>
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Most code already uses consts for the struct kernel_param_ops,
sweep the kernel for the last offending stragglers. Other than
include/linux/moduleparam.h and kernel/params.c all other changes
were generated with the following Coccinelle SmPL patch. Merge
conflicts between trees can be handled with Coccinelle.
In the future git could get Coccinelle merge support to deal with
patch --> fail --> grammar --> Coccinelle --> new patch conflicts
automatically for us on patches where the grammar is available and
the patch is of high confidence. Consider this a feature request.
Test compiled on x86_64 against:
* allnoconfig
* allmodconfig
* allyesconfig
@ const_found @
identifier ops;
@@
const struct kernel_param_ops ops = {
};
@ const_not_found depends on !const_found @
identifier ops;
@@
-struct kernel_param_ops ops = {
+const struct kernel_param_ops ops = {
};
Generated-by: Coccinelle SmPL
Cc: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Cc: Junio C Hamano <gitster@pobox.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Cc: cocci@systeme.lip6.fr
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
da91309e0a (cpumask: Utility function to set n'th cpu...) created a
genuinely weird function. I never saw it before, it went through DaveM.
(He only does this to make us other maintainers feel better about our own
mistakes.)
cpumask_set_cpu_local_first's purpose is say "I need to spread things
across N online cpus, choose the ones on this numa node first"; you call
it in a loop.
It can fail. One of the two callers ignores this, the other aborts and
fails the device open.
It can fail in two ways: allocating the off-stack cpumask, or through a
convoluted codepath which AFAICT can only occur if cpu_online_mask
changes. Which shouldn't happen, because if cpu_online_mask can change
while you call this, it could return a now-offline cpu anyway.
It contains a nonsensical test "!cpumask_of_node(numa_node)". This was
drawn to my attention by Geert, who said this causes a warning on Sparc.
It sets a single bit in a cpumask instead of returning a cpu number,
because that's what the callers want.
It could be made more efficient by passing the previous cpu rather than
an index, but that would be more invasive to the callers.
Fixes: da91309e0a
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au> (then rebased)
Tested-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes variable name 'fn' to 'pf' of structure adapter.
A 'fn' usually stands for PCI function which could be a PF or a VF.
However, the use of this particular variable is explicitly limited to PF
only. So, be specific about it in the variable name.
Also corrects arguments passed for fn t4_ofld_eq_free, t4_ctrl_eq_free,
t4_eth_eq_free, t4_iq_free, t4_alloc_vi, t4_fw_hello, t4_wr_mbox and
t4_cfg_pfvf function.
Also renames cxgb4_t4_bar2_sge_qregs to t4_bar2_sge_qregs and renames
the latter function name in cxgb4vf driver to t4vf_bar2_sge_qregs to
avoid conflicts. Also fixes alignment for these function.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add debugfs entry to inject Freelist starvation, used only for debugging
purpose.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for the Cavium ThunderX network controller.
The driver is on the pci bus and thus requires the Thunder PCIe host
controller driver to be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Maciej Czekaj <mjc@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganapatrao Kulkarni <ganapatrao.kulkarni@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Nowicki <tomasz.nowicki@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Kamil Rytarowski <kamil@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: Thanneeru Srinivasulu <tsrinivasulu@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Sruthi Vangala <svangala@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xennet_remove() freed the queues before freeing the netdevice which
results in a use-after-free when free_netdev() tries to delete the
napi instances that have already been freed.
Fix this by fully destroy the queues (which includes deleting the napi
instances) before freeing the netdevice.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As many issues are encountered at probe time, where MCDI logging can't be
enabled through the sysfs node, this change adds a module parameter
'mcdi_logging_default', which defaults to false. When set to true, newly-
probed functions will have MCDI logging enabled. The setting can
subsequently be changed as normal through the sysfs node.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MCDI tracing is enabled per-function with a sysfs file
/sys/class/net/<NET_DEV>/device/mcdi_logging
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MCDI tracing is conditional on CONFIG_SFC_MCDI_LOGGING, which is enabled
by default.
Each MCDI command will produce a console line like
sfc dom🚌dev:fn ifname: MCDI RPC REQ: xxxxxxxx [yyyyyyyy...]
where xxxxxxxx etc. are the raw MCDI payload in 32-bit hex chunks.
The response will then produce a similar line with "RESP" instead of "REQ",
and containing the MCDI response payload (if any).
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We're seeing some softlockups from this function when there
are a lot fdb entries on a vxlan device. Taking the lock for
each bucket instead of the whole table is enough to fix that.
Signed-off-by: Sorin Dumitru <sdumitru@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for the at86rf230 version check which is used
by the rzusb stick.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The test in mlx4_load_one() to remove MLX4_FLAG_MSI_X expects mlx4_NOP() to
fail with -EBUSY. It is also necessary to avoid the reset since the device
is not fully reinitialized before calling mlx4_start_hca() a second time.
Note that this will also affect mlx4_test_interrupts(), the only other user
of MLX4_CMD_NOP.
Fixes: f5aef5a ("net/mlx4_core: Activate reset flow upon fatal command cases")
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit e9ce7cb6b1 ("xen-netback: Factor queue-specific data into queue
struct") introduced a regression when moving queue-specific data into
the queue struct by failing to set the credit_bytes field. This
prevented bandwidth limiting from working. Initialize the field as it
was done before multiqueue support was added.
Signed-off-by: Ross Lagerwall <ross.lagerwall@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update all open-coded tests for all 4 PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII* values
to use the newly introduced helper: phy_interface_is_rgmii.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If read() syscall requests unexpected number of bytes from "dimm" binary
attribute file, return EINVAL instead of EPERM.
At the same time pin down sysfs file size to the fixed
sizeof(struct netxen_dimm_cfg), which allows to exploit some missing
sanity checks from kernfs (file boundary checks vs offset etc.)
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vz@mleia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the ethtool command is used to set the speed of the device while
the device is down, the check to set the initial mode may fail when
the device is brought up, causing failure to bring the device up.
Update the code to set the initial mode based on the desired speed if
auto-negotiation is disabled.
This patch fixes a bug introduced by:
d9663c8c21 ("amd-xgbe-phy: Use phydev advertising field vs supported")
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit b112889c5a ("iwlwifi: mvm: add Aux ROC request/response flow")
added aux ROC flow in addition to the existing ROC flow. While doing
it, it moved the ROC reference release to a common work item, which
is being called for both the ROC and aux ROC flows.
This resulted in invalid reference accounting, as no reference was
taken in case of aux ROC, while a reference was released on completion.
Fix it by adding a reference for the aux ROC as well, and release
only the relevant references on completion (according to the set bits).
While at it, convert cancel_work_sync() to flush_work(), in order
to make sure the references are being cleaned properly.
Fixes: b112889c5a ("iwlwifi: mvm: add Aux ROC request/response flow")
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We should not call the iwl_pcie_set_pwr() functions in the
suspend/resume flows for family 8000, because the register used is
locked in devices from this family. Doing this causes an NMI
protection error (RT_NMI_INTERRUPT_PREG_PROTECTION).
To fix this, skip those calls if the device family is
IWL_DEVICE_FAMILY_8000.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When we disconnect from the AP, drivers call cfg80211_disconnect().
This doesn't know whether the disconnection was initiated locally
or by the AP though, which can cause problems with the supplicant,
for example with WPS. This issue obviously doesn't show up with any
mac80211 based driver since mac80211 doesn't call this function.
Fix this by requiring drivers to indicate whether the disconnect is
locally generated or not. I've tried to update the drivers, but may
not have gotten the values correct, and some drivers may currently
not be able to report correct values. In case of doubt I left it at
false, which is the current behaviour.
For libertas, make adjustments as indicated by Dan Williams.
Reported-by: Matthieu Mauger <matthieux.mauger@intel.com>
Tested-by: Matthieu Mauger <matthieux.mauger@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
PCIe full dongle firmware can support a dma indices feature with which
firmware can update/fetch the read/write indices of message buffer
rings on both host to dongle and dongle to host directions. The support is
announced by firmware through shared flags.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
brcmf_dma_flush and brcmf_dma_invalidate_cache are not necessary and
have never been implemented.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
All pcie full dongle chips supported by fmac are using rev 5+ shared
structure. This patch removes the rev4 related code.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The tx flow worker in msgbuf gets scheduled at tx till a certain
threshold has been reached. Then the tx completes will take over
the scheduling. When amsdu and ampdu is used the frames are
transferred wireless in a very bulky fashion, in combination
with this scheduling algorithm and buffer limiters in the stack
this can result in limited throughput. This change causes the
flow worker to be scheduled more frequently from tx.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
As described in the device tree bindings for 'brcm,bcm4329-fmac'
nodes, the interrupts property is optional. So adding a check
for the presence of this property before attempting to parse
and map the interrupt. If not present or parsing fails return
and fallback to in-band sdio interrupt.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This would ensure dmesg logs are not spammed with "unknown mgmt frame
subtype" messages.
Reviewed-by: James Cameron <quozl@laptop.org>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes typos in drivers/net/wirless/rtlwifi/Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Lo <kevlo@kevlo.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
[ar5008 and ar9002]_hw_spur_mitigate have big portion of identical code.
This patch will move common part of ar5008_hw_spur_mitigate to
ar5008_hw_cmn_spur_mitigate and reuse it in ar9002_hw_spur_mitigate.
As noticed by Joe Perches I reuse ar9002_hw_spur_mitigate (const) version of
declarations for pilot_mask_reg and chan_mask_reg.
There should be no other difference with original code.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Several of these drivers have there TX randomly blocked for 3~5 seconds while
measuring tx throughput (iperf). The root couse happens in rtl_pci_flush().
The function uses a while-loop to wait for TX queue length to decrease to 0.
The TX queue length counts the number of packets that are queued in the driver.
The driver relys on the TX OK interrupt to return skb and reduce TX queue length.
The interrupt subroutine disables interupts, reads the interrupt registers, and
then clears the registers in the beginning of _rtl_pci_interrupt(). After all
interupts process are finished, the driver invokes enable_interrupt() to enable
interupts. This behavior is normal for an interrupt subroutine.
But enable_interrupt() invokes clear_interrupt() again. This unexpected interrupt
clearing may cleari me fresh TX OK interrupts. These missing interrupts cause TX
queue length to never reduce to 0i, which causes rtl_pci_flush() to be stuck in
unterminated while-loop.
This patch removes clear_interrupt() in enable_interrupt() to avoid this behavior.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Fann <vincent_fann@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Shao Fu <shaofu@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.18+]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The driver was not setting a channel plan. Now it gets it from EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Shao Fu <shaofu@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The driver is converted to use the channel plan in the EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Shao Fu <shaofu@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The driver was setting a channel plan for the world. Now it reads it fromi
EEPROM.
In addition, a typo was fixed.
Signed-off-by: Shao Fu <shaofu@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The driver was setting a channel plan for the world. Now it reads it from
EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Shao Fu <shaofu@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Driver rtlwifi maintains its own regulatory information, The Chrome Autotest
(https://www.chromium.org/chromium-os/testing/autotest-user-doc)
showed some errors. This patch adds the necessary information for rtlwifi.
Signed-off-by: Shao Fu <shaofu@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
These are used like:
set_bit(WORK_LINK_UP, &priv->work_pending);
The problem is that set_bit() takes the actual bit number and not a mask
so static checkers get upset. It doesn't affect run time because we do
it consistently, but we may as well clean it up.
Fixes: 6010ce07a6 ('rndis_wlan: do link-down state change in worker thread')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In d8a2c51cdc ('ath9k_htc: Use atomic operations for op_flags') we
changed things like this:
- if (priv->op_flags & OP_TSF_RESET) {
+ if (test_bit(OP_TSF_RESET, &priv->op_flags)) {
The problem is that test_bit() takes a bit number and not a mask. It
means that when we do:
set_bit(OP_TSF_RESET, &priv->op_flags);
Then it sets the (1 << 6) bit instead of the 6 bit so we are setting a
bit which is past the end of the unsigned long.
Fixes: d8a2c51cdc ('ath9k_htc: Use atomic operations for op_flags')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
gcc-5.0 gained a new warning in the fwsignal portion of the brcmfmac
driver:
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/fwsignal.c: In function 'brcmf_fws_txs_process':
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/fwsignal.c:1478:8: warning: 'skb' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
This is a false positive, and marking the brcmf_fws_hanger_poppkt function
as 'static inline' makes the warning go away. I have checked the object
file output and while a little code gets moved around, the size of
the binary remains identical.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int.
An appropriately named unsigned long is added, and the assignments
as well as error checking fixed up.
API conformance testing for completions with coccinelle spatches are being
used to locate API usage inconsistencies:
./drivers/net/wireless/ath/carl9170/usb.c:675
int return assigned to unsigned long
Patch was compile tested with x86_64_defconfig + CONFIG_ATH_CARDS=m,
CONFIG_CARL9170=m
Patch is against 4.1-rc3 (localversion-next is -next-20150512)
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch changes all debug print functions from dev_dbg/dev_err/dev_info
to mwifiex specific debug functions.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch is to add support for data hexdump debug feature.
It is controlled by level debug_mask in adapter structure.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for debugging print control in mwifiex driver.
The debug level can be controlled via either by modules load parameter
debug_mask or by writing to debug_mask in debugfs file.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for FW memory read/write operations via debugfs.
This is useful during debugging FW issues.
Examples:
For reading FW memory location:
echo r 0x01ac > /sys/kernel/debug/mwifiex/mlan0/memrw
cat /sys/kernel/debug/mwifiex/mlan0/memrw
For writing FW memory location:
echo w 0x01ac 0x55aa > /sys/kernel/debug/mwifiex/mlan0/memrw
Signed-off-by: Chin-ran Lo <crlo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
During usage of the new Bluetooth driver for Realtek devices, it was found
that BT scans were inhibited for the RTL8723BE when wireless was active. The
exact cause of this interference is not known yet, but a satisfactory work
around has been found that does not seem to have any visible side effects.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <drake@endlessm.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Shao Fu <shaofu@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The PCI cache line size value was being compared against decimal values
prefixed with 0x.
Fixed the literals to use the correct hex values.
This has not been tested due to lack of hardware. However, the value in
`cline` is PCI cache line size, which is the CPU's cache line size.
It is less likely for cache line sizes to be 22 or 50, and more likely for
them to be 16 or 32. Also, as far as I understand, cache line size is used for
things like aligning DMA requests with CPU cache line, which improve
performance but wouldn't break anything if the value doesn't match. In
this case, we will fall through to the default case which leaves `reg`
unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Okash Khawaja <okash.khawaja@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes these checkpatch.pl errors around a single switch-case
block:
ERROR: switch and case should be at the same indent
ERROR: trailing statements should be on next line
More specifically, the fix has been applied to the five occurances of
the errors listed below.
ERROR: switch and case should be at the same indent
#1100: FILE: adm8211.c:1100:
+ switch (cline) {
[...]
+ default: reg |= (0x0 << 14);
ERROR: trailing statements should be on next line
#1101: FILE: adm8211.c:1101:
+ case 0x8: reg |= (0x1 << 14);
ERROR: trailing statements should be on next line
#1103: FILE: adm8211.c:1103:
+ case 0x16: reg |= (0x2 << 14);
ERROR: trailing statements should be on next line
#1105: FILE: adm8211.c:1105:
+ case 0x32: reg |= (0x3 << 14);
ERROR: trailing statements should be on next line
#1107: FILE: adm8211.c:1107:
+ default: reg |= (0x0 << 14);
Signed-off-by: Okash Khawaja <okash.khawaja@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
ACPI will manage WiFi chip's power state during suspend/resume
process on some tablet platforms(such as ASUS T100TA). This is
not supported by brcmfmac driver now, and the context of WiFi
chip will be damaged after resume. This patch informs ACPI not
to manage WiFi chip's power state.
Signed-off-by: Zhonghui Fu <zhonghui.fu@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
parameter "infra_mode" of rtl92c_init_beacon_max_error() is not used.
so i remove this.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Initialization routine set REG_BCN_MAX_ERR to 0xFF.
also _rtl92cu_set_media_status set REG_BCN_MAX_ERR to same value.
so i remove this code.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
A pair of nested spin locks was introduced in commit 63502b8d0
"dp83640: Fix receive timestamp race condition".
Unfortunately the 'flags' parameter was reused for the inner lock,
clobbering the originally saved IRQ state. This patch fixes the issue
by changing the inner lock to plain spin_lock without irqsave.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Callers of the ext_write function are supposed to hold a mutex that
protects the state of the dialed page, but one caller was missing the
lock from the very start, and over time the code has been changed
without following the rule. This patch cleans up the call sites in
violation of the rule.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the calibration function that corrects the initial offsets
among multiple devices only works the first time. If the function is
called more than once, the calibration fails and bogus offsets will be
programmed into the devices.
In a well hidden spot, the device documentation tells that trigger indexes
0 and 1 are special in allowing the TRIG_IF_LATE flag to actually work.
This patch fixes the issue by using one of the special triggers during the
recalibration method.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function, cpsw_intr_disable, already calls cpdma_ctlr_int_ctrl. There
is no need to disable the dma interrupts twice. This patch removes the
extra calls.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function, cpsw_intr_enable, already calls cpdma_ctlr_int_ctrl. There
is no need to enable the dma interrupts twice. This patch removes the
extra call.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The funtions, cpsw_ale_flush and cpsw_ale_set_ageout, have never been used
since they were first introduced. This patch removes the dead code.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Having the breaks too far to the left makes parsing the dense switch/case
block unnecessarily harder.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mark parameters and local variables as const where possible.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unused rocker_port parameter from rocker_port_kfree.
Also remove the rocker_port parameter from callers of rocker_port_kfree
where the parameter it is now unused.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These two uses seem to have had carriage returns removed.
Make these entries like all the others in this file.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
API compliance scanning with coccinelle flagged:
Converting milliseconds to jiffies by "val * HZ / 1000" is technically
is not a clean solution as it does not handle all corner cases correctly.
By changing the conversion to use msecs_to_jiffies(val) conversion is
correct in all cases.
in the current code:
mod_timer(&self->rx_defer_timer, jiffies + (10 * HZ / 1000));
for HZ < 100 (e.g. CONFIG_HZ == 64|32 in alpha) this effectively results
in no delay at all.
Patch was compile tested for x86_64_defconfig (implies CONFIG_USB_IRDA=m)
Patch is against 4.1-rc4 (localversion-next is -next-20150522)
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
stmmac DebugFS entries are currently global to the driver. As a result,
having more than one stmmac device in the system creates the following
error:
* ERROR stmmaceth, debugfs create directory failed
* stmmac_hw_setup: failed debugFS registration
This also results in being able to access the debugfs information for
the first registered device only.
This patch changes the debugfs structure to have one sub-directory per
net-device. Files under "/sys/kernel/debug/stmmaceth" will now show-up
under /sys/kernel/debug/stmmaceth/ethN/.
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Olivari <mathieu@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix in send of emac regs dump to ethtool which
causing in wrong data interpretation on ethtool
layer for MII and EMAC.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Mikhaylov <ivan@ru.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The variable separate_tx_rx_irq is bool type so assigning true
instead of 1.
Signed-off-by: Shailendra Verma <shailendra.capricorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* fix firmware name and other things to enable 3165
* fix bad APMG configuration for 8000 (no AMPG on these devices)
* fix MAC address assignment for 8000
* fix firmware debugging triggers (MLME)
* fix several bugs in low power states code (net-detect, d0i3)
ssb:
* fix reboot after device reset for WRT350N v1
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVYwxHAAoJEG4XJFUm622bBTwH/RH0Yx5MBK+sD4d16i70d5nh
dbE0wSBy9ZOT6cMVkAqViZg9T+EQ61+Lre7hwNNM6l/NLkTyjyEXB0Not9ERfLc/
E1g4BBHUfg9LUrbufIgWcTZRLewMk7lOBDN22hIcaVYAM6m9QFNwK+qnkFSXNkCq
Pc0aRDWEYHrVvx8A/XYjInrb/oJqT6z7t83lWHbgtJGmCAVsEaqSvdn2badpecHi
xar7PrdvYkXzFyd7xxmXPcvwkiAzKdIDdF3WR+SuS/V7Tk+2Cw5yrBWrIKc3QqtA
+DfIY3Xa9zHHr1SLvoOQ0VooWTsY+RhSdmEbilG0KFOgNnJz3Zm5Abr2mzkvqvA=
=05aZ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2015-05-25' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
Kalle Valo says:
====================
iwlwifi:
* fix firmware name and other things to enable 3165
* fix bad APMG configuration for 8000 (no AMPG on these devices)
* fix MAC address assignment for 8000
* fix firmware debugging triggers (MLME)
* fix several bugs in low power states code (net-detect, d0i3)
ssb:
* fix reboot after device reset for WRT350N v1
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for flashing 10GBaseT adapter with BCM 84834 PHY and
Aquantia AQ1202 PHY.
Updating of the PHY firmware must happen before the INITIALIZE_CMD.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While adding support for 7425 PHY in the 7xxx PHY driver, the ID that
was used was actually coming from an external PHY: a BCM5461x. Fix this
by using the proper ID for the internal 7425 PHY and set the
PHY_IS_INTERNAL flag, otherwise consumers of this PHY driver would not
be able to properly identify it as such.
Fixes: d068b02cfd ("net: phy: add BCM7425 and BCM7429 PHYs")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change more netdev_dbg statements over to netif_dbg and add some new
netif_dbg statements to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the ethtool command is used to set the speed of the device while
the device is down, the check to set the initial mode may fail when
the device is brought up, causing failure to bring the device up.
Update the code to set the initial mode based on the desired speed if
auto-negotiation is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device private data structure contains all the defined hardware
features for the device. However one of the features is not set. Even
though the feature is not currently used, set it to avoid future
issues of the feature being checked thinking it has been properly set.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* enable channel 144 on 5 GHz
* enable Adaptive Noise Immunity (ANI) by default
* add Wake on Wireless LAN (WOW) patterns support
* add basic Tunneled Direct Link Setup (TDLS) support
* add multi-channel support for QCA6174
* enable IBSS RSN support
* enable Bluetooth Coexistance whenever firmware supports it
* add more versatile way to set bitrates used by the firmware
ath9k:
* spectral scan: add support for multiple FFT frames per report
iwlwifi:
* major rework of the scan code (Luca)
* some work on the thermal code (Chaya Rachel)
* some work on the firwmare debugging infrastructure
brcmfmac:
* SDIO suspend and resume fixes
* wiphy band info and changes in regulatory settings
* add support for BCM4324 SDIO and BCM4358 PCIe
* enable support of PCIe devices on router platforms (Hante)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVXbP3AAoJEG4XJFUm622b5KoH/1qlTHsKcyvdxlhQOgYNGCXA
HNMwcxtwFyRYHFeVTGOQp2BVknEoqWTwGv1m4FQ1pBSSwuUvAyw4BHNSRat/zaNc
wLnZgUYKH5VHeoE/cpe/Asowau+u8hru1adPsVSjudTXMinKrNaDUfjSs2U+UR0+
BaC3PtsANk7wH82+bZq3qXYjcaZITObDe3WBmMNMG0nTimS6pScgnTUnfHch+CEA
0sTOlZF+QTGiH/c5tw2SAoRft4OG+oTnWYQ+vEEQsVev7Yegasa/kg4NdDVdjBNk
9VH9aDlQfGgxodCoeJuQCDzUZL8ixnvYTLeUTxqypzx9Cw0TsLDwoMQA+Ux3G8w=
=JSya
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2015-05-21' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
ath10k:
* enable channel 144 on 5 GHz
* enable Adaptive Noise Immunity (ANI) by default
* add Wake on Wireless LAN (WOW) patterns support
* add basic Tunneled Direct Link Setup (TDLS) support
* add multi-channel support for QCA6174
* enable IBSS RSN support
* enable Bluetooth Coexistance whenever firmware supports it
* add more versatile way to set bitrates used by the firmware
ath9k:
* spectral scan: add support for multiple FFT frames per report
iwlwifi:
* major rework of the scan code (Luca)
* some work on the thermal code (Chaya Rachel)
* some work on the firwmare debugging infrastructure
brcmfmac:
* SDIO suspend and resume fixes
* wiphy band info and changes in regulatory settings
* add support for BCM4324 SDIO and BCM4358 PCIe
* enable support of PCIe devices on router platforms (Hante)
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the limitation that disallows configuring single ported VFs
in the presence of IB ports, after addressing the issues that
prevented that to work.
SMI (QP0) requests/responses are still not supported for single
ported IB VFs.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's legal for drivers to provide the QP port through the
QPC schedule-queue field on the reset-to-init QP state change.
Add adjusting of the schedule queue port in the SRIOV wrapper
for that operation too.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some VF drivers flow set the schedule queue in the QP context but
without setting none of OPTPAR_SCHED_QUEUE or OPTPAR_PRIMARY_ADDR_PATH.
To allow for such non-modified drivers to function as single ported
IB VFs, we must adjust the schedule queue port whenever being set,
e.g as currently done for single ported Eth VFs.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of enabling single ported VFs over IB ports we need to handle
some of the flows for generting EQ events for VFs which don't come
into play under Eth ports.
This mainly includes port management events derived from changes of the
phyiscal port (lid change, client re-register, down/up, etc), VF pkey table
changes and VF guid changes initiated by the IB driver.
(1) make sure that events are generated only for VFs sitting on
the relevant physical port (under the ALL_SLAVES flow).
(2) before generating the event, convert from physical (one or two)
to VF port (always equals one).
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Single port VFs always provide port = 1 (even if the actual physical
port used is port 2). As such, we need to convert the port provided
by the VF to the physical port before calling into the firmware.
It turns out that the Linux mlx4 VF RoCE driver maintains a copy of
the GID table and hence this change became critical only for single
ported IB VFs, but it could be needed for other RoCE VF drivers too.
Fixes: 449fc48866 ('net/mlx4: Adapt code for N-Port VF')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c
drivers/net/phy/phy.c
include/linux/skbuff.h
net/ipv4/tcp.c
net/switchdev/switchdev.c
Switchdev was a case of RTNH_H_{EXTERNAL --> OFFLOAD}
renaming overlapping with net-next changes of various
sorts.
phy.c was a case of two changes, one adding a local
variable to a function whilst the second was removing
one.
tcp.c overlapped a deadlock fix with the addition of new tcp_info
statistic values.
macb.c involved the addition of two zyncq device entries.
skbuff.h involved adding back ipv4_daddr to nf_bridge_info
whilst net-next changes put two other existing members of
that struct into a union.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to the Zynq TRM, gigabit half duplex is not supported. Add a
new cap and compatible string so Zynq can avoid advertising that mode.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Sullivan <nathan.sullivan@ni.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tx_curr_frame_payload field is u32. When we try to calculate a
small negative delta based on it, we end up with a positive integer
close to 2^32 instead. So the tx_bytes pointer increases by about
2^32 for every transmitted frame.
Fix by calculating the delta as a signed long.
Cc: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Reported-by: Florian Bruhin <me@the-compiler.org>
Fixes: 7a1e890e21 ("usbnet: Fix tx_bytes statistic running backward in cdc_ncm")
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some firmware revisions pad 4th hw address in
Native Wifi Rx decap. This is the case with 10.x
and it was assumed that this is true for all
firmware images.
However QCA988X with 999.999.0.636 and QCA61X4
with WLAN.RM.2.0-00088 don't have the padding.
Hence add a feature flag indicating that the
padding isn't present so firmware images can
advertise it appropriately. This way driver will
behave as it was before with old firmware blobs
and doesn't cause any regressions from user
perspective.
Effectively this patch enables QCA988X with
999.999.0.636 and QCA61X4 with WLAN.RM.2.0-00088
to set up client bridging provided user has an
updated firmware blob.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
By using SOC_WAKE register it is possible to bring
down power consumption of QCA61X4 from 36mA to
16mA when associated and idle.
Currently the sleep threshold/grace period is at a
very conservative value of 60ms.
Contrary to QCA61X4 the QCA988X firmware doesn't
have Rx/beacon filtering available for client mode
and SWBA events are used for beaconing in AP/IBSS
so the SoC needs to be woken up at least every
~100ms in most cases. This means that QCA988X
is at a disadvantage and the power consumption
won't drop as much as for QCA61X4.
Due to putting irq-safe spinlocks on every MMIO
read/write it is expected this can cause a little
performance regression on some systems. I haven't
done any thorough measurements but some of my
tests don't show any extreme degradation.
The patch removes some explicit pci_wake calls
that were added in 320e14b8db51aa ("ath10k: fix
some pci wake/sleep issues"). This is safe because
all MMIO accesses are now wrapped and the device
is woken up automatically if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
mac80211 can update vif powersave state while
disconnected. Firmware doesn't behave nicely and
consumes more power than necessary if PS is
disabled on a non-started vdev. Hence
force-enable PS for non-running vdevs.
This reduces power drain on QCA61X4 from 88mA to
36mA when interface is up and not associated.
QCA988X wasn't measured.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is actually safe to enable ASPM after the
device is booted up.
This reduces power drain of QCA61X4 when driver is
simply loaded (no interface is up) from 31mA to
14mA. QCA988X wasn't measured but doesn't seem to
regress in any other way.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Fix format specifier used for dma_addr_t, namely use %pad
Debug print virtual address for the same buffer as well.
Fixes: dc16427bbe ("wil6210: Add pmc debug mechanism memory management")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
* fix bad APMG configuration for 8000 (no AMPG on these devices)
* fix MAC address assignment for 8000
* fix firmware debugging triggers (MLME)
* fix several bugs in low power states code (net-detect,
d0i3)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=bz0b
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-for-kalle-2015-05-21' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes
* fix firmware name and other things to enable 3165
* fix bad APMG configuration for 8000 (no AMPG on these devices)
* fix MAC address assignment for 8000
* fix firmware debugging triggers (MLME)
* fix several bugs in low power states code (net-detect,
d0i3)
Since the caller already check the presence of a of_node there
is no need to repeat the check in stmmac_probe_config_dt.
There is also no point in checking the return value of the
of_match_device function since if there wasn't match in the
first place we would never be in this function.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since stmmac_dvr_probe takes care of setting driver data and
assign resources to the priv structure there is no need to
access the priv structure from the other probe functions.
This mean that this function can be changed into just return
an int and thus simplifying the callers.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Creat a struct that contain all the resources that needs to be
assigned to the priv struct in stmmac_dvr_probe. This makes it
possible to factor out more common code from the other probe
functions and also use this struct to hold the resources as
they are fetched.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move setting of driver data into stmmac_dvr_probe so the
other probe functions don't have to. This will help to
simplify the other probe functions later.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some T4/T5 registers that were included incorrectly.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a set_mac_address() NIC-type function for EF10 only, and
use this to set the MAC address on the vadaptor. For Siena and
earlier, the MAC address continues to be set by MC_CMD_SET_MAC;
this is still called on EF10, and including a MAC address in
this command has no effect.
The sriov_mac_address_changed() NIC-type function is no longer
needed on EF10, but it is needed for Siena where it is used to
update the peer address of the PF for VFDI. Change this to use
the new set_mac_address function pointer.
efx_ef10_sriov_mac_address_changed() is no longer called, as VFs
will try to change the MAC address on their vadaptor rather than
trying to change to the context of the PF to alter the vport.
When a VF is running in direct passthrough mode with MAC spoofing
enabled, it will be able to change the MAC address on its vadaptor.
In this case, there is a link to the PF, so find the correct VF in
its ef10_vf array and update the MAC address.
ndo_set_mac_address() can be called during driver unload while
bonding, and in this case the device has already been stopped, so
don't call efx_net_open() to restart it after reconfiguration.
efx->port_enabled is set to false in efx_stop_port(), so it is
indicator of whether the device needs to be restarted.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Exercised with
"ip link set <PF intf> vf <vf_i> state {auto|enable|disable}"
Sets the reporting policy for VF link state to either
- mirror physical link state
- always up
- always down
get VF link state mode in efx_ef10_sriov_get_vf_config
Exercised by
"ip link show <PF intf>";
output will include a line like
vf 0 MAC 12:34:56:78:9a:bc, link-state auto
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The max vlan tags that can be offloaded is 2, including any upstream VLAN
aggregator. Currently there is no way for the net driver to know whether
the upstream vswitch (if any) is using vlan tags, so there is no way to
know how many tags we can request.
Along with the implementation for the ndo_set_vf_vlan callback, this patch
also adds 2 VLAN tags for the driver created VEB switch if possible, that
way it is possible to offload as many tags as are allowed.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently we do an entity reset when we detect an MC reboot.
This messes up SRIOV because it leaves VFs orphaned. The extra
reset is rather redundant anyway, since the MC reboot will have
basically reset everything.
This change replaces the entity reset after MC reboot with a
simpler datapath reset that reallocates resources but doesn't
perform the entity reset.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtnetlink calls ndo_get_vf_config when compiling information
about a network interface, so that the VFs associated with a PF
can be listed (eg: ip link show).
Implement a response to this entry point and return PF-set MAC
address for VF in ndo_get_vf_config
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement a response to this entrypoint.
The ndo_set_vf_mac() entrypoint is only exposed in the driver if
CONFIG_SFC_SRIOV is defined.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to avoid MC bugs the flags field needs to be set to 0.
Instead of explicitly clearing out the flags individually, a
better way to do this is to memset the MCDI_BUF to 0.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A VF's MAC address is set by its parent PF and added to its vport.
To get this MAC address, the VF must use MC_CMD_ VPORT_GET_MAC_ADDRESSES.
In the current scheme, a VF's vport should only have one MAC address,
so warn if this is not the case.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If MCDI timeouts are encountered during efx_ef10_filter_table_remove(),
an FLR will be queued, but efx->filter_state will still be kfree()d.
The queued FLR will then call efx_ef10_filter_table_restore(), which
will try to use efx->filter_state. This previously caused a panic.
This patch adds an rwsem to protect the existence of efx->filter_state,
separately from the spinlock protecting its contents. Users which can
race against efx_ef10_filter_table_remove() should down_read this rwsem.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialised in efx_probe_vf and removal is dealt with in
efx_ef10_remove.
vf->efx is needed in future patches to change the MAC address
of the VF via the parent PF, while the driver is bound to the
VF.
Example: ip link set dev vf NUM mac LLADDR
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Otherwise the PF and VF can disagree on the VF's MAC address and
this leads to strange behaviour, up to and including kernel panics.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added function efx_ef10_get_vf_index to store the vf_index
in nic_data during probe
vf_index is needed in future patches to access a particular
VF in the VF data structure.
Moved efx_ef10_probe_pf and efx_ef10_probe_vf in order to
used efx_ef10_remove
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MC_CMD_SET_MAC is privileged and can only by called by the link
control function.
This patch adds efx_ef10_mac_reconfigure_vf which avoids the call
to MC_CMD_SET_MAC by the Virtual function
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is one primary function per adaptor, one link control function
per port and the rest as categorised as general.
This patch adds privileges to the MCDI commands based on which
functions are allowed to call them.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This also matches with the sibling call netdev_alloc_skb_ip_align() made in
rx fast path.
Signed-off-by: Vineet Gupta <vgupta@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
30 usecs (or really, 1 jiffy) can go by pretty fast.
Move the set of the timeout immediately before the loop.
Remove the unnecessary max(1ul, usecs_to_jiffies(30)) as
usecs_to_jiffies with a non-zero constant is guaranteed
to be non-zero.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The motivation for this is that rocker_port_internal_vlan_id_{get,put} appear
to only partially implement the transaction model: memory allocation
and freeing is transactional, but hash and bitmap manipulation is not.
The latter could be fixed, however, as it is not currently exercised
due to trans always being SWITCHDEV_TRANS_NONE it seems cleaner
to make rocker_port_internal_vlan_id_get non-transactional.
This problem was introduced by c4f20321d9 ("rocker: support
prepare-commit transaction model").
Found by inspection.
I do not believe that this change should have any run-time effect.
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rocker_port_ipv4_nh() and in turn rocker_port_ipv4_neigh() may be
be called with trans == SWITCHDEV_TRANS_PREPARE and then
trans == SWITCHDEV_TRANS_COMMIT from switchdev_port_obj_set() via
fib_table_insert().
The first time that rocker_port_ipv4_nh() is called, with
trans == SWITCHDEV_TRANS_PREPARE, _rocker_neigh_add() adds a new entry to
the neigh table.
And the second time rocker_port_ipv4_nh() is called, with
trans == SWITCHDEV_TRANS_COMMIT, that entry is found. This causes
rocker_port_ipv4_nh() to believe it is not adding an entry and thus it
frees "entry", which is still present in rocker driver's neigh table.
This problem does not appear to affect deletion as my analysis is that
deletion is always performed with trans == SWITCHDEV_TRANS_NONE.
For completeness _rocker_neigh_{add,del,prepare} are updated not to
manipulate fib table entries if trans == SWITCHDEV_TRANS_PREPARE.
Fixes: c4f20321d9 ("rocker: support prepare-commit transaction model")
Reported-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the generic mechanism to declare a bitmap instead of unsigned long.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qos_seq points (to a struct) inside the command response data.
Make sure to free the response only after qos_seq is not
needed anymore.
Reported-by: Heng Luo <heng.luo@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
There are buses that can't handle ASYNC command without
copying them. Duplicate the host command instead.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Take the MAC address from the OTP even if one is present in
the NVM, if that MAC address happens to be a reserved one.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
fw_status is the only pointer pointing to a block of memory
allocated above and should be freed after use.
Note: this come from Klockwork static analyzer.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.19+]
Fixes: 2021a89d7b ("iwlwifi: mvm: treat netdetect wake up separately")
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Since firmware version 0.2 we use AACK handling directly in the firmware.
Inform the stack that the hardware supports and uses it.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Together with mainlining the driver we released a first public binary version
of the device firmware. This is version 0.2. With this change we warn users
who run outdated versions of the firmware. While we have not seen problems
with it yet (thus no error, but a warning only) it would be better to run the
released and tested firmware. You can find released versions here:
http://downloads.qi-hardware.com/people/werner/wpan/web/
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This is an alternative way of fixing:
commit db9683fb41 ("net: phy: Make sure PHY_RESUMING state change
is always processed")
When the PHY state transitions from PHY_HALTED to PHY_RESUMING, there are
two things we need to do:
1). Re-enable interrupts (and power up the physical link, if powered down)
2). Update the PHY state and net-device based on the link status.
There's no strict reason why #1 has to be done from within the main
phy_state_machine() function. There is a risk that other changes to the
PHY (e.g. setting speed/duplex, which calls phy_start_aneg()) could cause
a subsequent state transition before phy_state_machine() has processed
the PHY_RESUMING state change. This would leave the PHY with interrupts
disabled and/or still in the BMCR_PDOWN/low-power mode.
Moving enabling the interrupts and phy_resume() into phy_start() will
guarantee this work always gets done. As the PHY is already in the HALTED
state and interrupts are disabled, it shouldn't conflict with any work
being done in phy_state_machine(). The downside of this change is that if
the PHY_RESUMING state is ever entered from anywhere else, it'll also have
to repeat this work.
Signed-off-by: Tim Beale <tim.beale@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add missing values for at86rf212 ed level values. Currently
there are 15 values and the register setting supports 16 different ed
level values.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Craig Younkins <craig@freshtemp.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
replace ntoh{s,l} and hton{s,l} calls with the generic byteorder in
cxgb4/t4_hw.c file
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hwmon interface in the be2net driver causes a link error when
be2net is built-in while the hwmon subsystem is a loadable module:
drivers/built-in.o: In function `be_probe':
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c:5761: undefined reference to `devm_hwmon_device_register_with_groups'
This adds a new Kconfig symbol, following the example of multiple
other drivers that have the same problem. The new CONFIG_BE2NET_HWMON
will not be available when (BE2NET=y && HWMON=m) to avoid this
problem.
We have to also mark be_hwmon_show_temp as 'static' to ensure the
compiler can optimize out all the unused code.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 29e9122b3a ("be2net: Export board temperature using hwmon-sysfs interface.")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch just cleanups the code at several places.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch will add async xmit support for the fakelb driver.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch cleanups the fakelb_hw_deliver function by removing them.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds reset defaults for the fakelb phy. I used the channel 13
and page 0 which is the same default like at86rf233.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an own phy attribute for page and channel into
fakelb_phy. The current way is to use the internal mac802154 stored phy
pib values which can occur in locking issues while using it inside the
driver layer.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduce a fakelb ifup phys list, which stores all
registered phys which are in an operated mode. This will reduce the
iterations of non-operated phys while transmit frames. There exists two
locks now, one rwlock for the operated interfaces and the spinlock for
protecting the list for all registered virtual phys.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The list need to be protected while iteration which is need when other
list iterates at the same time over this list.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the fakelb list of all registered phy's in a static
declaration in the fakelb driver.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the rwlock declarition into a static variable.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
A real phy don't transmit the transmitted frame back to the phy. This
behaviour will confuse the 6LoWPAN and the upper IPv6 neighbour
discovery cache. We need now at least two virtual phy's to creating a
virtual wpan network.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renames fakelb_dev_priv to fakelb_phy. We don't faking
devices here, we fake wpan phys. This avoids also confusing with the
variable priv, which is used several times in this driver to represent
this structure.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Iterate and removing items from a list, we should use
list_for_each_entry_safe instead list_for_each_entry to avoid accidents
by removing.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch change the default virtual wpan phys of fakelb driver from
one to two. To have one virtual phy makes no sense, because it need at
least two virtual phy's to speak to each other.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for the atusb transceiver.
The current driver supports basic functionality only. Possible further
tasks would be to sync functionality with the at86rf230 driver, because
the atusb use internally an at86rf231 transceiver. Some of these
features need a firmware update like AACK and ARET handling.
I did small changes to this driver to work with xmit_async callback and
setting of a random extended perm address.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Werner Almesberger <werner@almesberger.net>
Cc: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Cc: Richard Sharpe <realrichardsharpe@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fix the complete callback for going into aret on. Currently
we starting after a state change into aret on again a state change into
aret on which is not necessary.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
fakelb_hw_deliver creates a copy of the skb's header which can
potentially return NULL so we now check for this before actually
delivering to the 802.15.4 MAC layer.
Signed-off-by: Martin Townsend <martin.townsend@xsilon.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the reset states for tx power levels after running reset
procedure.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds reset values for cca ed level values after running reset
procedure.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch reworks the cca energy detection level handling. This
contains a calculation which works on all transceiver types and
add support for dump cca energy detection levels.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for get transmit power levels and reworks the
set of transmit power levels which was broken before.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch sets the at86rf230 supported cca modes. In case of at86rf212
it also can support listen before transmit.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduce a flag property for the wpan phy structure.
The current flag settings in ieee802154_hw are accessable in mac802154
layer only which is okay for flags which indicates MAC handling which
are done by phy. For real PHY layer settings like cca mode, transmit
power, cca energy detection level.
The difference between these flags are that the MAC handling flags are
only handled in mac802154/HardMac layer e.g. on an interface up. The phy
settings are direct netlink calls from nl802154 into the driver layer
and the nl802154 need to have a chance to check if the driver supports
this handling before sending to the next layer.
We also check now on PHY flags while dumping and setting pib attributes.
In comparing with MIB attributes the 802.15.4 gives us an default value
which we assume when a transceiver implement less functionality. In case
of MIB settings the nl802154 layer doesn't need to check on the
ieee802154_hw flags then.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduce the wpan_phy_supported struct for wpan_phy. There
is currently no way to check if a transceiver can handle IEEE 802.15.4
complaint values. With this struct we can check before if the
transceiver supports these values before sending to driver layer.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Phoebe Buckheister <phoebe.buckheister@itwm.fraunhofer.de>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch change the handling of cca energy detection level from dbm to
mbm. This prepares to handle floating point cca energy detection levels
values. The old netlink 802.15.4 will convert the dbm value to mbm for
handling backward compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch change the handling of transmit power level from dbm to mbm.
This prepares to handle floating point transmit power levels values. The
old netlink 802.15.4 will convert the dbm value to mbm for handling
backward compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch change the transmit power from s8 to s32. This prepares to store a
mbm value instead dbm inside the transmit power variable. The old
interface keep the a s8 dbm value, which should be backward compatibility
when assign s8 to s32.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
By inspection, this appears to be a typo. The gating comparison
involves vxlan->dev rather than dev. In fact, dev is the iterator in
the preceding loop above but it is actually constant in the 2nd loop.
Use of dev seems to be a bad cut-n-paste from the prior call to
unregister_netdevice_queue. Change dev to vxlan->dev, since that is
what is actually being checked.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We expect that MC_CMD_SRIOV will fail if the card has no VFs configured.
So output a readable message instead of a cryptic MCDI error.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MoCA interfaces require the use of an user-space daemon (mocad) which
will typically use cmd->autoneg to force the link. This is causing other
network manager applications not to get proper carrier down
notifications because of the following sequence of events:
- link down interrupt is received, link is set to 0 by the interrupt
handler
- fixed_link update callback runs and updates the BMSR register
accordingly
- PHY library polls the PHY for link status, sees the link is down,
proceeds with reporting that
- mocad gets notified of the link state and call phy_ethtool_sset()
with cmd->autoneg set to the link status (0)
- phy_start_aneg() is called at the end of phy_ethtool_sset() and sets
the PHY state to PHY_FORCING
Just make sure we notify the interface carrier appropriately when we
detect that the link is down in our fixed_link update callback. This is
made local to the bcm_sf2 driver as the PHY library does the right thing
in any case. This is similar to the GENET change introduced in
54d7c01d3e ("net: bcmgenet: enable MoCA
link state change detection").
Fixes: 246d7f773c ("net: dsa: add Broadcom SF2 switch driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the struct netvsc_stats has a member s_sync
of type u64_stats_sync.
This definition will break kernel build as the macro
netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats requires this member name to be syncp.
(see netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats definition in ./include/linux/netdevice.h)
This patch changes netvsc_stats's member name from s_sync to syncp to fix
the build break.
Signed-off-by: Simon Xiao <sixiao@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- introduce port fdb obj and generic switchdev_port_fdb_add/del/dump()
- use switchdev_port_fdb_add/del/dump in rocker/team/bonding ndo ops.
- add support for fdb obj in switchdev_port_obj_add/del/dump()
- switch rocker to implement fdb ops via switchdev_ops
v3: updated to sync with named union changes.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before the patch, the command 'ip link add bond2 type bond mode 802.3ad'
causes the kernel to send a rtnl message for the bond2 interface, with an
ifindex 0.
'ip monitor' shows:
0: bond2: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,MASTER> mtu 1500 state DOWN group default
link/ether 00:00:00:00:00:00 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
9: bond2@NONE: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,MASTER> mtu 1500 qdisc noop state DOWN group default
link/ether ea:3e:1f:53:92:7b brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
[snip]
The patch fixes the spotted bug by checking in bond driver if the interface
is registered before calling the notifier chain.
It also adds a check in rtmsg_ifinfo() to prevent this kind of bug in the
future.
Fixes: d4261e5650 ("bonding: create netlink event when bonding option is changed")
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Reported-by: Julien Meunier <julien.meunier@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If phy_start_aneg() was called while the phydev is in the PHY_RESUMING
state, then its state would immediately transition to PHY_AN (or
PHY_FORCING). This meant the phy_state_machine() never processed the
PHY_RESUMING state change, which meant interrupts weren't enabled for the
PHY. If the PHY used low-power mode (i.e. using BMCR_PDOWN), then the
physical link wouldn't get powered up again.
There seems no point for phy_start_aneg() to make the PHY_RESUMING -->
PHY_AN transition, as the state machine will do this anyway. I'm not sure
about the case where autoneg is disabled, as my patch will change
behaviour so that the PHY goes to PHY_NOLINK instead of PHY_FORCING. An
alternative solution would be to move the phy_config_interrupt() and
phy_resume() work out of the state machine and into phy_start().
The background behind this: we're running linux v3.16.7 and from user-space
we want to enable the eth port (i.e. do a SIOCSIFFLAGS ioctl with the
IFF_UP flag) and immediately afterward set the interface's speed/duplex.
Enabling the interface calls .ndo_open() then phy_start() and the PHY
transitions PHY_HALTED --> PHY_RESUMING. Setting the speed/duplex ends up
calling phy_ethtool_sset(), which calls phy_start_aneg() (meanwhile the
phy_state_machine() hasn't processed the PHY_RESUMING state change yet).
Signed-off-by: Tim Beale <tim.beale@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It can be useful to debug the PHY state machine, add dynamic debug
prints of the old and new PHY devices state under a friendly format.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RGMII interfaces come in multiple flavors: RGMII with transmit or
receive internal delay, no delays at all, or delays in both direction.
This change extends the initial check for PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII to
cover all of these variants since EEE should be allowed for any of these
modes, since it is a property of the RGMII, hence Gigabit PHY capability
more than the RGMII electrical interface and its delays.
Fixes: a59a4d1921 ("phy: add the EEE support and the way to access to the MMD registers")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Once we get a neighbour through looking up arp cache or creating a
new one in rocker_port_ipv4_resolve(), the neighbour's refcount is
already taken. But as we don't put the refcount again after it's
used, this makes the neighbour entry leaked.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Once we get a neighbour through looking up arp cache or creating a
new one in rocker_port_ipv4_resolve(), the neighbour's refcount is
already taken. But as we don't put the refcount again after it's
used, this makes the neighbour entry leaked.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The underlying device support will set the device dma_mask pointer
if DMA is set up properly for the device. Remove the check for and
assignment of dma_mask when it is null. Instead, just error out if
the dma_set_mask_and_coherent function fails because dma_mask is null.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flow control negotiation logic is flawed and does not properly
advertise and process auto-negotiation of the flow control settings.
Update the flow control support to properly set the flow control
auto-negotiation settings and process the results approrpriately.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify the device tree support of the amd-xgbe driver by defining
the PHY-related resources within the ethernet device node. The support
provides backwards compatibility with the original way.
Update the driver version to 1.0.2.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The AMD XGBE device is intended to work with a specific integrated PHY
and that PHY is not meant to be a standalone PHY for use by other
devices. As such this patch removes the phylib driver and implements
the PHY support in the amd-xgbe driver (the majority of the logic from
the phylib driver is moved into the amd-xgbe driver).
Update the driver version to 1.0.1.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rework the SKB allocation so that all of the buffers of the first
descriptor are handled in the SKB allocation routine. After copying the
data in the header buffer (which can be just the header if split header
processing succeeded for header plus data if split header processing did
not succeed) into the SKB, check for remaining data in the receive
buffer. If there is data remaining in the receive buffer, add that as a
frag to the SKB. Once an SKB has been allocated, all other descriptors
are added as frags to the SKB.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the network interface message level settings for
determining whether to issue some of the driver messages. Make
use of the netif_* interface where appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add additional/extended statistics beyond what is provided by the
hardware to be reported via ethtool. The new stats focus on the
calls into ndo_start_xmit and the napi_poll routine.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dwmac-generic replaces the driver inside the stmmac
platform code. This turns stmmac platform into a library
used by drivers for common platform driver functions.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert platform glue layer into a proper platform
driver and add it to the build system.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert platform glue layer into a proper platform
driver and add it to the build system.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert platform glue layer into a proper platform
driver and add it to the build system.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert platform glue layer into a proper platform
driver and add it to the build system.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert platform glue layer into a proper platform
driver and add it to the build system.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert platform glue layer into a proper platform
driver and add it to the build system.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a new driver around the generic device tree match strings
in the stmmac platform code. This driver is intended to be used
by all platforms that doesn't require any platform specific code
to function or is using platform data.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare the stmmac platform code to support standalone drivers
by exporting the need functions and having of_match_device use
the match table reference already present in the driver struct.
This will allow us to reuse the platform driver functions from
this code easily in other stand alone platform drivers.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for Ethernet on NXP LPC18xx and LPC43xx using the
dwmac driver. This glue is required to setup phy interface
mode, MII or RMII, on the SoC.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Describe the handler for RXUBR better with a new comment.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Sullivan <nathan.sullivan@ni.com>
Reviewied-by: Josh Cartwright <joshc@ni.com>
Reviewied-by: Ben Shelton <ben.shelton@ni.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A few triggers have status = MLME_SUCCESS and they are still
interesting. E.g. if we want to collect data upon deauth,
the status will be MLME_SUCCESS. Fix that.
Fixes: d42f535034 ("iwlwifi: mvm: add trigger for firmware dump upon MLME failures")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Disabling the clocks is a standard procedure while stopping the
device. On family 8000 however, disabling the bus master DMA clock
increases the NIC's power consumption.
To fix this, skip this call if the device family is
IWL_DEVICE_FAMILY_8000.
Signed-off-by: Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
3165 really needs to load iwlwifi-7265D-13.ucode. This
device is supported starting from -13.ucode, update the
MIN and OK defines accordingly. While at it, add 3165 to
the device list in the Kconfig file.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Current code does not lock anything when calculating the TX and RX stats.
As a result, the RX and TX data reported by ifconfig are not accuracy in a
system with high network throughput and multiple CPUs (in my test,
RX/TX = 83% between 2 HyperV VM nodes which have 8 vCPUs and 40G Ethernet).
This patch fixed the above issue by using per_cpu stats.
netvsc_get_stats64() summarizes TX and RX data by iterating over all CPUs
to get their respective stats.
This v2 patch addressed David's comments on the cleanup path when
netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats() failed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Xiao <sixiao@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This also changes mii_bus.phy_mask to u32 for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Bert Vermeulen <bert@biot.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With a cross-compiler based on gcc-4.9, I see warnings like the following:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/resource_tracker.c: In function 'mlx4_SW2HW_CQ_wrapper':
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/resource_tracker.c:3048:10: error: 'cq' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
cq->mtt = mtt;
I think the warning is spurious because we only use cq when
cq_res_start_move_to() returns zero, and it always initializes *cq in that
case. The srq case is similar. But maybe gcc isn't smart enough to figure
that out.
Initialize cq and srq explicitly to avoid the warnings.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
None of those drivers uses last_rx for its own needs.
See 4dc89133f4 ("net: add a comment on
netdev->last_rx") for reference.
Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Cc: Zhangfei Gao <zhangfei.gao@linaro.org>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Wingman Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
Cc: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@tilera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update mdiobb_read() to read whether the PHY has a broken turn-around,
and if it does, ignore it to make the read succeeed.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
OS2BMC feature will allow the server to communicate with the on-board
BMC/idrac (Baseboard Management Controller) over the LOM via
standard Ethernet.
When OS2BMC feature is enabled, the LOM will filter traffic coming
from the host. If the destination MAC address matches the iDRAC MAC
address, it will forward the packet to the NC-SI side band interface
for iDRAC processing. Otherwise, it would send it out on the wire to
the external network. Broadcast and multicast packets are sent on the
side-band NC-SI channel and on the wire as well. Some of the packet
filters are not supported in the NIC and hence driver will identify
such packets and will hint the NIC to send those packets to the BMC.
This is done by duplicating packets on the management ring. Packets
are sent to the management ring, by setting mgmt bit in the wrb header.
The NIC will forward the packets on the management ring to the BMC
through the side-band NC-SI channel.
Please refer to this online document for more details,
http://www.dell.com/downloads/global/products/pedge/
os_to_bmc_passthrough_a_new_chapter_in_system_management.pdf
Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an error (related to HW or FW) is detected on a function, the driver
must pro-actively report a "link down" to the stack so that a possible
failover can be initiated. This is being done currently only for some
HW errors. This patch reports a "link down" even for fatal FW errors and
EEH errors.
Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ethtool statistics is not the right place to display board temperature.
This patch adds support to export die temperature of devices supported
by be2net driver via the sysfs hwmon interface.
Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bitwise tests are always true here because it uses '|' where '&' is
intended.
Fixes: 98b5a0f4a2 ('net: macb: Add support for jumbo frames')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is an initial implementation of a netdev driver for GENEVE
tunnels. This implementation uses a fixed UDP port, and only supports
point-to-point links with specific partner endpoints. Only IPv4
links are supported at this time.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also, remove a needless netif_err() from efx_ptp_update_stats() - if the
MCDI fails it'll print its own error message, we don't need another that
adds no information.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Four minor merge conflicts:
1) qca_spi.c renamed the local variable used for the SPI device
from spi_device to spi, meanwhile the spi_set_drvdata() call
got moved further up in the probe function.
2) Two changes were both adding new members to codel params
structure, and thus we had overlapping changes to the
initializer function.
3) 'net' was making a fix to sk_release_kernel() which is
completely removed in 'net-next'.
4) In net_namespace.c, the rtnl_net_fill() call for GET operations
had the command value fixed, meanwhile 'net-next' adjusted the
argument signature a bit.
This also matches example merge resolutions posted by Stephen
Rothwell over the past two days.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix missing copy_from_user in macvtap SIOCSIFHWADDR ioctl.
Signed-off-by: Justin Cormack <justin@netbsd.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Older gcc versions (e.g. gcc version 4.4.6) don't like anonymous unions
which was causing build issues on the newly added switchdev attr/obj
structs. Fix this by using named union on structs.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And let driver convert it to host-byte order as needed.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit e2c6544829 moved pm_qos_req to e1000_adapter. Add the header file
that defines the struct.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't do clock-mode-select if clk == NULL,
since when building without CONFIG_HAVE_CLK,
clk_get returns NULL and clk_get_rate returns 0.
Doing clock-mode-select in this cause causes kszphy_probe to
return -EINVAL and thus prevents the device from being probed.
The original code (before regression) would return 0
when building without CONFIG_HAVE_CLK.
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 3.18+
Fixes: 1fadee0c36 ("net/phy: micrel: Add clock support for
KSZ8021/KSZ8031")
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklass@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DMA allocates skb->len instead of headlen
which is used for DMA.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cleanup few MACROS left out in t4_hw.h to be consistent with the
existing ones. Also replace few hardcoded values with MACROS. Also
update comments for some code
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on the information given to this driver (via the xmit_more skb flag),
we can defer signaling the host if more packets are on the way. This will help
make the host more efficient since it can potentially process a larger batch of
packets. Implement this optimization.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to the TX path, allow the RX path to be configured with both
'rx-frames' and 'rx-usecs' coalescing parameters.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to configure both 'tx-frames' which controls how many frames
are doing to trigger a single interrupt and 'tx-usecs' which dictates how long
to wait before an interrupt should be services.
Since our timer resolution is close to 8.192 us, we round up to the nearest
value the 'tx-usecs' timeout value.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The macvtap driver tries to emulate all the ioctls supported by a normal
tun/tap driver, however it was missing the generic SIOCGIFHWADDR and
SIOCSIFHWADDR ioctls to get and set the mac address that are supported
by tun/tap. This patch adds these.
Signed-off-by: Justin Cormack <justin@netbsd.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Well almost clean: ignore the CHECKs for space after cast operator and some
longer-than-80 char cases where for readability it's better to keep as-is.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Roopa said remove the feature flag for this series and she'll work on
bringing it back if needed at a later date.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IPv4 FIB ops convert nicely to the switchdev objs and we're left with
only four switchdev ops: port get/set and port add/del. Other objs will
follow, such as FDB. So go ahead and convert IPv4 FIB over to switchdev
obj for consistency, anticipating more objs to come.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rocker, bonding and team and switch over to the new
switchdev_port_bridge_dellink to avoid duplicating code in each driver.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rocker, bonding, and team can now use the switchdev bridge setlink to parse
raw netlink; no need to duplicate this code in each driver.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rocker: use switchdev get/set attr for bridge port flags
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert
switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set.
For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the
commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to
allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW
(unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the
prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway).
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For rocker, support prepare-commit transaction model for setting attributes
(and for adding objects). This requires rocker to preallocate memory
needed for the commit up front in the prepare phase. Since rtnl_lock is
held between prepare-commit, store the allocated memory on a queue hanging
off of the rocker_port. Also, in prepare phase, do everything right up to
calling into HW. The same code paths are tranversed in the driver for both
prepare and commit phases. In some cases, any state modified in the
prepare phase must be reverted before returning so the commit phase makes
the same decisions.
As a consequence of holding rtnl_lock in process context for all attr sets
(and obj adds), all memory is GFP_KERNEL allocated and we don't need to
busy spin waiting for the device to complete the command. So the bulk of
this patch is simplifying the memory allocations to only use GFP_KERNEL and
to remove the nowait flag and busy spin loop.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch ID is just a gettable port attribute. Convert switchdev op
switchdev_parent_id_get to a switchdev attr.
Note: for sysfs and netlink interfaces, SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_PARENT_ID is
called with SWITCHDEV_F_NO_RECUSE to limit switch ID user-visiblity to only
port netdevs. So when a port is stacked under bond/bridge, the user can
only query switch id via the switch ports, but not via the upper devices
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Turned out that "switchdev" sticks. So just unify all related terms to use
this prefix.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Turned out that "switchdev" sticks. So just unify all related terms to use
this prefix.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change updates igb so that it will correctly perform the descriptor
count calculation. Previously it was taking NETDEV_FRAG_PAGE_MAX_SIZE
into account with isn't really correct since a different value is used to
determine the size of the pages used for TCP. That is actually determined
by SKB_FRAG_PAGE_ORDER.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use one return statement instead of two to simplify the code.
Both are returning the same value.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This enables the ethtool's "-d" and "--register-dump"
options for fec devices.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After receiving a PADT and the socket is closed, user space will no
longer drop the reference to the pppoe device.
This leads to errors like this:
[ 488.570000] unregister_netdevice: waiting for eth0.2 to become free. Usage count = 2
Fixes: 287f3a943f ("pppoe: Use workqueue to die properly when a PADT is received")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rx clear count reported in wmi_chan_info_event is actually channel_busy_count
not rx_frame_count. Send rx_clear_count through time_busy of survey_info
and set SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY in filled.
iw wlan0 survey dump
urvey data from wlan0
frequency: 5180 MHz [in use]
noise: -103 dBm
channel active time: 150 ms
channel busy time: 22 ms
Survey data from wlan0
frequency: 5200 MHz
noise: -102 dBm
channel active time: 146 ms
channel busy time: 0 ms
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Registering the netdev before setting the priv data is unsafe.
So fix this possible race by setting the priv data first.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v3.18+
Fixes: 291ab06e (net: qualcomm: new Ethernet over SPI driver for QCA7000)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds netlink support for the following bonding options:
* BOND_OPT_AD_ACTOR_SYS_PRIO
* BOND_OPT_AD_ACTOR_SYSTEM
* BOND_OPT_AD_USER_PORT_KEY
When setting the actor system mac address we assume the netlink message
contains a binary mac and not a string representation of a mac.
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
[jt: completed the setting side of the netlink attributes]
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port key has three components - user-key, speed-part, and duplex-part.
The LSBit is for the duplex-part, next 5 bits are for the speed while the
remaining 10 bits are the user defined key bits. Get these 10 bits
from the user-space (through the SysFs interface) and use it to form the
admin port-key. Allowed range for the user-key is 0 - 1023 (10 bits). If
it is not provided then use zero for the user-key-bits (default).
It can set using following example code -
# modprobe bonding mode=4
# usr_port_key=$(( RANDOM & 0x3FF ))
# echo $usr_port_key > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/ad_user_port_key
# echo +eth1 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/slaves
...
# ip link set bond0 up
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
[jt: * fixed up style issues reported by checkpatch
* fixed up context from change in ad_actor_sys_prio patch]
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In an AD system, the communication between actor and partner is the
business between these two entities. In the current setup anyone on the
same L2 can "guess" the LACPDU contents and then possibly send the
spoofed LACPDUs and trick the partner causing connectivity issues for
the AD system. This patch allows to use a random mac-address obscuring
it's identity making it harder for someone in the L2 is do the same thing.
This patch allows user-space to choose the mac-address for the AD-system.
This mac-address can not be NULL or a Multicast. If the mac-address is set
from user-space; kernel will honor it and will not overwrite it. In the
absence (value from user space); the logic will default to using the
masters' mac as the mac-address for the AD-system.
It can be set using example code below -
# modprobe bonding mode=4
# sys_mac_addr=$(printf '%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x' \
$(( (RANDOM & 0xFE) | 0x02 )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )))
# echo $sys_mac_addr > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/ad_actor_system
# echo +eth1 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/slaves
...
# ip link set bond0 up
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
[jt: fixed up style issues reported by checkpatch]
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows user to randomize the system-priority in an ad-system.
The allowed range is 1 - 0xFFFF while default value is 0xFFFF. If user
does not specify this value, the system defaults to 0xFFFF, which is
what it was before this patch.
Following example code could set the value -
# modprobe bonding mode=4
# sys_prio=$(( 1 + RANDOM + RANDOM ))
# echo $sys_prio > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/ad_actor_sys_prio
# echo +eth1 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/slaves
...
# ip link set bond0 up
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
[jt: * fixed up style issues reported by checkpatch
* changed how the default value is set in bond_check_params(), this
makes the default consistent between what gets set for a new bond
and what the default is claimed to be in the bonding options.]
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Spectral scan supported by ath10k has capability to monitor and report
through whole bands and channels, but current buffer size is too small
to save reported spectral scan data.
This results in dropping 5G channel reports at all when dual band card
is used, so that users are not able to analyze spectral environments.
Hence increase the buffer size to fix the problem.
A spectral data size is vary based on the number of bins, so the unit
buffer size, 1140, is chose to minimize relay buffer fragmentation.
The total buffer size is also chose in tradeoff with spectral scan
support vs. kernel memory consumption.
Since theoretical maximum buffer size, 9.5MB, can be consumed with
512 bins in dual bands, we target to cover up to 128 bins for all
channels in dual bands and due to the buffer size limitation,
spectral scan with bin number bigger than 128 needs to be run on
single band each.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In preparation for changing how struct net is refcounted
on kernel sockets pass the knowledge that we are creating
a kernel socket from sock_create_kern through to sk_alloc.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need for tun to do the weird network namespace refcounting.
The existing network namespace refcounting in tfile has almost exactly
the same lifetime. So rewrite the code to use the struct sock network
namespace refcounting and remove the unnecessary hand rolled network
namespace refcounting and the unncesary tfile->net.
This change allows the tun code to directly call sock_put bypassing
sock_release and making SOCK_EXTERNALLY_ALLOCATED unnecessary.
Remove the now unncessary tun_release so that if anything tries to use
the sock_release code path the kernel will oops, and let us know about
the bug.
The macvtap code already uses it's internal socket this way.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the bus id was supplied via a struct platform_device, the driver wasn't
handling -1 to mean an unspecified id of the only instance of this driver,
as the platform spec requires.
Signed-off-by: Bert Vermeulen <bert@biot.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 12a8541d5c "bnx2x: Delay during kdump load" added a 5 seconds
delay to bnx2x's probe function in the kdump case to let the firmware
realize the old driver is gone.
The problem with the delay is that it is per-device, so if you have
several bnx2x NICs in NPAR mode, the delays can accumulate to minutes.
Fix it by adjusting the delay so that we do not wait more than
necessary, i.e. no more delaying after 5 seconds of kernel boot time.
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All spi based drivers have an instance of struct spi_device
as spi. This patch renames spi_device to spi to synchronize
with all the drivers.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are devices that forbid MIMO by the mean of the NVM.
Detect thoses devices and forbid MIMO otherwise the firmware
would crash. STBC is still allowed on these devices.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-05-07
This series contains updates to igb only.
Toshiaki provides two fixes for igb, first fixes an issue when changing
the number of rings by ethtool which causes oops because of uninitialized
pointers. The second fix resolves a typo where tx_ring was used instead
of the desired rx_ring.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a following commit, a new function will be introduced to only lookup for
a nsid (no allocation if the nsid doesn't exist). To avoid confusion, the
existing function is renamed.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=dcJu
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-4.2-20150506' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2015-05-06
this is a pull request of a seven patches for net-next/master.
Andreas Gröger contributes two patches for the janz-ican3 driver. In
the first patch, the documentation for already existing sysfs entries
is added, the second patch adds support for another module/firmware
variant. A patch by Shawn Landden makes the padding in the struct
can_frame explicit. The next 4 patches target the flexcan driver, the
first one is by David Jander adding some documentation, the reaming
three by me add more documentation and two small code cleanups.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add macb_change_mtu callback; if jumbo frame support is present allow
mtu size changes upto (jumbo max length allowed - headers).
Signed-off-by: Harini Katakam <harinik@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Punnaiah Choudary Kalluri <punnaia@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable jumbo frame support for Zynq Ultrascale+ MPSoC.
Update the NWCFG register and descriptor length masks accordingly.
Jumbo max length register should be set according to support in SoC; it is
set to 10240 for Zynq Ultrascale+ MPSoC.
Signed-off-by: Harini Katakam <harinik@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Punnaiah Choudary Kalluri <punnaia@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add compatible string and config structure for Zynq Ultrascale+ MPSoC
Signed-off-by: Harini Katakam <harinik@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Punnaiah Choudary Kalluri <punnaia@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use device flag IFF_LIVE_ADDR_CHANGE to signal that
the device supports changing the hardware address when
the device is running.
This allows eth_mac_addr() to change the mac address
also when the network device's interface is open.
This capability is required by certain applications,
like bonding mode 6 (Adaptive Load Balancing).
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Handle TxFIFO underrun exceptions outside the fast path.
A controller reset is more reliable in this exceptional
case, as opposed to re-enabling on-the-fly the Tx DMA.
As the controller reset is handled outside the fast path
by the reset_gfar() workqueue handler, the locking
scheme on the Tx path is significantly simplified.
Because the Tx processing (xmit queues and tx napi) is
disabled during controller reset, tstat access from xmit
does not require locking. So the scope of the txlock on
the processing path is now reduced to num_txbdfree, which
is shared only between process context (xmit) and softirq
(clean_tx_ring). As a result, the txlock must not guard
against interrupt context, and the spin_lock_irqsave()
from xmit can be replaced by spin_lock_bh(). Likewise,
the locking has been downgraded for clean_tx_ring().
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
a lot of small fixes and cleanups, the bigger items are:
* proper mac80211 rate control locking, to fix some random crashes
(this required changing other locking as well)
* mac80211 "fast-xmit", a mechanism to reduce, in most cases, the
amount of code we execute while going from ndo_start_xmit() to
the driver
* this also clears the way for properly supporting S/G and checksum
and segmentation offloads
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=oUlh
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-05-06' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Lots of updates for net-next for this cycle. As usual, we have
a lot of small fixes and cleanups, the bigger items are:
* proper mac80211 rate control locking, to fix some random crashes
(this required changing other locking as well)
* mac80211 "fast-xmit", a mechanism to reduce, in most cases, the
amount of code we execute while going from ndo_start_xmit() to
the driver
* this also clears the way for properly supporting S/G and checksum
and segmentation offloads
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
transfer_buffer_length is of type u32. It's therefore wrong to assign it
to a signed integer. This patch avoids the overflow.
It's worth noting that entry->length here is a long; perhaps it would be
beneficial at somepoint to change this to be unsigned as well, if
nothing else relies on its signedness for error conditions or the like.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch should have been part of the previous patch having the
same summary. See http://marc.info/?l=linux-kernel&m=143039470103795&w=2
Unfortunately, I didn't check to see where else this lock was used before
submitting that patch. This should take care of it for netxen_nic, as I
did a thorough search this time.
To recap from the original patch; although testing this driver with
DEBUG_LOCKDEP and DEBUG_SPINLOCK enabled did not produce any traces,
it would be more prudent in the case of tx_clean_lock to use _bh
versions of spin_[un]lock, since this lock is manipulated in both
the process and softirq contexts.
This patch was tested for functionality and regressions with netperf
and DEBUG_LOCKDEP and DEBUG_SPINLOCK enabled.
Signed-off-by: Tony Camuso <tcamuso@redhat.com>
Acked-By: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-By: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implements t4_init_rss_mode() to initialize the rss_mode for all the ports. If
Tunnel All Lookup isn't specified in the global RSS Configuration, then we need
to specify a default Ingress Queue for any ingress packets which aren't hashed.
We'll use our first ingress queue.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use be_virtfn() to determine a VF instead of !be_physfn() for better
readability.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code in be_check_ufi_compatibility() checks to see if a UFI file meant
for a lower rev of a chip is being flashed on a higher rev, which is
disallowed. This patch re-writes the code needed for this check in a much
simpler manner.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an RXQ is created in be_open(), the driver currently posts only
64 buffers. This sometimes results in packet drops when there is a traffic
burst as soon as the interface is enabled.
This patch fixes this problem by posting the full RXQ on interface enable.
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <Suresh.Reddy@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the FW runs out of vlan filters it can either return an
INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES error or an INSUFFICIENT_VLANS error.
The driver currently checks only for the former error value.
This patch adds a check for the latter value too.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently pkts with L3 or L4 errors received on PFs are not dropped
by the adapter, but instead sent to the stack. This helps the network stack
to better reflect error statistics. This was not being done on BE3 VFs.
This patch fixes this for BE3 VFs.
Signed-off-by: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently adaptive interrupt moderation is set by calculating
and configuring an EQ-delay every second. This is done via
a FW-cmd. But, on Skyhawk-R a "re-arm to interrupt" delay
can be set while ringing the EQ-DB. This patch uses this
facility to calculate and set the interrupt delay every 1ms.
This helps moderating interrupts better when the traffic
is bursty.
Signed-off-by: Padmanabh Ratnakar <padmanabh.ratnakar@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for spoofchk configuration for VFs.
When it is enabled, "spoof checking" is done for both MAC-address and VLAN.
For each VF, the HW ensures that the source MAC address (or vlan) of
every outgoing packet exists in the MAC-list (or vlan-list) configured
for RX filtering for that VF. If not, the packet is dropped and an error
is reported to the driver in the TX completion; this is reflected in the
"tx_spoof_check_err" ethtool counter.
This feature is supported in Skyhawk FW version 10.6.31.0 and above.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The xgene_enet driver is only useful on X-Gene SoC.
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Cc: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Cc: Keyur Chudgar <kchudgar@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The amd-xgbe driver currently only works with the Seattle SoC, which
is ARM64 architecture, so there is no point in building this driver on
other architectures except for build testing purpose. The dependency
list can be updated later if the driver ever supports other
architectures.
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the device ID of the VF to the PCI device ID table.
Added a boolean flag is_vf in efx_nic_type to differentiate
between a VF and PF at probe time. This flag is useful in later
patches while setting MAC address specially in the
PCI-passthrough case.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow PFs to allocate shared RSS contexts if we exhaust our
exclusive RSS contexts. Make VFs use shared RSS contexts in
all cases.
Spruce up error handling so that the shadow copy of the RSS
table is updated after successful update, rather than in all
cases, so that we report the actual contents of the RSS table
after a failure to set it, rather than what we'd like it to be.
Populate context_size parameter when vacuously allocating RSS
context of size 1.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Accept EPERM in some simple cases, the following cases are handled:
1) efx_mcdi_read_assertion()
Unprivileged PCI functions aren't allowed to GET_ASSERTS.
We return success as it's up to the primary PF to deal with asserts.
2) efx_mcdi_mon_probe() in efx_ef10_probe()
Unprivileged PCI functions aren't allowed to read sensor info, and
worrying about sensor data is the primary PF's job.
3) phy_op->reconfigure() in efx_init_port() and efx_reset_up()
Unprivileged functions aren't allowed to MC_CMD_SET_LINK, they just have
to accept the settings (including flow-control, which is what
efx_init_port() is worried about) they've been given.
4) Fallback to GET_WORKAROUNDS in efx_ef10_probe()
Unprivileged PCI functions aren't allowed to set workarounds. So if
efx_mcdi_set_workaround() fails EPERM, use efx_mcdi_get_workarounds()
to find out if workaround_35388 is enabled.
5) If DRV_ATTACH gets EPERM, try without specifying fw-variant
Unprivileged PCI functions have to use a FIRMWARE_ID of 0xffffffff
(MC_CMD_FW_DONT_CARE).
6) Don't try to exit_assertion unless one had fired
Previously we called efx_mcdi_exit_assertion even if
efx_mcdi_read_assertion had received MC_CMD_GET_ASSERTS_FLAGS_NO_FAILS.
This is unnecessary, and the resulting MC_CMD_REBOOT, even if the
AFTER_ASSERTION flag made it a no-op, would fail EPERM for unprivileged
PCI functions.
So make efx_mcdi_read_assertion return whether an assert happened, and only
call efx_mcdi_exit_assertion if it has.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To be able to use MC_CMD_VADAPTOR_SET_MAC, vadaptors must be
manually allocated and freed as automatic vadaptors will disappear
when their reference_count reaches zero, which must happen before
the MAC address is changed.
Vadaptors are allocated and freed in the vswitching_probe/remove
functions for PFs and VFs, and this means that vadaptors are restored
correctly following an MC reboot or other reset when required.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The parent PF creates vports for all its child VFs and adds MAC
addresses to these. When the VF driver loads, it can make an MCDI
call to get the MAC address that the parent PF assigned it.
The parent PF also assigns a mac address to its own vport because
implicit creation of a vAdaptor will only work on evb ports with
MAC addresses assigned.
The vport MAC address needs to be stored in the PF's nic_data
struct as it can later be changed on the vadaptor (and its net_dev
struct). When removing a vport the original MAC address must be
deleted.
A new flag is needed in the VF data structure to identify whether
a vport has been assigned to the VF. This is to determine whether
it needs to be un-assigned before freeing the vport. Also,
attempting to un-assign a vport which is not assigned will result
in an EALREADY error.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added efx_nic_type structure for VF.
Mapped a different BAR for VF as it uses BAR 0 for memory.
Added functions sriov_init and sriov_fini.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use MC_CMD_GET_FUNCTION_INFO to record the PF number in nic_data.
This will be needed when assigned vports to VFs.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds functions to allocate and free vswitches and vports; vadaptors
are automatically allocated and freed when TX/RX queues are
initialised and finalised. This vswitching structure is only created
if the firmware supports it, so a check that full-featured firmware
is running is performed first.
If the MC resets, the vswitching infrastructure will need to be
recreated, so mark the "must_probe_vswitching" flag when an MC reboot
is detected.
Don't try to create a vswitch if vf-count=0
This allocation of vswitches and vports does not currently support
configuring VLAN tags, but that can be added in a future change.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The default port ID of EVB_PORT_ID_ASSIGNED is a "magic" number
for the MCFW to select the physical port of the PF. If other
vswitches and vports are created on top of the default firmware
configuration, the ID of the newly created vport is then required
when passed to MCDI commands. Currently, this doesn't happen so
the vport_id is never changed, but a subsequent patch will change
this behaviour so that other vswitches and vports are created.
The vport_id recorded in nic_data is only relevant for PFs.
VFs will have their vports created by their parent PF, and in
that case the parent PF will record the vport ID of each VF.
For a VF, nic_data->vport_id is expected to remain at the default
value.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The (future) code to add/remove vswitches and vports will be
dependent on the firmware variant.
To simplify the checking of the firmware variant, record
values for rx_dpcpu_fw_id and tx_dpcpu_fw_id in EF10 nic_data.
There was only one place where this was previously used:
efx_mcdi_print_fwver() in ethtool.c.
The MC_CMD_GET_CAPABILITIES can be replaced and the values from
nic_data used instead.
Note that the printing of "?" if the MC command fails or if the
outlength is incorrect no longer apply, because errors are returned
in efx_ef10_init_datapath_caps() in both of these cases.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TX_DOMAIN field is currently reserved but its safer to set
it to 0 for future compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for the use of sriov_configure on EF10
to enable Virtual Functions while the driver is loaded.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The efx_vf struct contains Siena-specific fields for VFs,
so rename to siena_vf.
Also move it into the siena_nic_data struct, as EF10 will
track its VFs in its own ef10_nic_data, storing much less
information about them since VFDI is no longer used.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By putting all the efx_{siena,ef10}_sriov_* declarations in
{siena,ef10}_sriov.h, ensure they cannot be called from nic-generic code.
Also fixes up an instance of this, where mcdi.c was calling
efx_siena_sriov_flr.
The single instance of netdev_ops should call general high level
functions that can then call something adapter specific in efx_nic_type.
We should only do adapter specialisation via efx_nic_type.
Removal of sriov functionality from the Falcon code means that tests
are needed for the presence of some callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This device is sold as 'Lenovo OneLink Pro Dock'.
Chipset is RTL8153 and works with r8152.
Signed-off-by: Vasily Titskiy <qehgt0@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA can have nested MDIO busses, where the Ethernet MDIO bus is used
to access an MDIO bus within the switch which has the PHYs connected
to it. This nesting causes lockdep to give false positives. Use
mutex_lock_nested() to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SMI bus is the bottleneck in all switch operations, not the
granularity of locks. Replace the stats mutex by the SMI mutex to make
the locking concept simpler.
The REG_READ/REG_WRITE macros cannot be used while holding the SMI
mutex, since they try to acquire it. Replace with calls to the
appropriate function which does not try to get the mutex.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SMI bus is the bottleneck in all switch operations, not the
granularity of locks. Replace the PHY mutex by the SMI mutex to make
the locking concept simpler.
The REG_READ/REG_WRITE macros cannot be used while holding the SMI
mutex, since they try to acquire it. Replace with calls to the
appropriate function which does not try to get the mutex.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mv88e6185 is part of the family that the mv88e6131 driver
supports. Add it to the probe function, and set the number of ports.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 6171 is one member of the family 6171/6175/6350/6351. Add the
other family members to the driver.
Not tested on these new devices.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mv88e6172 is part of the mv88e6352 family of devices. Move support
for it out of the mv88e6171 driver into the mv88e6352, which results
in some simplifications to the code.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use defines for registers, shifts and bits in the remaining register
accesses in the individual drivers, in order to aid readability.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that setting up a port is identical for all switches, centralisers
the code looping over all the ports to set them up.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port setup code in the individual drivers is identical for 6123,
6171, and 6352, and very similar in 6131. Move it all into mv88e6xxx,
using the chip families to differentiate on features.
Similarly, the global setup is also very similar. Move the majority
into mv8e6xxx.
The chips themselves fall into families. Add helpers which uses the
device IDs to determine if a device is a member of a family or not.
Add some additional device IDs to the existing list, to make these
helper functions more complete. However these IDs are not yet added to
the probe functions.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The same hardware issue the at91 must work around applies to at least the
Zynq ethernet, and possibly more devices. The driver also needs to handle
the RXUBR interrupt since it turns it on with MACB_RX_INT_FLAGS anyway.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Sullivan <nathan.sullivan@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This prevents silence failures with driver waiting (infinitely) for a
callback.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
"flowrings" and "*flowrings" are both pointers so this always returns
sizeof(void *) and the current code works fine. But "*flowrings" is
intended here and static checkers complain, so lets change it.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If the wl18xx-conf.bin file is missing or invalid (e.g. due
to recent driver change), fallback to default configuration
instead of failing driver load.
Reported-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
cfg80211 would complain about invalid AID in during TDLS setup.
This was happening because we use same AID value as provide by AP
while forming setup messages.
Parse AID from Association response and filter BIT14 and BIT15
of AID to get valid AID.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
wait_event_interruptible_timeout() returns 0 upon timeout. We should
convert it to a negative error code (such as -ETIMEDOUT) instead of
returning it directly, as return code of 0 indicates that command was
executed.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dmitry.torokhov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Normal FFT reports generate a LOT of data, to save resources
enable short repeat by default also on ath9k_htc (it's already
enabled by default on ath9k). This can always be changed from
userspace if needed.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
E/M noise is a pretty good source of entropy so we mix the FFT
measurements of the E/M spectrum to /dev/random pool. Note that
this doesn't increase the pool's entropy count but it still helps
on improving the output of /dev/(u)random.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Temp buffer is only used for fixing malformed frames, there is no
need to memset it every time.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There is no reason to keep processing FFT reports if there is no
space left on the relayfs buffers for the results. This saves
lots of CPU cycles, especially on normal (non-short) reports.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
No need to copy the frame to the temporary buffer when its length
is ok.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since we have lots of frames on a normal FFT report don't bother
processing the malformed ones. Only try to fix malformed frames
in case of a short FFT report (only a single frame on the report).
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since we can identify the FFT frames on the report by checking the
consistency of their magnitude info, we can process all of them,
even when some of them are corrupted.
This patch introduces two functions to quickly verify the integrity
of the mag_info fields and some further tweaks to detect the frames
in the report and process them.
Note that in case of missing bytes we don't duplicate them, instead
we leave them as zeroes. This way we get less noise on the FFT plot.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
a) Check that the maximum magnitude is at the specified index
b) Check if the maximum magnitude index is at dc_pos and if so
calculate a new one (value at dc_pos is invalid)
c) Check if the specified maximum magnitude is indeed the maximum
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since more checks and fixes will be added later and ath_cmn_process_fft is
already big enough.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Maximum magnitude index is a 5bit signed integer,
convert to an 8bit signed integer and then "shift" it so that it can be used
as an array index. Note that the current implementation adds +1 to the index
value (so it can't be used as an array index) and it's only valid for HT20
channels.
Note that the maximum magnitude index is not being used by
the userspace tools that parse FFT samples (they just use
maximum magnitude) so this doesn't break userspace compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
FFT spectral scan is a functionality that makes sense to have its own
debug flag.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* Interrupt request need to happen when the wilink chip is powered on and
driving the wlan_irq line. This avoids spurious interrupt issues that
are a result of different external pulls configuration on different
platforms
* Allow working with wl18xx level-low and falling edge irqs by configuring
wl18xx to invert the device interrupt
Signed-off-by: Eyal Reizer <eyalr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fix some spelling typo in drivers/net/wirless
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We will reset more_task_flag at the end of main process
routine. This optimization will help to remove spinlock
operations at couple of places in the code.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
With PCIE it is possible to support multiple devices with the
same device type. They all load the same nvram file. In order to
support this the nvram can specify which part of the nvram is
for which pcie device. This patch adds support for these new
types of nvram files.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for the BCM4358 2x2 11ac device.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
commit 330b4e4be9 ("brcmfmac: Add wowl support for SDIO devices.")
changed the behaviour by removing the MMC_PM_KEEP_POWER flag for
non-wowl scenario, which needs to be restored. Another necessary
change is to mark the card as being non-removable. With this in place
the suspend resume test passes successfully doing:
# echo devices > /sys/power/pm_test
# echo mem > /sys/power/state
Note that power may still be switched off when system is going
in S3 state.
Reported-by: Fu, Zhonghui <<zhonghui.fu@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When the sdio bus state is not ready to process we abort the
interrupt service routine. This is not wanted as it keeps the
interrupt source active. Better clear the interrupt source.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for the BCM4324 B5 revision. This device
is similar to BCM43241 from driver and firmware perspective. It
is known to be used in Lenovo Thinkpad Tablet devices.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The scheduled scan support depends on firmware supporting the PNO
feature. This feature is optional so add a feature flag for this
in the driver and announce scheduled scan support accordingly.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Some feature flags were not described in the header file. Adding
the description.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When change the country code the available channels may change. So
the wiphy bands should be updated accordingly.
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The driver was constructing a list of channels per wiphy band
by querying the device. This list is not what the hardware is
able to do as it is already filtered by the country setting in
the device. As user-space may change the country this would
require updating the channel list which is not recommended [1].
This patch introduces a superset of channels. The individual
channels are disabled appropriately by querying the device.
[1] http://mid.gmane.org/1426706320.3001.21.camel@sipsolutions.net
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes an issue where it was discovered that driver is setting
invalid HT IEs to FW. This was happening because bug in parsing HT IE.
Driver would incorrectly point to start of HT IE while FW only needs actual
HT configuration - excluding EID and length.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch reverts 'commit c5534844cd ("mwifiex:
enable aggregation for TID 6 and 7 streams")'.
TID6 & TID7 is voice traffic which is quite time sensitive.
Do not enable any type of aggregation on these TIDs.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* some work on the thermal code (Chaya Rachel)
* some work on the firwmare debugging infrastructure
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=c7VM
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2015-05-03' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* major rework of the scan code (Luca)
* some work on the thermal code (Chaya Rachel)
* some work on the firwmare debugging infrastructure
adapter->tx_ring is set to NULL where rx_ring should be.
Fixes: 5536d2102a ("igb: Combine q_vector and ring allocation into a single function")
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When changing the number of rings by ethtool -L, q_vectors are reused,
which causes oops because of uninitialized pointers.
- When an rx is reused as a tx, q_vector->rx.ring is not set to NULL, which
misleads igb_poll() to determine that it has an rx ring although it
actually points to the tx ring.
- When a tx is reused as an rx, q_vector->rx.ring->skb
(q_vector->ring[0].skb) has a value that was used as tx_stats before.
Fix these problems by zeroing it out on reuseing it.
Fixes: 02ef6e1d0b ("igb: Fix queue allocation method to accommodate changing during runtime")
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch replaces a open coded variant of a "mailbox code" definition by an
existing define, improves code readability.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch adds a short documentation snippet about the mailbox organization as
it's regularly not correct in freescale's datasheets.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Flexcan V10 and newer are able to receive RTR frames in a MB. Older versions
are not. Those should use flexcan in FIFO mode.
Signed-off-by: David Jander <david@protonic.nl>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The GO_CONCURRENT regulatory definition can be extended to station
interfaces requesting to IR as part of TDLS off-channel operations.
Rename the GO_CONCURRENT flag to IR_CONCURRENT and allow the added
use-case.
Change internal users of GO_CONCURRENT to use the new definition.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Declare that MCS 0-9 are supported for all Rx chains.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously, VHT capabilities and supported MCSs where set for all
bands, although VHT is only allowed on 5.2 GHz band. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for
all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to
properly support this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In our department we are using some older Janz ICAN3-modules in our dekstop
pcs. There we have slightly different carrier boards than the janz-cmodio
supported in the kernel sources, called CAN-PCI2 with two submodules. But the
pci configuration regions are identical. So extending the supported pci devices
to the corresponding device ids is sufficient to get the drivers working.
* The old ICAN3-modules with firmware 1.28 need more then 250ms for the restart
after reset. I've increased the timeout to 500ms.
* The janz_ican3 module uses the raw can services of the Janz-firmware, this
means firmware must be ICANOS/2. Our ICAN3-modules are equipped with
CAL/CANopen-firmware, so I must use the appropriate commands for the layer
management services.
Te driver detects the firmware after module reset and selects the commands
matching the firmware. This affects the bus on/off-command
(ican3_set_bus_state) and the configuration of the bittiming
(ican3_set_bittiming). For better diagnostics the detected firmware string is
presented as sysfs attribute (fwinfo).
Signed-off-by: Andreas Gröger <andreas24groeger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The Firmware uses dynamic EQs allocation based on number of VFs and
max EQs that can be allocated. As a result, VF can have EQ numbers
that are larger than 256.
According to the firmware spec, the max value is limited to be 1024
(10 bits), adapt the relevant code accordingly. This bug was impossible
to hit prior to commit 7ae0e400cd ("net/mlx4_core: Flexible (asymmetric)
allocation of EQs and MSI-X vectors for PF/VFs") which actually enables
large number of EQs for VFs.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This caused the en_stats_adder helper to accumulate a field which is
not related to the counter, fix that.
Fixes: a3333b35da ('net/mlx4_en: Moderate ethtool callback to show [..]')
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VXLAN must provide the skb mark and specifiy IPPROTO_UDP when doing
the FIB lookup for the remote ip. Otherwise an invalid route might
be returned.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Synchronize names with other drivers.
Signed-off-by: Srikanth Thokala <sthokal@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use of_property_* calls
Signed-off-by: Srikanth Thokala <sthokal@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use devm_* calls
Signed-off-by: Srikanth Thokala <sthokal@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Synchronize names with other drivers
Signed-off-by: Srikanth Thokala <sthokal@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is rule for network drivers with comments blocks
which is newly checked by checkpatch.pl script.
Let's fix it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removed checkpatch.pl errors and warnings.
Signed-off-by: Srikanth Thokala <sthokal@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds proper checks to handle the PHY-less case.
Signed-off-by: Srikanth Thokala <sthokal@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the current implementation, jumbo frames are supported only
for the frame sizes > 16K. This patch corrects this logic to
handle jumbo frames for lesser frame sizes (< 16K) ensuring jumbo frame
MTU is within the limit of max frame size configured in the h/w
design.
Signed-off-by: Srikanth Thokala <sthokal@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The packet completion interrupts for TX and RX should be serviced before
the packets are consumed. This ensures against the degenerate case when a
new completion interrupt is raised after the handler has exited but before
the interrupts are cleared. In this case its possible for the ISR to clear
an unhandled interrupt (leading to potential deadlock).
Signed-off-by: Peter Crosthwaite <peter.crosthwaite@xilinx.com>
Tested-by: Jason Wu <huanyu@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The AXI-DMA rx-delay interrupt can sometimes be triggered
when there are 0 outstanding packets received. This is due
to the fact that the receive function will greedily consume
as many packets as possible on interrupt. So if two packets
(with a very particular timing) arrive in succession they
will each cause the rx-delay interrupt, but the first interrupt
will consume both packets.
This means the second interrupt is a 0 packet receive.
This is mostly OK, except that the tail pointer register is
updated unconditionally on receive. Currently the tail pointer
is always set to the current bd-ring descriptor under
the assumption that the hardware has moved onto the next
descriptor. What this means for length 0 recv is the current
descriptor that the hardware is potentially yet to use will
be marked as the tail. This causes the hardware to think
its run out of descriptors deadlocking the whole rx path.
Fixed by updating the tail pointer to the most recent
successfully consumed descriptor.
Reported-by: Wendy Liang <wendy.liang@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Crosthwaite <peter.crosthwaite@xilinx.com>
Tested-by: Jason Wu <huanyu@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for the RGMII. The h/w configuration
parameter C_PHY_TYPE, which represents the interface configured in
the design, is used to differentiate various interfaces supported
by AXI Ethernet.
Signed-off-by: Srikanth Thokala <sthokal@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pktgen sends raw udp packets and bypasses most of the
linux networking stack. User can specify different packet sizes.
Hence we need to discard the packet if the length is greater than mtu
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds device node to ULD info. Use the node info to alloc_ring() for ctrl
TX queues
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Passes a Congestion Channel Map to t4_sge_alloc_rxq()
for the Ethernet RX Queues based on the MPS Buffer Group Map
of the TX Channel rather than just the TX Channel Map.
Also, in t4_sge_alloc_rxq() for T5, setting up the
Congestion Manager values of the new RX Ethernet Queue is
done by firmware now.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also changed the name of t4_hw.c:get_mps_bg_map() to t4_get_mps_bg_map()
and make it an exported routine with a definition in cxgb4.h.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to make sure that the Free List Size, in pointers, is at
least 2 Egress Queue Units (8 pointers/each) larger than the SGE's Egress
Congestion Threshold (in pointers).
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Earlier tricks of setting broadcast bit only when IPv4 address is added
onto interface are not good enough especially when autoconf comes in play.
Setting them on always is performance drag but now that multicast /
broadcast is not processed in fast-path; enabling broadcast will let
autoconf work correctly without affecting performance characteristics of
the device.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Processing multicast / broadcast in fast path is performance draining
and having more links means more cloning and bringing performance
down further.
Broadcast; in particular, need to be given to all the virtual links.
Earlier tricks of enabling broadcast bit for IPv4 only interfaces are not
really working since it fails autoconf. Which means enabling broadcast
for all the links if protocol specific hacks do not have to be added into
the driver.
This patch defers all (incoming as well as outgoing) multicast traffic to
a work-queue leaving only the unicast traffic in the fast-path. Now if we
need to apply any additional tricks to further reduce the impact of this
(multicast / broadcast) type of traffic, it can be implemented while
processing this work without affecting the fast-path.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With commit b56fc3c536 ("hv_netvsc: Fix a bug in netvsc_start_xmit()"),
skb variable is no longer used in netvsc_send. Remove variable and dead
code that depended on it.
Cc: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Cc: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerry Snitselaar <jsnitsel@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is just a code cleanup, make the LED trigger names const
as they're not expected to be modified by drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Submit 909d9faae2 ("bnx2x: Prevent inner-reload while VFs exist")
contained a bug - MTU change was not prevented by it; Instead, it
`randomally' prevented bnx2x_resume() from running [harmless yet wrong].
This moves the check to its correct spot.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-05-04
Here's the first bluetooth-next pull request for 4.2:
- Various fixes for at86rf230 driver
- ieee802154: trace events support for rdev->ops
- HCI UART driver refactoring
- New Realtek IDs added to btusb driver
- Off-by-one fix for rtl8723b in btusb driver
- Refactoring of btbcm driver for both UART & USB use
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 8d7d9cca43.
Now that the necessary infrastructure is really all there
in the tree, we can put this change back in.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When smsc911x uses GPIO as the interrupt controller, and if both are
loaded as modules, we get following error:
"smsc911x: Could not allocate irq resource"
This issue is because of smsc911x using platform_get_resource to get
device tree based irq resource.
commit "9ec36ca (of/irq: do irq resolution in platform_get_irq)" and
commit "7085a7 (drivers: platform: parse IRQ flags from resources)" add
support in platform_get_irq to resolve irq and irq_flags respectively
for both modern device tree and legacy static platform data platforms.
Modify smsc911x driver to use platform_get_irq to pick up irq resource
correctly and use irq_get_trigger_type to get the IRQ trigger flags.
Signed-off-by: Kamlakant Patel <kamlakant.patel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
WSC connection is secure (privacy bit set in various frames)
but authentication suite, keys etc. are absent.
Support this mode in the connect WMI command. Detect WSC by
having 'sme->privacy' and no RSN IE. Inform firmware about WSC
session by setting dot11_auth_mode to WMI_AUTH11_WSC.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Introduce 2 types of GTK, Tx (for this STA) and Rx (for each peer).
Now, AP has only Tx GTK, STA - only Rx one. PBSS not supported yet;
for it, continue using pseudo-DMS.
Handle per-vring .1x state, update it from WMI_VRING_EN_EVENTID
event. This allows unification for unicast and broadcast vrings.
This mechanism replaces former per-CID "data_port_open"
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Pmc is a hardware debug mechanism which allows capturing phy data,
packets, and internally generated events and messages synchronized
and time stamped by the hardware. It requires memory buffers
allocated by the driver in order to be used by hardware dma to
upstream real time debug data to host memory.
Driver will handle memory allocation and release, and fetching
the data from the memory to application layer via debug file
system. The configuration of pmc is handled entirely by the
application layer.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Shulman <qca_shulmanv@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Parameters for the start_ap and change_bcon contains
probe response template and probe response IE's.
supplicant puts in the proberesp_ies only WPS related IE's,
while firmware need all IE's, most notable is RSN that is not
included in the proberesp_ies.
Always use IE's provided by the bcon->probe_resp
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Boot loader "ready" indication has changed from "bit0 set"
to "only bit0 set". This is to address hardware glitches.
Due to glitches, sometimes right after reset register reads
0xffffffff, or (rarely) other garbage.
Reflect this in the driver
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Rx descriptor fields accordingly to the updated
hardware documentation
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Sometimes it takes for the firmware more than 20ms to
react on "echo" command after reset. Increase timeout
from 20 to 50ms
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
qca6174 otp binary seems to always return an error to the host, even if the
calibration succeeded. Add a firmware feature flag to detect if the firmware
image which have this problem and workaround the issue in ath10k by ignoring
the error code.
I was also considering making this hw specific flag but as this is strictly a
firmware issue it's best to handle this via a firmware feature flag so that it
will be easy to disable the workaround.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Because error codes are negative, it only makes sense to
consistently use signed types when handling them. Also remove
some explicit comparisons with 0 on these variables.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The global semaphore bits should be released in the reverse of the
order that they were taken, so correct that.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
IOSF is the Intel On-chip System Fabric used in SOCs. IOSF SB is
the IOSF SideBand message interface. This patch serializes IOSF SB
access using both phy bits in the SWFW_SEMAPHORE register. It also
adds a helper function to wait for IOSF SB accesses to complete.
Use the new function to perform this wait before each access, as
specified in the datasheet, in addition to using it to wait for
IOSF SB read/write completion.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were using s64 for lat_ns (latency nano-second value) since in
our calculations a negative value could be a resultant. For negative
values, we then assign lat_ns to be zero, so the value passed to
do_div() was never negative, but do_div() expects the argument type
to be u64, so do a cast to resolve a compile warning seen on
PowerPC.
CC: Yanjiang Jin <yanjiang.jin@windriver.com>
CC: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Reported-by: Yanjiang Jin <yanjiang.jin@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
The driver wasn't allowing jumbo frames to be
enabled when CRC stripping was disabled, however it was allowing CRC
stripping to be disabled while jumbo frames were enabled. This fixes that by
making it so that the NETIF_F_RXFCS flag cannot be set when jumbo frames are
enabled on 82579 and newer parts.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the VLAN_HLEN was added to the calculation for the maximum frame size
there seems to have been a number of issues added to the driver.
The first issue is that in some cases the maximum frame size for a device
never really reached the actual maximum frame size as the VLAN header
length was not included the calculation for that value. As a result some
parts only supported a maximum frame size of either 1496 in the case of
parts that didn't support jumbo frames, and 8996 in the case of the parts
that do.
The second issue is the fact that there were several checks that weren't
updated so as a result setting an MTU of 1500 was treated as enabling jumbo
frames as the calculated value was 1522 instead of 1518. I have addressed
those by replacing ETH_FRAME_LEN with VLAN_ETH_FRAME_LEN where appropriate.
The final issue was the fact that lowering the MTU below 1500 would cause
the driver to allocate 2K buffers for the rings. This is an old issue that
was fixed several years ago in igb/ixgbe and I am addressing now by just
replacing == with a <= so that we always just round up to 1522 for anything
that isn't a jumbo frame.
Fixes: c751a3d58c ("e1000e: Correctly include VLAN_HLEN when changing interface MTU")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
'err' will be overwritten so no need to initialize it to zero.
Signed-off-by: Jean Sacren <sakiwit@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
igb_enable_mas() should only be called for the 82575 and has no clear
return so changing it to void. Also simplify the odd conditional
expression.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
7ab87ff4c7 ("via-rhine: move work from
irq handler to softirq and beyond") forgot to explicitely control the
lifespan of the tx_dirty and tx_cur pointers.
Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Follow the now usual transmit descriptor update path:
1. content change
2. dma_wmb
3. ownership change
Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NAPI receive path depends on desc->rx_status but it does not
enforce any explicit receive barrier.
Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver no longer produces holes in its receive ring so rx_head_desc
only duplicates cur_rx.
Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rationales:
- throttle work under memory pressure
- lower receive descriptor recycling latency for the network adapter
- lower the maintenance burden of uncommon paths
The patch is twofold:
- it fails early if the receive ring can't be completely initialized
at dev->open() time
- it drops packets on the floor in the napi receive handler so as to
keep the received ring full
Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's used to initialize the receive ring but it will actually shine when
the receive poll code is reworked.
Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a macvlan device is placed in promiscuous mode, it currently
just sets it's multicast mask to permissive, but doesn't change
the state of the lower device. As a result, not all multicast
traffic can be received on such device. Additionally, none of
a vlan traffic can be received on such device as well.
This patch propagates the promiscuous mode setting to lower device
so that lower device may receive all packets that macvlan may
be interested in.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With netpoll making use of the transmit function it is possible for the
ndo_start_xmit function to be called with irqs disabled. As such we need
to use dev_kfree_skb_any in the Tx cleanup path for frames that are
dropped.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function r8169_csum_workaround is called in the ndo_start_xmit path of
the r8169 driver. As such it should not be using dev_kfree_skb as it is
not irq safe, so instead we should be using dev_kfree_skb_any for freeing
in the dropped path, and dev_consume_skb_any for any frames that were
transmitted.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netpoll path will call napi->poll with a budget of 0 in order to clean
the Tx rings only. This change updates the fm10k driver so that it will
correctly support that instead of cleaning 1 Rx frame if a budget of 0 is
received.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the missing unregister for the mv88e6352_switch_driver.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=EtJM
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-fixes-for-4.1-20150501' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
this is a pull request of a single patch for net/master.
The patch is contributed by Jeppe Ledet-Pedersen, it fixes the
extended frame handling in the xilinx driver.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This file is built off of a tristate Kconfig option and also contains
modular function calls so it should explicitly include module.h to
avoid compile breakage during header shuffles done in the future.
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not use ieee80211_vif pointer in ath_get_rate_txpower() since it has been
overwritten by setup_frame_info() and it will result in a corrupted tx power
configuration. Set per-packet tx power in setup_frame_info() according to
current vif tx power.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fix a copy paste bug that didn't copy wildcard SSIDs to
scan requests. This bug causes scan with only wildcard
SSID to be passive, and scans with more than one SSID to
send only the direct probes.
Fixes: 2a28ac14c518 ("iwlwifi: mvm: add common scan params to thw iwl_mvm_scan_params struct")
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
A small cleanup to make use of the ether_addr_equal helper.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using IDR_SRR in RXFIFO_ID to test for the presence of data is only
valid for standard frames. For extended frames the bit is always 1 and
IDR_RTR should be used instead. This patch switches the check to use
CAN_RTR_FLAG which is correctly set when reading the ID.
The patch also changes the DW1/DW2 to be read unconditionally, since
this is necessary to remove the frame from the RXFIFO.
Signed-off-by: Jeppe Ledet-Pedersen <jlp@gomspace.com>
Acked-by: Kedareswara rao Appana <appanad@xilinx.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Fixed the following kbuild warnings:
1. unused variable 'of_id'
2. buffer overflow 'ring_cfg' 5 <= 5
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RGMII-ID uses an internal delay within the transmitter or receiver. This
feature is phy specific. The rest of the communication is normal RGMII.
So the fec driver has to check for all RGMII modes, not only
'PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII'.
Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When system is out of memory, refilling of RX buffers fails while
the driver continue to pass the received packets to the kernel stack.
At some point, when all RX buffers deplete, driver may fall into a
sleep, and not recover when memory for new RX buffers is once again
availible. This is because hardware does not have valid descriptors,
so no interrupt will be generated for the driver to return to work
in napi context. Fix it by schedule the napi poll function from
stats_task delayed workqueue, as long as the allocations fail.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While testing this driver with DEBUG_LOCKDEP and DEBUG_SPINLOCK
enabled did not produce any traces, it would be more prudent in the
case of tx_clean_lock to use spin_[un]lock_bh, since this lock is
manipulated in both the process and softirq contexts.
This patch was tested for functionality and regressions with netperf
and DEBUG_LOCKDEP and DEBUG_SPINLOCK enabled.
Signed-off-by: Tony Camuso <tcamuso@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver unlike other drivers does not log link state changes. It's
better for an user when asynchronous link states are logged to the system
log.
v3: Changes from v2 discarded as "not necessary"
Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com>
Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enables receiving large packets from other LPARs. These packets
have a -1 IP header checksum, so we must recalculate to have
a valid checksum.
Signed-off-by: Brian King <brking@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Brian King <brking@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for TSO. TSO is turned off by default and
must be enabled and configured by the user. The driver
version number is increased so that users can be sure
that they are using ibmveth with TSO support.
Cc: Brian King <brking@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables 64k rx buffer pools by default. If Cooperative
Memory Overcommitment (CMO) is enabled, the number of 64k buffers
is reduced to save memory.
Cc: Brian King <brking@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Addresses the following kernel logs seen during boot:
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[100ee150] mlx4_QUERY_HCA+0x80/0x248 [mlx4_core]
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[100f071c] mlx4_QUERY_ADAPTER+0x100/0x12c [mlx4_core]
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[100f071c] mlx4_QUERY_ADAPTER+0x100/0x12c [mlx4_core]
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[100f071c] mlx4_QUERY_ADAPTER+0x100/0x12c [mlx4_core]
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[100f071c] mlx4_QUERY_ADAPTER+0x100/0x12c [mlx4_core]
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <david.ahern@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.de>
Fixes: 9e311e7 ("net/mlx4_en: Use affinity hint")
Acked-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding ring manager v2 support for APM X-Gene ethernet driver.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a preparatory patch for adding ethernet support for APM X-Gene
ethernet driver to work with ring manager v2.
Added xgene_ring_ops structure for storing chip specific ring manager
properties and functions.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for one of the slp_tr gpio use cases which
indicates the TX_START command without doing some spi bus traffic.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If a transmit ends in a calibration which means the transceiver do a
TRX_OFF state change, we can directly change into TX_ARET state instead
doing a TX_ON to TX_ARET statechange.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
All supported transceivers can do a valid state change from TRX_OFF to
AACK_ON. This patch removes the state change chain from TRX_OFF ->
TX_ON -> AACK_ON instead we doing a directly state change from TRX_OFF
to AACK_ON.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a calibration timeout reset when change from TRX_OFF to
TX_ARET_ON which also occurs a calibration.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the calculation timeout of TRX_OFF to RX_AACK_ON
handling to the async state change functionality. With this patch we can
do a reset of calculation timeout when others TRX_OFF to RX_AACK_ON
happens instead of doing this on interface up only.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch cleanups the at86rf230 driver to use a space instead a tab
after define.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Instead of using the 'magic' number of 0x1f the TRX_STATE_MASK macro is
introduced.
Signed-off-by: Christoffer Holmstedt <christoffer.holmstedt@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Commit 6559a7e829 ("cxgb4: Cleanup macros so they follow the same
style and look consistent") introduced a regression where reading MC1
memory in adapters where MC0 isn't present or MC0 size is not equal to MC1
size caused the adapter to crash due to incorrect computation of memoffset.
Fix is to read the size of MC0 instead of MC1 for offset calculation
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a kdump environment interfaces might be re-loaded without a proper
unload sequence in the previous running kernel.
bnx2x management FW and driver maintains a `pulse' that notifies the FW
that the driver is still up and running.
Driver load on the kdump kernel should be performed only after the pulse
has been out-of-sync long enough for the management FW to identify that
the driver has crashed, on which point it will perform some necessary
cleanup of the HW.
In today's distros kdump loading is quite fast, sometimes too fast for our
FW to get out-of-sync. This patch delays the bnx2x's probe during kdump
to allow a proper re-load on the kdump kernel.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a Kernel Panic in bonding driver debugfs file: rlb_hash_table.
$> modprobe bonding mode=6
$> cat /sys/kernel/debug/bonding/bond0/rlb_hash_table
This will crash the kernel. The struct alb_bond_info is initialized only when
the bonding interface is initialized (ip link set bond0 up) and not at the time
it is allocated. If we try to read the table before that, it'll result in a
kernel panic.
The patch applies against both net and net-next
Signed-off-by: Vishwanath Pai <vpai@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Under heavy Rx load, observed that the Hw is updating the USED bit
and it is not updating the received frame status to the BD control
field. This could be lack of resources for processing the BDs at high
data rates. Driver drops the frame associated with this BD but not
clearing the USED bit. So, this is causing hang condition as Hw
expects USED bit to be cleared for this BD.
Signed-off-by: Punnaiah Choudary Kalluri <punnaia@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit b08cc79155 eliminated memory
allocation in the packet send path:
"hv_netvsc: Eliminate memory allocation in the packet send path
The network protocol used to communicate with the host is the remote ndis (rndis)
protocol. We need to decorate each outgoing packet with a rndis header and
additional rndis state (rndis per-packet state). To manage this state, we
currently allocate memory in the transmit path. Eliminate this allocation by
requesting additional head room in the skb."
This commit introduced a bug since it did not account for the case if the skb
was cloned. Fix this bug.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Tested-by: Dexuan Cui <decui@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Altera TSE MAC rx DMA transfer starts with the 2 additional bytes for IP
payload alignment. This patch fixes tse_rx() function loop which reads DMA
rx status and extracts packet length from it. Status signalises a whole DMA
transfer length, which is 2 bytes longer than the packet itself.
Signed-off-by: Vlastimil Setka <setka@vsis.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By default, the number of tx queues is limited by the number of online cpus
in mlx4_en_get_profile(). However, this limit no longer holds after the
ethtool .set_channels method has been called. In that situation, the driver
may access invalid bits of certain cpumask variables when queue_index >=
nr_cpu_ids.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.de>
Acked-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Fixes: d03a68f ("net/mlx4_en: Configure the XPS queue mapping on driver load")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NLM_F_MULTI must be used only when a NLMSG_DONE message is sent. In fact,
it is sent only at the end of a dump.
Libraries like libnl will wait forever for NLMSG_DONE.
Fixes: e5a55a8987 ("net: create generic bridge ops")
Fixes: 815cccbf10 ("ixgbe: add setlink, getlink support to ixgbe and ixgbevf")
CC: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
CC: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
CC: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com>
CC: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com>
CC: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
CC: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
CC: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
CC: bridge@lists.linux-foundation.org
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the 0x0x prefix in an integer constant.
In this case, while at it, also fix a typo (s/unitcast/unicast/).
Signed-off-by: Antonio Ospite <ao2@ao2.it>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the 0x0x prefix in an integer constant.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Ospite <ao2@ao2.it>
Cc: Jay Cliburn <jcliburn@gmail.com>
Cc: Chris Snook <chris.snook@gmail.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These flags are redundant with dev->features. Remove them.
Just make sure to set dev->features ourselves in bnx2x_set_features()
before performing the reload of the card.
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is simpler to have the TPA mode as one three-state variable.
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If disable_tpa is set, remove NETIF_F_LRO from hw_features, so ethtool sees
it as "off [fixed]".
Note that setting the NETIF_F_LRO bit in dev->features in the 'else'
branch is not needed, because the bit was already set by
bnx2x_init_dev().
Then the check for disable_tpa in in bnx2x_fix_features() becomes unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Introduce netif-msg to netvsc to control debug logging output
and keep msg_enable in netvsc_device_context so that it is
kept persistently.
2. Only call dump_rndis_message() when NETIF_MSG_RX_ERR or above
is specified in netvsc module debug param.
In non-debug mode, in current code, dump_rndis_message() will not
dump anything but it still initialize some local variables and
process the switch logic which is unnecessary, especially in
high network throughput situation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Xiao <sixiao@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some more tidbits left over from the legacy scan removal.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The thermal throttling parameters were constant and hardcoded, not allowing
changes for different NIC families.
Change this so that the values are part of the NIC family configuration and
are not constant (so they can be changed dynamically in the future).
Signed-off-by: Chaya Rachel Ivgi <chaya.rachel.ivgi@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When a firmware restart is done, don't try to reprogram the keys to new
slots but rather just keep the old key index, while skipping keys that
weren't programmed before.
Not only does this restore the state more faithfully, but it will also
allow using the HW key index for internal purposes as an array index.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The generic scan command functions are now irrelevant, since both
sched and regular scans are in the same code. So rename this
functions to dwell and isolate all the dwell-related setting to them.
Keeping the dwell code separate makes it easier to compare the LMAC
and UMAC versions.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Having an LMAC counterpart for the existing UMAC flags function makes
things more consistent and easy to compare and spot the differences.
The flags are the same, but are in different bits, so unfortunately we
can't use a single function for both APIs.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Clean the code a little by moving all the flags into the right
function. Additionally, rename the function, since "common" is now
irrelevant.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When we use an external buffer, it is allocated from the
t DRAM and can be as big as 64MB. This buffer is huge and
might not be needed for the specific issue being chased.
Especially if lots of dumps are going to be created.
Allow to limit the size of the buffer in the configuration.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
qos_seq points (to a struct) inside the command response data.
Make sure to free the response only after qos_seq is not
needed anymore.
type=bugfix
bug=not-tracked
fixes=I78c07110b59dcd389207bd2b168b0a2760839fe0
Change-Id: I619ce2c17e064dc98c7be9abc1e23175fdc8fb9a
Reported-by: Heng Luo <heng.luo@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-on: https://gerrit.rds.intel.com/r/55381
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Tested-by: IWL Jenkins
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
With just a few differences left in the UMAC scan functions now, we
can merge them into one, taking care of the small difference according
to the total number of iterations required.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In theory, LMAC scans can handle a 32-bit delay, but since waiting for
over 18 hours to start the scan is a bit silly and to keep it aligned
with UMAC scans (which only support 16-bit delays), trim it down to
16-bits.
This makes the LMAC vs. UMAC and the UMAC reg scan vs. UMAC sched scan
code more similar.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The last remaining difference between the regular scan and scheduled
scan flows for LMAC is the FW capabilities check for EBS scans.
Merge these checks into a new function and then combine the LMAC scan
functions into a single one.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
As another step towards combining the scan and sched scan functions,
add parameters that tell the scan function how many iterations we want
(i.e. 1 for normal scan, more for scheduled scan) and that set the
full scan multiplier (only meaningful for LMAC).
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The probe request to be added to both LMAC and UMAC scan commands are
identical, so move the generation out of the LMAC/UMAC-specific code.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
To make things clearer, rename the iwl_mvm_scan_calc_params() function
to iwl_mvm_calc_dwell() and make it calculate and fill in only
dwell-related parameters.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Now that both scheduled scan and regular scan SSID populating
functions do the same thing, they can be combined into a single
function.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firmware inverts the order of the SSIDs sent out in probe requests
(for some reason). For regular scans, we've been passing the SSIDs in
the opposite order so they go out in the order we want. With
scheduled scans, we were not doing that, so they were sent out in
reverse order of priority. Fix that by using the reverse order when
populating the SSIDs array for scheduled scans as well.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The only difference in the ssid_bitmap between LMAC and UMAC scans is
that in LMAC bits 1 to 20 are used, while in UMAC bits 0 to 19 are
used (*sigh*). So we can combine the bitmap creation into a single
function and simply shift left if LMAC is used.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Many parameters are common for all scans. Instead of parsing the
cfg80211 scan and sched scan requests differently in each flow, move
the parsing outside of the API/scan-type specific functions. In this
way, we only need to differentiate between scan types once.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Similarly to the regular scan patch, a lot of the UMAC and LMAC sched
scan code is also almost identical. Grab the low hanging fruits by
combining the obvious parts.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
A lot of the UMAC and LMAC scan code is almost identical. Grab the
low hanging fruits by combining the obvious parts.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Usually during HW recovery the state of all active interfaces is cleaned
up during drv_start(). There's a special case where a HW restart is
requested when an interface is going down. In this case the iface-iterator
won't see this interface and we won't clean it. This has bad consequences
once the interface is legitimately brought up again.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Instead of repeating the same code in 4 different places, combine the
comparisons into a new function. Additionally, this change fixes UMAC
scans where the RRM IEs were not taken into consideration when
calculating the IE length.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We have a function (iwl_mvm_scan_size()) that can calculate the scan
size for both UMAC and LMAC scans. Use that function instead of
calculating manually for LMAC scan and sched scan.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We don't support -9.ucode so, all the released firmwares
support scheduled scan properly.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Remove unused struct iwl_scan_offload_req and enum
iwl_scan_offload_flags which are not used anymore. Rename
iwl_scan_offload_schedule to iwl_scan_schedule_lmac to make it clear
that this is for LMAC only. And fix a small typo.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Previously there was a check that compared window->average_tpt
to some value, and if it was different - it set it to that
value. However, this value was already calculated and set in
_rs_collect_tx_data(), so the entire check is unneeded.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This adds support for configuring and retrieving the FW
monitor in MARBH mode.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Net-detect scans were using the same type as sched scan, which was
causing the driver to return -EBUSY and prevent the system from
suspending if there was an ongoing scheduled scan. To avoid this, add
a new type for net-detect and don't stop anything when it is
requested, so that the existing scheduled scan will be resumed when
the system wakes up.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Move all the scan code that was in mac80211.c to scan.c where it
belongs, leaving only the parts that are specific to mac80211 ops.
Change some function definitions slightly to improve consistency.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
All scans are using the unified APIs now, so using "unified" in the
symbols is useless and just make them much longer and the main
difference between scans now is LMAC vs. UMAC. Remove "unified" from
all relevant symbols.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Instead of hardcoding the differences between UMAC scans and LMAC
scans (which in this case is the number of simultaneous scans that can
run), introduce a max_scans variable and stop scans of the other type
(i.e. stop sched scan if regular scan is being attempted and
vice-versa) if the number of running scans reached the maximum.
Add a function that checks if the maximum number of scans was reached
and stops the appropriate scan to make room for the new scan.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If a new scan cannot be run for some reason, we shouldn't cancel other
ongoing scans. Move the checks to before the code that cancels other
scans.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Now that we have separate flags for stopping scans, we don't need to
wait for the scan stopped work to complete before starting the new
scan. Previously we needed it because we had no way of distinguishing
the scan that was being stopped from the scan that was currently
running. With the new flags there won't be any confusions and we are
able to handle the stop for the correct type of scan.
Thus we can remove the iwl_mvm_cancel_scan_wait_notif() function.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
LMAC scans cannot handle more than one scan at a time, but UMAC scans
can. To avoid confusion we should combine the states of these two
types of scans. To do so, we need to support mutliple scans at the
same time for UMAC.
This commit changes the scan_status element from a single value to a
bitmask of running scan types for LMAC. Later, we will modify UMAC
scans to use the same state bitmask.
Additionally, add stopping scan flags for scheduled and regular scans.
This makes it easier to differentiate and handle stop requests
triggered by the driver and spontaneous stops generated by the
firmware.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In some cases, max_out_time value is smaller than 200 and having the
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY flag was actually causing the
max_out_time to be increased. To avoid that, set max_out_time to 200
only if it's greater than 200.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add scan parameters information to make it easier to debug scan dwell
times and fragmentation.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
last_txrate_idx isn't used anymore and can be dropped as this info
exists already somewhere else.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Same code appear a few lines later while the position has
no effect on the actual flow.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When user space requests mac80211 to transmit a frame off
channel, mac80211 notifies the driver, and the driver requests
a time event from the ucode, and then transmits the frame.
When the driver requests a time event, it can specify what is the allowed
max delay for starting the time event.
When the max delay is too big, this can cause a timeout in the user space,
that is waiting for the frame to be transmitted.
Currently the max delay is extremely long.
Reduce the max delay for the AUX ROC time event that is sent to the ucode.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Firmware "board" file name has changed from wil6210.board
to wil6210.brd by the FW generation tools.
Reflect this in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
cfg80211_ops.stop_ap supposed to have interface carried turned off as
post condition. Fulfill this requirement.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Trace where wil6210_disconnect() is called from.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
refactor module parameter debug_fw to act as "fw debug mode",
where driver do nothing but allow card memory access.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
During firmware restart, the quota command isn't calculated multiple
times, but after the firmware restart it has to be sent, so force it.
Otherwise the firmware crashes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
I forgot to rename the CPTCFG_ prefix...
Fixes: 484b3d13b4 ("iwlwifi: mvm: add debugfs entry with the number of net-detect scans")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Our device needs two different firmwares: the INIT firmware
and the operational (OPER) firmware. The first one is run
when the driver loads and it returns calibrations results
as well as the NVM. The second one implements the WiFi
protocol.
If the wlan interface is not brought up, the device is put
to low power state: no firmware will be running. When the
interface is brought up, we would run the OPER firmware
only and reuse the results of the run of the INIT firmware
when the driver was loaded. This is changing with this
patch.
We now run the INIT firmware every time mac80211 calls
start(). The penalty for that is minimal since the INIT
firwmare run fast. I now also avoid to power down the device
between the INIT and OPER firmware on certains buses.
The motivation for this change is that there are components
on the device (MFUART) that are triggered by the INIT
firmware and need the device to be powered up in order to
keep running. Powering the device down between the INIT and
OPER firmware would stop these components and prevent them
from running again since they are triggered by the INIT
firmware only.
The new flow allows this and also allows to trigger these
components again when the interface is brought up after
it has been brought down.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Major changes in ath10k:
* enable channel 144 on 5 GHz
* enable Adaptive Noise Immunity (ANI) by default
* add Wake on Wireless LAN (WOW) patterns support
* add basic Tunneled Direct Link Setup (TDLS) support
* add multi-channel support for QCA6174
* enable IBSS RSN support
* enable Bluetooth Coexistance whenever firmware supports it
* add more versatile way to set bitrates used by the firmware
The USB mini-driver in rtlwifi, which is used by rtl8192cu, issues a call to
usb_control_msg() with a timeout value of 0. In some instances where the
interface is shutting down, this infinite wait results in a CPU deadlock. A
one second timeout fixes this problem without affecting any normal operations.
This bug is reported at https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=927786.
Reported-by: Bernhard Wiedemann <bwiedemann@suse.com>
Tested-by: Bernhard Wiedemann <bwiedemann@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: Bernhard Wiedemann <bwiedemann@suse.com>
Cc: Takashi Iwai<tiwai@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Currently when interface type is MAC to Phy, netif_carrier_(on/off)
is called which is not needed as Phy lib already updates the carrier
status to net stack. This is needed only for other interface types
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) mlx4 doesn't check fully for supported valid RSS hash function, fix
from Amir Vadai
2) Off by one in ibmveth_change_mtu(), from David Gibson
3) Prevent altera chip from reporting false error interrupts in some
circumstances, from Chee Nouk Phoon
4) Get rid of that stupid endless loop trying to allocate a FIN packet
in TCP, and in the process kill deadlocks. From Eric Dumazet
5) Fix get_rps_cpus() crash due to wrong invalid-cpu value, also from
Eric Dumazet
6) Fix two bugs in async rhashtable resizing, from Thomas Graf
7) Fix topology server listener socket namespace bug in TIPC, from Ying
Xue
8) Add some missing HAS_DMA kconfig dependencies, from Geert
Uytterhoeven
9) bgmac driver intends to force re-polling but does so by returning
the wrong value from it's ->poll() handler. Fix from Rafał Miłecki
10) When the creater of an rhashtable configures a max size for it,
don't bark in the logs and drop insertions when that is exceeded.
Fix from Johannes Berg
11) Recover from out of order packets in ppp mppe properly, from Sylvain
Rochet
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (41 commits)
bnx2x: really disable TPA if 'disable_tpa' option is set
net:treewide: Fix typo in drivers/net
net/mlx4_en: Prevent setting invalid RSS hash function
mdio-mux-gpio: use new gpiod_get_array and gpiod_put_array functions
netfilter; Add some missing default cases to switch statements in nft_reject.
ppp: mppe: discard late packet in stateless mode
ppp: mppe: sanity error path rework
net/bonding: Make DRV macros private
net: rfs: fix crash in get_rps_cpus()
altera tse: add support for fixed-links.
pxa168: fix double deallocation of managed resources
net: fix crash in build_skb()
net: eth: altera: Resolve false errors from MSGDMA to TSE
ehea: Fix memory hook reference counting crashes
net/tg3: Release IRQs on permanent error
net: mdio-gpio: support access that may sleep
inet: fix possible panic in reqsk_queue_unlink()
rhashtable: don't attempt to grow when at max_size
bgmac: fix requests for extra polling calls from NAPI
tcp: avoid looping in tcp_send_fin()
...
bnx2x's 'disable_tpa=1' module option is not respected properly and TPA
(transparent packet aggregation) remains enabled. Even though the
module option causes LRO to be disabled, TPA is enabled in GRO mode.
Additionally, disabling GRO via ethtool then has no effect. One can
still observe tpa_* statistics increase and large packets being received
in tcpdump.
The bug was an unintended consequence of commit aebf6244cd "bnx2x: Be
more forgiving toward SW GRO".
Fix it by following the bp->disable_tpa flag when initializing fp's.
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx4_en_check_rxfh_func() was checking for hardware support before
setting a known RSS hash function, but didn't do any check before
setting unknown RSS hash function. Need to make it fail on such values.
In this occasion, moved the actual setting of the new value from the
check function into mlx4_en_set_rxfh().
Fixes: 947cbb0 ("net/mlx4_en: Support for configurable RSS hash function")
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the new gpiod_get_array and gpiod_put_array functions
(added to mainline in the v4.1 merge window) for obtaining and
disposing of GPIO descriptors.
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Rojhalat Ibrahim <imr@rtschenk.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Until now only a single fixed tx rate or nss was
allowed to be set.
The patch attempts to improve this by allowing
most bitrate masks. The limitation is VHT MCS
rates cannot be expressed separately using
existing firmware interfaces and only the
following VHT MCS ranges are supported: none, 0-7,
0-8, and 0-9.
This keeps the old behaviour when requesting
single tx rate or single nss. The new bitrate mask
logic is only applied to other cases that would
return -EINVAL until now.
Depending on firmware revisions some combinations
may crash firmware so use with care, please.
This depends on "ath10k: don't use reassoc flag".
Without it key cache would effectively be
invalidated upon bitrate change leading to
communication being no longer possible.
These work:
iw wlan0 set bitrates legacy-5 6 12 ht-mcs-5 1 2 3
iw wlan0 set bitrates legacy-5 ht-mcs-5 7 8 9
iw wlan0 set bitrates legacy-5 24 ht-mcs-5 vht-mcs-5 1:0-9
These won't work:
iw wlan0 set bitrates legacy-5 ht-mcs-5 vht-mcs-5 1:0-5
iw wlan0 set bitrates vht-mcs-5 2:7-9
(note the invalid VHT MCS ranges)
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When PPP is used over a link which does not guarantee packet ordering,
we might get late MPPE packets. This is a problem because MPPE must be
kept synchronized and the current implementation does not drop them and
rekey 4095 times instead of 0, which is wrong.
In order to prevent rekeying about a whole count space times (~ 4095
times), drop packets which are not within the forward 4096/2 window and
increase sanity error counter.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Rochet <sylvain.rochet@finsecur.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are going to need sanity error path a little further, rework to be
able to use the sanity error path anywhere in decompressor.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Rochet <sylvain.rochet@finsecur.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bonding modules currently defines four macros with
general names that pollute the global namespace:
DRV_VERSION
DRV_RELDATE
DRV_NAME
DRV_DESCRIPTION
Fixing that by defining a private bonding_priv.h
header files which includes those defines.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull fourth vfs update from Al Viro:
"d_inode() annotations from David Howells (sat in for-next since before
the beginning of merge window) + four assorted fixes"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
RCU pathwalk breakage when running into a symlink overmounting something
fix I_DIO_WAKEUP definition
direct-io: only inc/dec inode->i_dio_count for file systems
fs/9p: fix readdir()
VFS: assorted d_backing_inode() annotations
VFS: fs/inode.c helpers: d_inode() annotations
VFS: fs/cachefiles: d_backing_inode() annotations
VFS: fs library helpers: d_inode() annotations
VFS: assorted weird filesystems: d_inode() annotations
VFS: normal filesystems (and lustre): d_inode() annotations
VFS: security/: d_inode() annotations
VFS: security/: d_backing_inode() annotations
VFS: net/: d_inode() annotations
VFS: net/unix: d_backing_inode() annotations
VFS: kernel/: d_inode() annotations
VFS: audit: d_backing_inode() annotations
VFS: Fix up some ->d_inode accesses in the chelsio driver
VFS: Cachefiles should perform fs modifications on the top layer only
VFS: AF_UNIX sockets should call mknod on the top layer only
Add support for fixed-links in configurations without PHY.
(e.g. connection to a switch, SGMII point to point, SFPs)
Check: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fixed-link.txt.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Oetken <ennoerlangen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 43d3ddf87a ("net: pxa168_eth: add device tree support") starts
to use managed resources by adding devm_clk_get() and
devm_ioremap_resource(), but it leaves explicit iounmap() and clock_put()
in pxa168_eth_remove() and in failure handling code of pxa168_eth_probe().
As a result double free can happen.
The patch removes explicit resource deallocation. Also it converts
clk_disable() to clk_disable_unprepare() to make it symmetrical with
clk_prepare_enable().
Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch resolves false errors from MSGDMA in TX mSGDMA MM to ST
mode, and is a continuation of the patch recently submitted by Andrea
Oetken. The MSGDMA had a logic bug that masked detection of this issue
prior to Quartus 14.1/Build 164. When the MSGDMA logic bug was addressed
in Quartus 14.1/Build 164, the driver problem was exposed.
The problem is corrected by making sure MSGDMA_DESC_CTL_TR_ERR_IRQ is not
set for any of the transmit DMA descriptors, and only used for receive
descriptors.
Fixes: 71cd26e altera tse: Error-Bit on tx-avalon-stream always set.
Signed-off-by: Chee Nouk Phoon <cnphoon@altera.com>
Signed-off-by: Vince Bridgers <vbridger@opensource.altera.com>a
Cc: Andreas Oetken <ennoerlangen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The recent commit to only register the EHEA memory hotplug hooks on
adapter probe has a few problems.
Firstly the reference counting is wrong for multiple adapters, in that
the hooks are registered multiple times. Secondly the check in the tear
down path is backward. Finally the error path doesn't decrement the
count.
The multiple registration of the hooks is the biggest problem, as it
leads to oopses when the system is rebooted, and/or errors during memory
hotplug, eg:
$ ./mem-on-off-test.sh -r 2
...
ehea: memory is going offline
ehea: LPAR memory changed - re-initializing driver
ehea: re-initializing driver complete
ehea: memory is going offline
ehea: LPAR memory changed - re-initializing driver
ehea: opcode=26c ret=fffffffffffffffc arg1=8000000003000003 arg2=0 arg3=700000060000d600 arg4=3fded0000 arg5=200 arg6=0 arg7=0
ehea: register_rpage_mr failed
ehea: registering mr failed
ehea: register MR failed - driver inoperable!
ehea: memory is going offline
Fixes: aa18332331 ("ehea: Register memory hotplug, reboot and crash hooks on adapter probe")
Signed-off-by: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When having permanent EEH error, the PCI device will be removed
from the system. For this case, we shouldn't set pcierr_recovery
to true wrongly, which blocks the driver to release the allocated
interrupts and their handlers. Eventually, we can't disable MSI
or MSIx successfully because of the MSI or MSIx interrupts still
have associated interrupt actions, which is turned into following
stack dump.
Oops: Exception in kernel mode, sig: 5 [#1]
:
[c0000000003b76a8] .free_msi_irqs+0x80/0x1a0 (unreliable)
[c00000000039f388] .pci_remove_bus_device+0x98/0x110
[c0000000000790f4] .pcibios_remove_pci_devices+0x9c/0x128
[c000000000077b98] .handle_eeh_events+0x2d8/0x4b0
[c0000000000782d0] .eeh_event_handler+0x130/0x1c0
[c000000000022bd4] .kernel_thread+0x54/0x70
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some systems using mdio-gpio may use gpio on message based busses, which
require sleeping (e.g. gpio from an I2C I/O expander).
Since this driver does not use IRQ handler, it is safe to use the
_cansleep suffixed gpio accessors.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After d75b1ade56 ("net: less interrupt masking in NAPI") polling
function has to return whole budget when it wants NAPI to call it again.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Fixes: eb64e2923a ("bgmac: leave interrupts disabled as long as there is work to do")
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will allow mac80211 to forbid sleeping from the
event_callback callback.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This support is essentially useless as typically networks are encrypted,
frames will be filtered by hardware, and rate scaling will be done with
the intended recipient in mind. For real monitoring of the network, the
monitor mode support should be used instead.
Removing it removes a lot of corner cases.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This driver already uses ioremap_wc() on the same range
so when write-combining is available that will be used
instead.
Cc: Hyong-Youb Kim <hykim@myri.com>
Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Cc: Suresh Siddha <sbsiddha@gmail.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Cc: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Cc: Antonino Daplas <adaplas@gmail.com>
Cc: Jean-Christophe Plagniol-Villard <plagnioj@jcrosoft.com>
Cc: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If NO_DMA=y:
drivers/built-in.o: In function `grcan_free_dma_buffers':
grcan.c:(.text+0x2d7716): undefined reference to `dma_free_coherent'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `grcan_allocate_dma_buffers':
grcan.c:(.text+0x2d779c): undefined reference to `dma_alloc_coherent'
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If NO_DMA=y:
drivers/built-in.o: In function `arc_emac_tx_clean':
emac_main.c:(.text+0x2decde): undefined reference to `dma_unmap_single'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `arc_emac_rx':
emac_main.c:(.text+0x2dee1c): undefined reference to `dma_unmap_single'
emac_main.c:(.text+0x2dee72): undefined reference to `dma_map_single'
emac_main.c:(.text+0x2dee7e): undefined reference to `dma_mapping_error'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `arc_emac_probe':
(.text+0x2df2ee): undefined reference to `dmam_alloc_coherent'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `arc_emac_open':
emac_main.c:(.text+0x2df6d8): undefined reference to `dma_map_single'
emac_main.c:(.text+0x2df6e4): undefined reference to `dma_mapping_error'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `arc_emac_tx':
emac_main.c:(.text+0x2df9e4): undefined reference to `dma_map_single'
emac_main.c:(.text+0x2df9f0): undefined reference to `dma_mapping_error'
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If NO_DMA=y:
drivers/built-in.o: In function `xgbe_probe':
xgbe-main.c:(.text+0x2def0a): undefined reference to `dma_set_mask'
xgbe-main.c:(.text+0x2def20): undefined reference to `dma_supported'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `xgbe_rx_poll':
xgbe-drv.c:(.text+0x2e0320): undefined reference to `dma_sync_single_for_cpu'
xgbe-drv.c:(.text+0x2e035e): undefined reference to `dma_sync_single_for_cpu'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `xgbe_unmap_rdata':
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e5fe4): undefined reference to `dma_unmap_page'
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e5ffa): undefined reference to `dma_unmap_single'
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e604a): undefined reference to `dma_unmap_page'
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e6084): undefined reference to `dma_unmap_page'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `xgbe_alloc_pages':
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e6156): undefined reference to `dma_map_page'
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e6164): undefined reference to `dma_mapping_error'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `xgbe_free_ring':
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e63d4): undefined reference to `dma_unmap_page'
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e640e): undefined reference to `dma_unmap_page'
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e644a): undefined reference to `dma_free_coherent'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `xgbe_init_ring':
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e64d4): undefined reference to `dma_alloc_coherent'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `xgbe_map_tx_skb':
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e6628): undefined reference to `dma_map_single'
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e6638): undefined reference to `dma_mapping_error'
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e66b2): undefined reference to `dma_map_single'
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e66c2): undefined reference to `dma_mapping_error'
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e6762): undefined reference to `dma_map_page'
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e6772): undefined reference to `dma_mapping_error'
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AFAIK the PAPR document which defines the virtual device interface used by
the ibmveth driver doesn't specify a specific maximum MTU. So, in the
ibmveth driver, the maximum allowed MTU is determined by the maximum
allocated buffer size of 64k (corresponding to one page in the common case)
minus the per-buffer overhead IBMVETH_BUFF_OH (which has value 22 for 14
bytes of ethernet header, plus 8 bytes for an opaque handle).
This suggests a maximum allowable MTU of 65514 bytes, but in fact the
driver only permits a maximum MTU of 65513. This is because there is a <
instead of an <= in ibmveth_change_mtu(), which only permits an MTU which
is strictly smaller than the buffer size, rather than allowing the buffer
to be completely filled.
This patch fixes the buglet.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Acked-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The return value of vxlan_fdb_replace always is greater than or equal to 0
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In 02c958dd3 (net/macb: add TX multiqueue support for gem), the
initialization of tx_head and tx_tail in macb_init_rings() was moved
inside the loop that iterates over each element in the ring. Since
tx_head and tx_tail only need to be assigned once, move them back out of
the loop.
Signed-off-by: Ben Shelton <ben.shelton@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some feature changes, driver employes an inner-reload flow where it
resets the function and re-configures it with the new required set of
parameters.
Such a flow proves fatal to any VF since those were not intended to be used
while HW is being reset underneath, causing them [at best] to lose all
connectivity.
This changes driver behavior to fail all configuration changes [e.g., mtu
change] requested of the driver in case VFs are active.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As always, this tends to be one of our bigger branches. There are lots of
updates this release, but not that many jumps out as something that needs
more detailed coverage. Some of the highlights are:
- DTs for the new Annapurna Labs Alpine platform
- More graphics DT pieces falling into place on Exynos, bridges, clocks.
- Plenty of DT updates for Qualcomm platforms for various IP blocks
- Some churn on Tegra due to switch-over to tool-generated pinctrl data
- Misc fixes and updates for Atmel at91 platforms
- Various DT updates to add IP block support on Broadcom's Cygnus platforms
- More updates for Renesas platforms as DT support is added for various IP
blocks (IPMMU, display, audio, etc).
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJVNzKFAAoJEIwa5zzehBx3JtEP/1g89CW7iZHAUyIiC+jtgqck
ASoplr13DLD0HWjjWITX3zm7J/iY57YjEv14tHH/xmrh5YCCZ+mRLqiD/Plnv0Zv
JdJRRJv/NMnMlu/tA1aBO326JOt2Vw+3YngmYayDpoRzVifx2YTJLbu2difa+6rM
vN6FpOE6U5jkvM16+gqxKxyx0tGIQz9cTn+9q2V1fDS++vZ2VvqfB5pTNul3BKAF
OVCNFJ/EUE9EPMPbmgDjYmNE/POj64kF32n7NBEQz2Z+nwDNxDAecfF356hV7o5g
JsFLNK+4c2QQqBL775xzCf5kK+n/V2cFEpDica+hU70AdWsjdAlUFrbOsWGUJLRi
4Blrv8GRxEKeOCs8AFKYCM+z3zf2ais7JMteD2VW26ywCwpUt+QEZTUVHRHU3NYQ
BMI7uyTGIH2GyLyS+Av3vikza8IbDIwlYuuDpXhCJSXXgKSnbzCrpjkhyGLccBJR
k3qgUwPJVw9hP1qaaNgvb7p9oNhTP2yLl3fQ68WqI7QWIupW0/s12INhzFFgt6zU
Nzcx010ku9yMeMMGtfiNgA3cMln+Ysfs1UIUOMQ36zP1PCtHJkZgwtZzTsBE4A04
KqmiLL/+7qsconEhEanmDzTpeXiNzERnOKSSqVN7Fwp89GEFJLrWpHSXI+8SBTHC
fB54LRTNYdlcoN0QshcT
=wqhB
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'armsoc-dt' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc
Pull ARM DT updates from Olof Johansson:
"As always, this tends to be one of our bigger branches. There are
lots of updates this release, but not that many jumps out as something
that needs more detailed coverage. Some of the highlights are:
- DTs for the new Annapurna Labs Alpine platform
- more graphics DT pieces falling into place on Exynos, bridges,
clocks.
- plenty of DT updates for Qualcomm platforms for various IP blocks
- some churn on Tegra due to switch-over to tool-generated pinctrl
data
- misc fixes and updates for Atmel at91 platforms
- various DT updates to add IP block support on Broadcom's Cygnus
platforms
- more updates for Renesas platforms as DT support is added for
various IP blocks (IPMMU, display, audio, etc)"
* tag 'armsoc-dt' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc: (231 commits)
ARM: dts: alpine: add internal pci
Revert "ARM: dts: mt8135: Add pinctrl/GPIO/EINT node for mt8135."
ARM: mvebu: use 0xf1000000 as internal registers on Armada 370 DB
ARM: dts: qcom: Add idle state device nodes for 8064
ARM: dts: qcom: Add idle states device nodes for 8084
ARM: dts: qcom: Add idle states device nodes for 8974/8074
ARM: dts: qcom: Update power-controller device node for 8064 Krait CPUs
ARM: dts: qcom: Add power-controller device node for 8084 Krait CPUs
ARM: dts: qcom: Add power-controller device node for 8074 Krait CPUs
devicetree: bindings: Document qcom,idle-states
devicetree: bindings: Update qcom,saw2 node bindings
dt-bindings: Add #defines for MSM8916 clocks and resets
arm: dts: qcom: Add LPASS Audio HW to IPQ8064 device tree
arm: dts: qcom: Add APQ8084 chipset SPMI PMIC's nodes
arm: dts: qcom: Add 8x74 chipset SPMI PMIC's nodes
arm: dts: qcom: Add SPMI PMIC Arbiter nodes for APQ8084 and MSM8974
arm: dts: qcom: Add LCC nodes
arm: dts: qcom: Add TCSR support for MSM8960
arm: dts: qcom: Add TCSR support for MSM8660
arm: dts: qcom: Add TCSR support for IPQ8064
...
The driver can clearly enable fast-xmit since it does rate
control in the device and thus must do duration calculation
there as well.
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The driver can clearly enable fast-xmit since it does rate
control in the device and thus must do duration calculation
there as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For hwsim, the duration field in frames is already not valid for
the common case of HT/VHT MCSes, so there's little point in trying
to keep it accurate for the legacy rates. Enable the fast-xmit code
to allow testing that, although given the dependency on hardware
crypto it will only be enabled in open network configurations.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Just a few fixes trickling in at this point.
1) If we see an attached socket on an skb in the ipv4 forwarding path,
bail. This can happen due to races with FIB rule addition, and
deletion, and we should just drop such frames. From Sebastian
Pöhn.
2) pppoe receive should only accept packets destined for this hosts's
MAC address. From Joakim Tjernlund.
3) Handle checksum unwrapping properly in ppp receive properly when
it's encapsulated in UDP in some way, fix from Tom Herbert.
4) Fix some bugs in mv88e6xxx DSA driver resulting from the conversion
from register offset constants to mnenomic macros. From Vivien
Didelot.
5) Fix handling of HCA max message size in mlx4 adapters, from Eran
Ben ELisha"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
net/mlx4_core: Fix reading HCA max message size in mlx4_QUERY_DEV_CAP
tcp: add memory barriers to write space paths
altera tse: Error-Bit on tx-avalon-stream always set.
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: use PORT_DEFAULT_VLAN
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: fix setup of port control 1
ppp: call skb_checksum_complete_unset in ppp_receive_frame
net: add skb_checksum_complete_unset
pppoe: Lacks DST MAC address check
ip_forward: Drop frames with attached skb->sk
Currently we parse max_msg_sz from the wrong offset in QUERY_DEV_CAP,
fix to use the right offset.
Fixes: 0b131561a7 ('net/mlx4_en: Add Flow control statistics [..]')
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During initialization firmware does some sort of
memory switch between DRAM and IRAM. If
configuration value for bank switching isn't
correct device crashes during init.
The new value prevents firmware 11.0.0.302 (and
possibly others) for qca61x4 hw2.1 from crashing
during init.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some devices differ slightly and require different
board files. If wrong board data is used they
crash or behave incorrectly.
These devices can be differentiated by looking at
PCI subsystem device id. That is the case for
qca61x4 devices at least.
The board specific filename is constructed as:
board-<bus>-<id>.bin
For PCI in particular it is:
board-pci-<vendor>:<dev>:<subsys_vendor>:<subsys_dev>.bin
These files are looked in device/hw specific
directories. Hence for Killer 1525 (qca6174 hw2.1)
ath10k will request:
/lib/firmware/ath10k/QCA6174/hw2.1/board-pci-168c:003e:1a56:1525.bin
To not break any existing setups (e.g. in case
some devices in the wild already have subsys ids)
if a board specific file isn't found a generic one
is used which is the one which would be used until
now. This guarantees that after upgrading a driver
device will not suddenly stop working due to
now-missing specific board file. If this is the
case a "fallback" string is appended to the info
string when driver boots.
Keep in mind this is distinct from cal-pci-*.bin
files which contain full calibration data and MAC
address. Cal data is aimed at systems where
calibration data is stored out of band, e.g. on
nand flash instead of device EEPROM - an approach
taken by some AP/router vendors.
Board files are more of a template and needs some
bits to be filled in by the OTP program using
device EEPROM contents.
One could argue to map subsystem ids to some board
design codename strings instead of using raw ids
when building the board filename. Using a mapping
however would make it a lot more cumbersome and
time consuming (due to how patches propagate over
various kernel trees) to add support for some new
device board designs. Adding a board file is a lot
quicker and doesn't require recompilation.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There's no need to implement the same thing twice.
Reduce code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The Error-Bit on the avalon streaming interface of the
tx-dma-channel was always set. In SGMII configurations
this leads to error-symbols on the PCS and packet-rejection
on the receiver side (e.g. SGMII/1000Base-X connected switch).
This only applies to the tse-configuration with MSGDMA.
This issue was detected and fixed on a custom board with
a direct connection to a Marvell switch in SGMII-PHY-Mode.
(incl. custom patches for SGMII-PCS).
According to the datasheet if ff_tx_err (avalon-streaming)
is set it is forwarded to gm_tx_err. As a result the PCS
is forwarding the error by sending a "/V/"-caracter.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Oetken <ennoerlangen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor, use the explicit PORT_DEFAULT_VLAN define instead of 0x07.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mv88e6xxx_setup_port_common was writing to PORT_DEFAULT_VLAN (port
offset 0x07) instead of PORT_CONTROL_1 (port offset 0x05).
Fixes: cca8b13375 ("net: dsa: Use mnemonics rather than register numbers")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call checksum_complete_unset in PPP receive to discard checksum-complete
value. PPP does not pull checksum for headers and also modifies packet
as in VJ compression.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A pppoe session is identified by its session ID and MAC address.
Currently pppoe does not check if the received pkg has the correct
MAC address. This is a problem when the eth I/F is in promisc mode
as then any DST MAC address is accepted.
Signed-off-by: Joakim Tjernlund <joakim.tjernlund@transmode.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
functions, prompted by their mis-use in staging.
With these function removed, all cpu functions should only iterate to
nr_cpu_ids, so we finally only allocate that many bits when cpumasks
are allocated offstack.
Thanks,
Rusty.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=VAgA
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'cpumask-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux
Pull final removal of deprecated cpus_* cpumask functions from Rusty Russell:
"This is the final removal (after several years!) of the obsolete
cpus_* functions, prompted by their mis-use in staging.
With these function removed, all cpu functions should only iterate to
nr_cpu_ids, so we finally only allocate that many bits when cpumasks
are allocated offstack"
* tag 'cpumask-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux: (25 commits)
cpumask: remove __first_cpu / __next_cpu
cpumask: resurrect CPU_MASK_CPU0
linux/cpumask.h: add typechecking to cpumask_test_cpu
cpumask: only allocate nr_cpumask_bits.
Fix weird uses of num_online_cpus().
cpumask: remove deprecated functions.
mips: fix obsolete cpumask_of_cpu usage.
x86: fix more deprecated cpu function usage.
ia64: remove deprecated cpus_ usage.
powerpc: fix deprecated CPU_MASK_CPU0 usage.
CPU_MASK_ALL/CPU_MASK_NONE: remove from deprecated region.
staging/lustre/o2iblnd: Don't use cpus_weight
staging/lustre/libcfs: replace deprecated cpus_ calls with cpumask_
staging/lustre/ptlrpc: Do not use deprecated cpus_* functions
blackfin: fix up obsolete cpu function usage.
parisc: fix up obsolete cpu function usage.
tile: fix up obsolete cpu function usage.
arm64: fix up obsolete cpu function usage.
mips: fix up obsolete cpu function usage.
x86: fix up obsolete cpu function usage.
...
In the case of a DMA mapping error on the last iteration of
the loop of the allocation of memory of the FW monitor we
indeed free the pages, but don't NULL out the page variable
thus allowing for the possibility of setting the FW monitor
variables with invalid data to use.
Fixes: c2d202017d ("iwlwifi: pcie: add firmware monitor capabilities")
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If for some reason statistics notification received from the firmware
reports 0 in average beacon RSSI value, then skip it and avoid signal
based decisions.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Scan iteration complete notification handling uses the wrong FW API
version (version 2 instead of version 3).
Fix that by removing version 2 API which is no longer used, and using
only the updated version.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When the delay paramatere is provided, we need to stop
the collection only after the delay has elapsed.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firmware doesn't relate the scan to a vif. The scan is
run by a separate entity called auxiliary MAC (aka AUX MAC).
This AUX MAC needs to get Tx power limitations that are
not applied on a specific vif, but on the device as a whole.
This can be implemented by using the minimum of all the
values set by the user for all the MACs. But then we need
to ignore the limitations that come from the AP or
regulatory for a specific vif: a specific vif might have
regulatory limitations because of the channel is works on.
This limit is irrelevant for the AUX MAC.
Use the new API from mac80211: the user_power_level in
bss_conf to achieve this.
Firmware -13.ucode has already moved to this API.
Change-Id: Ifba83660f378e91b93bd46d29fe8ba35a7c168a4
Signed-off-by: Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix verifier memory corruption and other bugs in BPF layer, from
Alexei Starovoitov.
2) Add a conservative fix for doing BPF properly in the BPF classifier
of the packet scheduler on ingress. Also from Alexei.
3) The SKB scrubber should not clear out the packet MARK and security
label, from Herbert Xu.
4) Fix oops on rmmod in stmmac driver, from Bryan O'Donoghue.
5) Pause handling is not correct in the stmmac driver because it
doesn't take into consideration the RX and TX fifo sizes. From
Vince Bridgers.
6) Failure path missing unlock in FOU driver, from Wang Cong.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (44 commits)
net: dsa: use DEVICE_ATTR_RW to declare temp1_max
netns: remove BUG_ONs from net_generic()
IB/ipoib: Fix ndo_get_iflink
sfc: Fix memcpy() with const destination compiler warning.
altera tse: Fix network-delays and -retransmissions after high throughput.
net: remove unused 'dev' argument from netif_needs_gso()
act_mirred: Fix bogus header when redirecting from VLAN
inet_diag: fix access to tcp cc information
tcp: tcp_get_info() should fetch socket fields once
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Add missing initialization in mv88e6xxx_set_port_state()
skbuff: Do not scrub skb mark within the same name space
Revert "net: Reset secmark when scrubbing packet"
bpf: fix two bugs in verification logic when accessing 'ctx' pointer
bpf: fix bpf helpers to use skb->mac_header relative offsets
stmmac: Configure Flow Control to work correctly based on rxfifo size
stmmac: Enable unicast pause frame detect in GMAC Register 6
stmmac: Read tx-fifo-depth and rx-fifo-depth from the devicetree
stmmac: Add defines and documentation for enabling flow control
stmmac: Add properties for transmit and receive fifo sizes
stmmac: fix oops on rmmod after assigning ip addr
...
Pull MIPS updates from Ralf Baechle:
"This is the main pull request for MIPS for Linux 4.1. Most
noteworthy:
- Add more Octeon-optimized crypto functions
- Octeon crypto preemption and locking fixes
- Little endian support for Octeon
- Use correct CSR to soft reset Octeons
- Support LEDs on the Octeon-based DSR-1000N
- Fix PCI interrupt mapping for the Octeon-based DSR-1000N
- Mark prom_free_prom_memory() as __init for a number of systems
- Support for Imagination's Pistachio SOC. This includes arch and
CLK bits. I'd like to merge pinctrl bits later
- Improve parallelism of csum_partial for certain pipelines
- Organize DTB files in subdirs like other architectures
- Implement read_sched_clock for all MIPS platforms other than
Octeon
- Massive series of 38 fixes and cleanups for the FPU emulator /
kernel
- Further FPU remulator work to support new features. This sits on a
separate branch which also has been pulled into the 4.1 KVM branch
- Clean up and fixes for the SEAD3 eval board; remove unused file
- Various updates for Netlogic platforms
- A number of small updates for Loongson 3 platforms
- Increase the memory limit for ATH79 platforms to 256MB
- A fair number of fixes and updates for BCM47xx platforms
- Finish the implementation of XPA support
- MIPS FDC support. No, not floppy controller but Fast Debug Channel :)
- Detect the R16000 used in SGI legacy platforms
- Fix Kconfig dependencies for the SSB bus support"
* 'upstream' of git://git.linux-mips.org/pub/scm/ralf/upstream-linus: (265 commits)
MIPS: Makefile: Fix MIPS ASE detection code
MIPS: asm: elf: Set O32 default FPU flags
MIPS: BCM47XX: Fix detecting Microsoft MN-700 & Asus WL500G
MIPS: Kconfig: Disable SMP/CPS for 64-bit
MIPS: Hibernate: flush TLB entries earlier
MIPS: smp-cps: cpu_set FPU mask if FPU present
MIPS: lose_fpu(): Disable FPU when MSA enabled
MIPS: ralink: add missing symbol for RALINK_ILL_ACC
MIPS: ralink: Fix bad config symbol in PCI makefile.
SSB: fix Kconfig dependencies
MIPS: Malta: Detect and fix bad memsize values
Revert "MIPS: Avoid pipeline stalls on some MIPS32R2 cores."
MIPS: Octeon: Delete override of cpu_has_mips_r2_exec_hazard.
MIPS: Fix cpu_has_mips_r2_exec_hazard.
MIPS: kernel: entry.S: Set correct ISA level for mips_ihb
MIPS: asm: spinlock: Fix addiu instruction for R10000_LLSC_WAR case
MIPS: r4kcache: Use correct base register for MIPS R6 cache flushes
MIPS: Kconfig: Fix typo for the r2-to-r6 emulator kernel parameter
MIPS: unaligned: Fix regular load/store instruction emulation for EVA
MIPS: unaligned: Surround load/store macros in do {} while statements
...
drivers/net/ethernet/sfc/selftest.c: In function ‘efx_iterate_state’:
drivers/net/ethernet/sfc/selftest.c:388:9: warning: passing argument 1 of ‘memcpy’ discards ‘const’ qualifier from pointer target type [-Wdiscarded-array-qualifiers]
This is because the msg[] member of struct efx_loopback_payload
is marked as 'const'. Remove that.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix bug which occurs when more than <limit> packets are available during
napi-poll, leading to "delays" and retransmissions on the network.
Check for (count < limit) before checking the get_rx_status in tse_rx-function.
Function get_rx_status is reading from the response-fifo.
If there is currently a response in the fifo,
reading the last byte of the response pops the value from the fifo.
If the limit is checked as second condition
and the limit is reached the fifo is popped but the packet is not processed.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Oetken <ennoerlangen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 04ffcb255f ("net: Add ndo_gso_check") Tom originally
added the 'dev' argument to be able to call ndo_gso_check().
Then later, when generalizing this in commit 5f35227ea3
("net: Generalize ndo_gso_check to ndo_features_check")
Jesse removed the call to ndo_gso_check() in netif_needs_gso()
by calling the new ndo_features_check() in a different place.
This made the 'dev' argument unused.
Remove the unused argument and go back to the code as before.
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When you redirect a VLAN device to any device, you end up with
crap in af_packet on the xmit path because hard_header_len is
not equal to skb->mac_len. So the redirected packet contains
four extra bytes at the start which then gets interpreted as
part of the MAC address.
This patch fixes this by only pushing skb->mac_len. We also
need to fix ifb because it tries to undo the pushing done by
act_mirred.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new 10.2.4 FW support the BT-coex feature with external BT module,
The external BT modules can communicate with it via the GPIO. This patch
check the BT-coex capability of the FW and enable it by default.
Signed-off-by: Yanbo Li <yanbol@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add the FW ATF (Air Time Fairness) service define to keep consistent
with 10.2 FW capability.
Signed-off-by: Yanbo Li <yanbol@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
WLAN survey data provides several informative values on each channels
such as noise, active time, transmit time, and etc.
Regarding the channel activity time data, it is reported from firmware
in different form which is number of cycles instead of time itself.
Hence host driver converts it to time unit by dividing it by clock rate
that is used at baseband MAC.
Using difference clock rate from that actual HW is using will result in
inaccurate survey data. For instance, channel active time can be reported
with bigger than 150ms even though we set Dwell time to 150ms.
Therefore set the clock rate to 88000 (88 MHz) which is ath10k baseband
MAC is using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
With latest additions to the driver it seems
viable to enable support for IBSS-RSN.
It seems to work on QCA988X and 999.999.0.636 but
is a bit slow to exchange RSN keys for some
reason. This may be a firmware quirk or ath10k is
missing something. Nevertheless it makes sense to
finally enable IBSS-RSN in ath10k even if somewhat
handicapped.
QCA6174 firmware doesn't seem to be able to Tx
EAPOL frames at all now (they get stuck in hw
queues for some reason) so it never gets to set
the keys in driver. It's fairly safe to assume that
once this is fixed IBSS-RSN will work with QCA6174
firmware without any additional changes. Hence no
special handling for advertising
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK and
WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN is done now.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some time ago there was a weird issue with AP
using wrong multicast keys and generating
corrupted traffic on 10.1 firmware.
Apparently a very similar problem applies for
IBSS-RSN on 999.999.0.636.
ath10k doesn't have IBSS-RSN enabled yet. This
patch is a prerequisite to support it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Apparently firmware requires both pairwise and
groupwise keys to be installed per-peer for static
WEP in IBSS. This wasn't necessary for AP mode
(and installing both doesn't seem to break AP
mode thus there's no special handling).
Also there seems to be some kind of issue with
mapping tx/rx keys in firmware properly which
resulted in wrong keys being used and broken
communication between devices.
It can be argued the vdev param part is more of a
workaround than a real fix. However I couldn't
figure out how to fix this differently. It works
and isn't super ugly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Firmware actually re-creates peer entry when
reassoc flag is set. This is undesired and could
cause trouble with IBSS crypto-wise. This is also
important for upcomming bitrate mask improvement.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
mac80211 sets static WEP keys as groupwise while
firmware requires them to be installed twice as
both pairwise and groupwise.
Until now these keys were installed once as
pairwise only and, due to that special handling,
needed additional tricks to support 802.1x as
well.
Without this patch in some cases (when AP and
ath10k client use different default tx keys)
multicast communication was broken.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Frames are logged via tracing in two slices:
header and payload, separately. This is done for
performance reasons when one wants to, e.g.
analyse metadata only of frames only.
If for some reason device delivered a frame buffer
which was sized below what 802.11 header implied
tracing logic would blow doing an invalid memory
accesses.
I've hit this problem when running IBSS on QCA988X
with 999.999.0.636 and tracing at the same time.
Fixes: 5ce8e7fdcc ("ath10k: handle ieee80211 header and payload tracing separately")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
If chip_id wasn't recognized clean up code wasn't
executed properly. It would skip freeing memory
causing a leak and irqs causing possibly MSI
warning splats later or even kernel crashes.
Fixes: 1a7fecb766 ("ath10k: reset chip before reading chip_id in probe")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
drivers/net/dsa/mv88e6xxx.c: In function ‘mv88e6xxx_set_port_state’:
drivers/net/dsa/mv88e6xxx.c:905: warning: ‘ret’ may be used uninitialized in this function
If oldstate == state, mv88e6xxx_set_port_state() will return an
uninitialized value. Pre-initialize ret to zero to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Use a single source list of hypercalls, generating other tables
etc. at build time.
- Add a "Xen PV" APIC driver to support >255 VCPUs in PV guests.
- Significant performance improve to guest save/restore/migration.
- scsiback/front save/restore support.
- Infrastructure for multi-page xenbus rings.
- Misc fixes.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVL6OZAAoJEFxbo/MsZsTRs3YH/2AycBHs129DNnc2OLmOklBz
AdD43k+FOfZlv0YU80WmPVmOpGGHGB5Pqkix2KtnvPYmtx3pb/5ikhDwSTWZpqBl
Qq6/RgsRjYZ8VMKqrMTkJMrJWHQYbg8lgsP5810nsFBn/Qdbxms+WBqpMkFVo3b2
rvUZj8QijMJPS3qr55DklVaOlXV4+sTAytTdCiubVnaB/agM2jjRflp/lnJrhtTg
yc4NTrIlD1RsMV/lNh92upBP/pCm6Bs0zQ2H1v3hkdhBBmaO0IVXpSheYhfDOHfo
9v209n137N7X86CGWImFk6m2b+EfiFnLFir07zKSA+iZwkYKn75znSdPfj0KCc0=
=bxTm
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'stable/for-linus-4.1-rc0-tag' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/xen/tip
Pull xen features and fixes from David Vrabel:
- use a single source list of hypercalls, generating other tables etc.
at build time.
- add a "Xen PV" APIC driver to support >255 VCPUs in PV guests.
- significant performance improve to guest save/restore/migration.
- scsiback/front save/restore support.
- infrastructure for multi-page xenbus rings.
- misc fixes.
* tag 'stable/for-linus-4.1-rc0-tag' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/xen/tip:
xen/pci: Try harder to get PXM information for Xen
xenbus_client: Extend interface to support multi-page ring
xen-pciback: also support disabling of bus-mastering and memory-write-invalidate
xen: support suspend/resume in pvscsi frontend
xen: scsiback: add LUN of restored domain
xen-scsiback: define a pr_fmt macro with xen-pvscsi
xen/mce: fix up xen_late_init_mcelog() error handling
xen/privcmd: improve performance of MMAPBATCH_V2
xen: unify foreign GFN map/unmap for auto-xlated physmap guests
x86/xen/apic: WARN with details.
x86/xen: Provide a "Xen PV" APIC driver to support >255 VCPUs
xen/pciback: Don't print scary messages when unsupported by hypervisor.
xen: use generated hypercall symbols in arch/x86/xen/xen-head.S
xen: use generated hypervisor symbols in arch/x86/xen/trace.c
xen: synchronize include/xen/interface/xen.h with xen
xen: build infrastructure for generating hypercall depending symbols
xen: balloon: Use static attribute groups for sysfs entries
xen: pcpu: Use static attribute groups for sysfs entry
- Numerous minor fixes, cleanups etc.
- More EEH work from Gavin to remove its dependency on device_nodes.
- Memory hotplug implemented entirely in the kernel from Nathan Fontenot.
- Removal of redundant CONFIG_PPC_OF by Kevin Hao.
- Rewrite of VPHN parsing logic & tests from Greg Kurz.
- A fix from Nish Aravamudan to reduce memory usage by clamping
nodes_possible_map.
- Support for pstore on powernv from Hari Bathini.
- Removal of old powerpc specific byte swap routines by David Gibson.
- Fix from Vasant Hegde to prevent the flash driver telling you it was flashing
your firmware when it wasn't.
- Patch from Ben Herrenschmidt to add an OPAL heartbeat driver.
- Fix for an oops causing get/put_cpu_var() imbalance in perf by Jan Stancek.
- Some fixes for migration from Tyrel Datwyler.
- A new syscall to switch the cpu endian by Michael Ellerman.
- Large series from Wei Yang to implement SRIOV, reviewed and acked by Bjorn.
- A fix for the OPAL sensor driver from Cédric Le Goater.
- Fixes to get STRICT_MM_TYPECHECKS building again by Michael Ellerman.
- Large series from Daniel Axtens to make our PCI hooks per PHB rather than per
machine.
- Small patch from Sam Bobroff to explicitly abort non-suspended transactions
on syscalls, plus a test to exercise it.
- Numerous reworks and fixes for the 24x7 PMU from Sukadev Bhattiprolu.
- Small patch to enable the hard lockup detector from Anton Blanchard.
- Fix from Dave Olson for missing L2 cache information on some CPUs.
- Some fixes from Michael Ellerman to get Cell machines booting again.
- Freescale updates from Scott: Highlights include BMan device tree nodes, an
MSI erratum workaround, a couple minor performance improvements, config
updates, and misc fixes/cleanup.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=03Yh
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'powerpc-4.1-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mpe/linux
Pull powerpc updates from Michael Ellerman:
- Numerous minor fixes, cleanups etc.
- More EEH work from Gavin to remove its dependency on device_nodes.
- Memory hotplug implemented entirely in the kernel from Nathan
Fontenot.
- Removal of redundant CONFIG_PPC_OF by Kevin Hao.
- Rewrite of VPHN parsing logic & tests from Greg Kurz.
- A fix from Nish Aravamudan to reduce memory usage by clamping
nodes_possible_map.
- Support for pstore on powernv from Hari Bathini.
- Removal of old powerpc specific byte swap routines by David Gibson.
- Fix from Vasant Hegde to prevent the flash driver telling you it was
flashing your firmware when it wasn't.
- Patch from Ben Herrenschmidt to add an OPAL heartbeat driver.
- Fix for an oops causing get/put_cpu_var() imbalance in perf by Jan
Stancek.
- Some fixes for migration from Tyrel Datwyler.
- A new syscall to switch the cpu endian by Michael Ellerman.
- Large series from Wei Yang to implement SRIOV, reviewed and acked by
Bjorn.
- A fix for the OPAL sensor driver from Cédric Le Goater.
- Fixes to get STRICT_MM_TYPECHECKS building again by Michael Ellerman.
- Large series from Daniel Axtens to make our PCI hooks per PHB rather
than per machine.
- Small patch from Sam Bobroff to explicitly abort non-suspended
transactions on syscalls, plus a test to exercise it.
- Numerous reworks and fixes for the 24x7 PMU from Sukadev Bhattiprolu.
- Small patch to enable the hard lockup detector from Anton Blanchard.
- Fix from Dave Olson for missing L2 cache information on some CPUs.
- Some fixes from Michael Ellerman to get Cell machines booting again.
- Freescale updates from Scott: Highlights include BMan device tree
nodes, an MSI erratum workaround, a couple minor performance
improvements, config updates, and misc fixes/cleanup.
* tag 'powerpc-4.1-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mpe/linux: (196 commits)
powerpc/powermac: Fix build error seen with powermac smp builds
powerpc/pseries: Fix compile of memory hotplug without CONFIG_MEMORY_HOTREMOVE
powerpc: Remove PPC32 code from pseries specific find_and_init_phbs()
powerpc/cell: Fix iommu breakage caused by controller_ops change
powerpc/eeh: Fix crash in eeh_add_device_early() on Cell
powerpc/perf: Cap 64bit userspace backtraces to PERF_MAX_STACK_DEPTH
powerpc/perf/hv-24x7: Fail 24x7 initcall if create_events_from_catalog() fails
powerpc/pseries: Correct memory hotplug locking
powerpc: Fix missing L2 cache size in /sys/devices/system/cpu
powerpc: Add ppc64 hard lockup detector support
oprofile: Disable oprofile NMI timer on ppc64
powerpc/perf/hv-24x7: Add missing put_cpu_var()
powerpc/perf/hv-24x7: Break up single_24x7_request
powerpc/perf/hv-24x7: Define update_event_count()
powerpc/perf/hv-24x7: Whitespace cleanup
powerpc/perf/hv-24x7: Define add_event_to_24x7_request()
powerpc/perf/hv-24x7: Rename hv_24x7_event_update
powerpc/perf/hv-24x7: Move debug prints to separate function
powerpc/perf/hv-24x7: Drop event_24x7_request()
powerpc/perf/hv-24x7: Use pr_devel() to log message
...
Conflicts:
tools/testing/selftests/powerpc/Makefile
tools/testing/selftests/powerpc/tm/Makefile
Configure flow control correctly, and based on the receive fifo size read
as a property from the devicetree since the Synopsys stmmac fifo sizes are
configurable based on a particular chip's implementation. This patch maintains
the previous incorrect behavior unless the receive fifo size is found in the
devicetree.
Signed-off-by: Vince Bridgers <vbridger@opensource.altera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unicast pause frame detect was not being enabled for the Synopsys stmmac. This
patch sets Unicast pause frame detect in MAC register 6 so that pause frame
detection by the stmmac conforms to IEEE 802.3, Annex 31B.3.3 Receive
Operation - Specifically, a MAC shall respond to pause frames containing
either the reserved multicast address or the unique physical address
associated with this station.
Signed-off-by: Vince Bridgers <vbridger@opensource.altera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Read the tx-fifo-depth and rx-fifo-depth from the devicetree. The Synopsys
stmmac controller fifos are configurable per product instance, and the fifo
sizes are needed to configure certain features correctly such as flow control.
Signed-off-by: Vince Bridgers <vbridger@opensource.altera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add defines and documentation for enabling flow control on the stmmac. Flow
control was not implemented correctly on the stmmac driver and is currently
non-functional as a result. This is the first in a series of small patches
to correctly implement this feature.
Signed-off-by: Vince Bridgers <vbridger@opensource.altera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An oops exists in the flow of stmmac_release().
phy_ethtool_get_wol() depends on phydev->drv.
phydev->drv will be null after stmmac_mdio_unreg() completes.
Steps to reproduce on Quark X1000:
1. ifconfig eth0 192.168.0.1
2. rmmod stmmac_pci
To fix this stmmac_mdio_unreg() should be run after unregister_netdev().
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <pure.logic@nexus-software.ie>
Reported-by: Dan O'Donovan <dan.odonovan@emutex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A duplicate declaration of 'ret' can result in hiding an error code.
Drop it.
Fixes: 17ee3e04dd ("net: dsa: Provide additional RMON statistics")
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove including <linux/version.h> that don't need it.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return -EINVAL from the invalid PCI region size error
handling case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
set_filter_wr is requesting __GFP_NOFAIL allocation although it can return
ENOMEM without any problems obviously (t4_l2t_set_switching does that
already). So the non-failing requirement is too strong without any
obvious reason. Drop __GFP_NOFAIL and reorganize the code to have the
failure paths easier.
The same applies to _c4iw_write_mem_dma_aligned which uses __GFP_NOFAIL
and then checks the return value and returns -ENOMEM on failure. This
doesn't make any sense what so ever. Either the allocation cannot fail or
it can.
del_filter_wr seems to be safe as well because the filter entry is not
marked as pending and the return value is propagated up the stack up to
c4iw_destroy_listen.
Signed-off-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>
Cc: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Cc: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-04-14
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Mitch provides a fix for i40e, where VFs were gone and the associated
VSI's had been removed and the rings were not stopped, which in some
circumstances cased memory corruption or DMAR errors. So stop all the
rings associated with each VF before releasing its resources. Also
cleaned up a poorly indented piece of code. Fixes VF link state, where
VF devices were assuming link is up unless told otherwise, which means
that VFs instantiated on a PF with no link, would report the wrong state.
Anjali adds support to add Flow director Sideband rules for a VF from it's
PF. Fixes a recently discovered hardware issue, where after a VFLR
hardware might be indicating to us a reset completion little too early, so
wait another 10 msec for cache to be cleaned up.
Jesse enables the user to dump the internal hardware state for better
debugging by allowing a bash script to acquire information about the
internal hardware state. The data output to the kernel log is collected
by the script and can then be sent to Intel. Also fixed a possible
failure path to allocate memory that was found by smatch. Cleaned up
unused local variables.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 9a2620c877 ("bnx2x: prevent WARN during driver unload")
switched the napi/busy_lock locking mechanism from spin_lock() into
spin_lock_bh(), breaking inter-operability with netconsole, as netpoll
disables interrupts prior to calling our napi mechanism.
This switches the driver into using atomic assignments instead of the
spinlock mechanisms previously employed.
Based on initial patch from Yuval Mintz & Ariel Elior
I basically added softirq starvation avoidance, and mixture
of atomic operations, plain writes and barriers.
Note this slightly reduces the overhead for this driver when no
busy_poll sockets are in use.
Fixes: 9a2620c877 ("bnx2x: prevent WARN during driver unload")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code sets the expiry value of the timer to a relative value and
starts it with hrtimer_start_expires. That's fine, but that only works
once. The timer is started in relative mode, so the expiry value gets
overwritten with the absolut expiry time (now + expiry).
So once the timer expired, a new call to hrtimer_start_expires results
in an immidiately expired timer, because the expiry value is
already in the past.
Use the proper mechanisms to (re)start the timer in the intended way.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: dingtianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Zhangfei Gao <zhangfei.gao@linaro.org>
Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Ding Tianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull second vfs update from Al Viro:
"Now that net-next went in... Here's the next big chunk - killing
->aio_read() and ->aio_write().
There'll be one more pile today (direct_IO changes and
generic_write_checks() cleanups/fixes), but I'd prefer to keep that
one separate"
* 'for-linus-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (37 commits)
->aio_read and ->aio_write removed
pcm: another weird API abuse
infinibad: weird APIs switched to ->write_iter()
kill do_sync_read/do_sync_write
fuse: use iov_iter_get_pages() for non-splice path
fuse: switch to ->read_iter/->write_iter
switch drivers/char/mem.c to ->read_iter/->write_iter
make new_sync_{read,write}() static
coredump: accept any write method
switch /dev/loop to vfs_iter_write()
serial2002: switch to __vfs_read/__vfs_write
ashmem: use __vfs_read()
export __vfs_read()
autofs: switch to __vfs_write()
new helper: __vfs_write()
switch hugetlbfs to ->read_iter()
coda: switch to ->read_iter/->write_iter
ncpfs: switch to ->read_iter/->write_iter
net/9p: remove (now-)unused helpers
p9_client_attach(): set fid->uid correctly
...
If CONFIG_ARCH_DMA_ADDR_T_64BIT enabled for x86 systems and physical
memory is more than 4GB, dma_map_page may return a valid memory
address which greater than 0xffffffff. As a result, the mlx5 device page
allocator RB tree will be initialized with valid addresses greater than
0xfffffff.
However, (addr & PAGE_MASK) set the high four bytes to zeros. So, it's
impossible for the function, free_4k, to release the pages whose
addresses greater than 4GB. Memory leaks. And mlx5_ib module can't
release the pages when user try to remove the module, as a result,
system hang.
[root@rdma05 root]# dmesg | grep addr | head
addr = 3fe384000
addr & PAGE_MASK = fe384000
[root@rdma05 root]# rmmod mlx5_ib <---- hang on
---------------------- cosnole log -----------------
mlx5_ib 0000:04:00.0: irq 138 for MSI/MSI-X
alloc irq_desc for 139 on node -1
alloc kstat_irqs on node -1
mlx5_ib 0000:04:00.0: irq 139 for MSI/MSI-X
0000:04:00.0:free_4k:221:(pid 1519): page not found
0000:04:00.0:free_4k:221:(pid 1519): page not found
0000:04:00.0:free_4k:221:(pid 1519): page not found
0000:04:00.0:free_4k:221:(pid 1519): page not found
---------------------- cosnole log -----------------
Fixes: bf0bf77f65 ('mlx5: Support communicating arbitrary host page size to firmware')
Signed-off-by: Honggang Li <honli@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Return the admin alias GUID value upon a GET request via HOST. We do this so
that the GUID value requested by the admin is returned even if the SM has not
yet approved this GUID (e.g. the SM is down).
Note that this does not create a problem, since the virtual port will remain
down until the SM does ACK the requested GUID value.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
There might be cases that PF doesn't get a "reset" command upon slave down
(e.g. virsh destroy). In these cases, however, an FLR event is issued.
Therefore, when the PF receives an FLR event for a slave, it should also
generate a shutdown event on the PF for that slave, to let the PF upper
layers (mlx4_ib, eth) perform any required cleanup/actions associated
with slave shutdown.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
To have out of the box experience, the PF generates random GUIDs who
serve as the initial admin values.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Manages alias GUIDs per VF per port in the core layer.
This is a pre-step for managing alias GUIDs in a mode that the admin
GUID is returned via ib_query_gid() regardless of whether the SM
has approved it or not.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Fix up some ->d_inode accesses in the chelsio driver.
(1) FILE_DATA() should just be replaced with file_inode().
(2) set_debugfs_file_size() should be removed and debugfs_create_file_size()
should be used to create the file.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Add BQL support to via-rhine, from Tino Reichardt.
2) Integrate SWITCHDEV layer support into the DSA layer, so DSA drivers
can support hw switch offloading. From Floria Fainelli.
3) Allow 'ip address' commands to initiate multicast group join/leave,
from Madhu Challa.
4) Many ipv4 FIB lookup optimizations from Alexander Duyck.
5) Support EBPF in cls_bpf classifier and act_bpf action, from Daniel
Borkmann.
6) Remove the ugly compat support in ARP for ugly layers like ax25,
rose, etc. And use this to clean up the neigh layer, then use it to
implement MPLS support. All from Eric Biederman.
7) Support L3 forwarding offloading in switches, from Scott Feldman.
8) Collapse the LOCAL and MAIN ipv4 FIB tables when possible, to speed
up route lookups even further. From Alexander Duyck.
9) Many improvements and bug fixes to the rhashtable implementation,
from Herbert Xu and Thomas Graf. In particular, in the case where
an rhashtable user bulk adds a large number of items into an empty
table, we expand the table much more sanely.
10) Don't make the tcp_metrics hash table per-namespace, from Eric
Biederman.
11) Extend EBPF to access SKB fields, from Alexei Starovoitov.
12) Split out new connection request sockets so that they can be
established in the main hash table. Much less false sharing since
hash lookups go direct to the request sockets instead of having to
go first to the listener then to the request socks hashed
underneath. From Eric Dumazet.
13) Add async I/O support for crytpo AF_ALG sockets, from Tadeusz Struk.
14) Support stable privacy address generation for RFC7217 in IPV6. From
Hannes Frederic Sowa.
15) Hash network namespace into IP frag IDs, also from Hannes Frederic
Sowa.
16) Convert PTP get/set methods to use 64-bit time, from Richard
Cochran.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1816 commits)
fm10k: Bump driver version to 0.15.2
fm10k: corrected VF multicast update
fm10k: mbx_update_max_size does not drop all oversized messages
fm10k: reset head instead of calling update_max_size
fm10k: renamed mbx_tx_dropped to mbx_tx_oversized
fm10k: update xcast mode before synchronizing multicast addresses
fm10k: start service timer on probe
fm10k: fix function header comment
fm10k: comment next_vf_mbx flow
fm10k: don't handle mailbox events in iov_event path and always process mailbox
fm10k: use separate workqueue for fm10k driver
fm10k: Set PF queues to unlimited bandwidth during virtualization
fm10k: expose tx_timeout_count as an ethtool stat
fm10k: only increment tx_timeout_count in Tx hang path
fm10k: remove extraneous "Reset interface" message
fm10k: separate PF only stats so that VF does not display them
fm10k: use hw->mac.max_queues for stats
fm10k: only show actual queues, not the maximum in hardware
fm10k: allow creation of VLAN on default vid
fm10k: fix unused warnings
...
Japan's W53 band requires 50% data traffic during its DFS test,
but WLAN baseband used by ath9k and ath10k is not able to achieve
current threshold rate, 50%, under the data traffic rate.
In other words, HW occasionally fails detecting radar pulses,
so that SW cannot get enough radar reports to achieve the rate.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Separate Japan's DFS pattern from FCC to control PPB threshold.
Currently all the radar detectors use the same threshold rate at
50%, but it's not able to achieve if data traffic rate is higher
than 40% because WLAN baseband used by ath9k and ath10k often fails
detecting radar pulses, so that SW cannot get enough radar reports
to achieve the rate.
Since Japan's W53 band requires 50% data traffic during its DFS
test we need to apply different threshold rate than others on it.
Hence define its own pattern to give flexibility to threshold rate.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This improves chances of getting onto a foreign
channel and thus makes P2P a bit more reliable.
Without scan burst it was possible for firmware to
not switch to foreign channel resulting in "failed
to switch to channel for roc scan" warning. This
would also effectively fail some offchan tx
requests and lead to P2P find/connect taking
longer. This could be observed when other vifs
were running/busy, e.g. with P2P GO.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is not guaranteed firmware will switch to
foreign channel immediately after starting scan
sequence. To account for that don't use duration
parameter for scan time. Instead request insanely
long scan and use timeout worker to cancel it from
driver.
This should improve P2P reliability a bit.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add support for new FCC DFS rules released on August 14, 2014.
FCC has added a new radar type named Radar Type 1 and original
Radar Type 1 is renamed to Radar Type 0 in consequence.
During the certificate test, Type 1 PRI values are randomly selected
within the range of 518 and 3066 and we divide it to 3 groups based on
practical test result data collected for more than a year.
For about Radar type ID, it does nothing to functionalities.
In other words, even if we re-order the IDs, DFS detection will
work as well, but we give the ID with matching to FCC doc.
By adding this support, the drivers using this DFS function are
able to support both of old and new FCC DFS rules simultaneously
without any other changes.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Originally Xen PV drivers only use single-page ring to pass along
information. This might limit the throughput between frontend and
backend.
The patch extends Xenbus driver to support multi-page ring, which in
general should improve throughput if ring is the bottleneck. Changes to
various frontend / backend to adapt to the new interface are also
included.
Affected Xen drivers:
* blkfront/back
* netfront/back
* pcifront/back
* scsifront/back
* vtpmfront
The interface is documented, as before, in xenbus_client.c.
Signed-off-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Liu <bob.liu@oracle.com>
Cc: Konrad Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Cc: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Bump.
Change-ID: Id14baae72332d0f1a9bc5d351ea1a85cb0295ec3
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The kernel has added SPEED_40000 for ethtool.
Go ahead and use the new #define.
Change-ID: Ic7e16e5c9e91085afe539f11ee1b7668adc4d0ef
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These changes just remove unused variables and any code that uses them
as the results of storing into these variables doesn't have any
side effects that I can see or provide any benefit.
Change-ID: I8a5ec7132ff1443d23aae729cef94beaaaf19e3a
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The init_interrupt_scheme function had a possible failure
path to allocate memory that was found by smatch.
This adds the correct handling to the function to abort
probe if the memory allocation fails.
Change-ID: I2bf1d826a244209619da4c452d0d58b3eb5e26a3
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Store the 8 bytes of the WR_CSR_PROT field returned as part of the get
device/function capabilities AQ command.
Change-ID: Ifcaeea2ff29885fa769e4f384c7db88a25e8afd0
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
- Generic PM domains support update including new PM domain
callbacks to handle device initialization better (Russell King,
Rafael J Wysocki, Kevin Hilman).
- Unified device properties API update including a new mechanism
for accessing data provided by platform initialization code
(Rafael J Wysocki, Adrian Hunter).
- ARM cpuidle update including ARM32/ARM64 handling consolidation
(Daniel Lezcano).
- intel_idle update including support for the Silvermont Core in
the Baytrail SOC and for the Airmont Core in the Cherrytrail and
Braswell SOCs (Len Brown, Mathias Krause).
- New cpufreq driver for Hisilicon ACPU (Leo Yan).
- intel_pstate update including support for the Knights Landing
chip (Dasaratharaman Chandramouli, Kristen Carlson Accardi).
- QorIQ cpufreq driver update (Tang Yuantian, Arnd Bergmann).
- powernv cpufreq driver update (Shilpasri G Bhat).
- devfreq update including Tegra support changes (Tomeu Vizoso,
MyungJoo Ham, Chanwoo Choi).
- powercap RAPL (Running-Average Power Limit) driver update
including support for Intel Broadwell server chips (Jacob Pan,
Mathias Krause).
- ACPI device enumeration update related to the handling of the
special PRP0001 device ID allowing DT-style 'compatible' property
to be used for ACPI device identification (Rafael J Wysocki).
- ACPI EC driver update including limited _DEP support (Lan Tianyu,
Lv Zheng).
- ACPI backlight driver update including a new mechanism to allow
native backlight handling to be forced on non-Windows 8 systems
and a new quirk for Lenovo Ideapad Z570 (Aaron Lu, Hans de Goede).
- New Windows Vista compatibility quirk for Sony VGN-SR19XN (Chen Yu).
- Assorted ACPI fixes and cleanups (Aaron Lu, Martin Kepplinger,
Masanari Iida, Mika Westerberg, Nan Li, Rafael J Wysocki).
- Fixes related to suspend-to-idle for the iTCO watchdog driver and
the ACPI core system suspend/resume code (Rafael J Wysocki, Chen Yu).
- PM tracing support for the suspend phase of system suspend/resume
transitions (Zhonghui Fu).
- Configurable delay for the system suspend/resume testing facility
(Brian Norris).
- PNP subsystem cleanups (Peter Huewe, Rafael J Wysocki).
/
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.22 (GNU/Linux)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=erd3
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pm+acpi-4.1-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm
Pull power management and ACPI updates from Rafael Wysocki:
"These are mostly fixes and cleanups all over, although there are a few
items that sort of fall into the new feature category.
First off, we have new callbacks for PM domains that should help us to
handle some issues related to device initialization in a better way.
There also is some consolidation in the unified device properties API
area allowing us to use that inferface for accessing data coming from
platform initialization code in addition to firmware-provided data.
We have some new device/CPU IDs in a few drivers, support for new
chips and a new cpufreq driver too.
Specifics:
- Generic PM domains support update including new PM domain callbacks
to handle device initialization better (Russell King, Rafael J
Wysocki, Kevin Hilman)
- Unified device properties API update including a new mechanism for
accessing data provided by platform initialization code (Rafael J
Wysocki, Adrian Hunter)
- ARM cpuidle update including ARM32/ARM64 handling consolidation
(Daniel Lezcano)
- intel_idle update including support for the Silvermont Core in the
Baytrail SOC and for the Airmont Core in the Cherrytrail and
Braswell SOCs (Len Brown, Mathias Krause)
- New cpufreq driver for Hisilicon ACPU (Leo Yan)
- intel_pstate update including support for the Knights Landing chip
(Dasaratharaman Chandramouli, Kristen Carlson Accardi)
- QorIQ cpufreq driver update (Tang Yuantian, Arnd Bergmann)
- powernv cpufreq driver update (Shilpasri G Bhat)
- devfreq update including Tegra support changes (Tomeu Vizoso,
MyungJoo Ham, Chanwoo Choi)
- powercap RAPL (Running-Average Power Limit) driver update including
support for Intel Broadwell server chips (Jacob Pan, Mathias Krause)
- ACPI device enumeration update related to the handling of the
special PRP0001 device ID allowing DT-style 'compatible' property
to be used for ACPI device identification (Rafael J Wysocki)
- ACPI EC driver update including limited _DEP support (Lan Tianyu,
Lv Zheng)
- ACPI backlight driver update including a new mechanism to allow
native backlight handling to be forced on non-Windows 8 systems and
a new quirk for Lenovo Ideapad Z570 (Aaron Lu, Hans de Goede)
- New Windows Vista compatibility quirk for Sony VGN-SR19XN (Chen Yu)
- Assorted ACPI fixes and cleanups (Aaron Lu, Martin Kepplinger,
Masanari Iida, Mika Westerberg, Nan Li, Rafael J Wysocki)
- Fixes related to suspend-to-idle for the iTCO watchdog driver and
the ACPI core system suspend/resume code (Rafael J Wysocki, Chen Yu)
- PM tracing support for the suspend phase of system suspend/resume
transitions (Zhonghui Fu)
- Configurable delay for the system suspend/resume testing facility
(Brian Norris)
- PNP subsystem cleanups (Peter Huewe, Rafael J Wysocki)"
* tag 'pm+acpi-4.1-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm: (74 commits)
ACPI / scan: Fix NULL pointer dereference in acpi_companion_match()
ACPI / scan: Rework modalias creation when "compatible" is present
intel_idle: mark cpu id array as __initconst
powercap / RAPL: mark rapl_ids array as __initconst
powercap / RAPL: add ID for Broadwell server
intel_pstate: Knights Landing support
intel_pstate: remove MSR test
cpufreq: fix qoriq uniprocessor build
ACPI / scan: Take the PRP0001 position in the list of IDs into account
ACPI / scan: Simplify acpi_match_device()
ACPI / scan: Generalize of_compatible matching
device property: Introduce firmware node type for platform data
device property: Make it possible to use secondary firmware nodes
PM / watchdog: iTCO: stop watchdog during system suspend
cpufreq: hisilicon: add acpu driver
ACPI / EC: Call acpi_walk_dep_device_list() after installing EC opregion handler
cpufreq: powernv: Report cpu frequency throttling
intel_idle: Add support for the Airmont Core in the Cherrytrail and Braswell SOCs
intel_idle: Update support for Silvermont Core in Baytrail SOC
PM / devfreq: tegra: Register governor on module init
...
This is a feature to enable better debugging of user reported issues by
allowing a bash script to acquire information about the internal hardware
state. The data output to the kernel log is collected by the script and can
then be sent to Intel. This is a critical debugging feature for helping us
interpret and reproduce complex customer setups.
Change-ID: Ie8b3ab09086d6870a709015f51ada05af10b41bb
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is to allow quick check for FCoE capability is enabled or not
in device function before any SW overrides.
Change-ID: I5f78ba798d566f143161273156916c6f4074496e
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With a HW issue that was recently discovered, after a VFLR HW might be
indicating to us a reset completion little too early. So wait another 10
msec for cache to be cleaned up.
Change-ID: I6a24dcf5dd7ffcd6500246e717411ef58532d1e9
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move the VF notification functions to the top of the file. This
eliminates an unnecessary declaration.
Change-ID: I036171f14180ee9f0ce4e0a21334d6a217d06c94
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Gratuitously notify VFs of link state when they activate their queues.
In general, this is the last thing that a VF driver will do as it opens
its interface, so this is a good time to notify the VF.
Currently, VF devices assume link is up unless told otherwise, which
means that VFs instantiated on a PF with no link will report the wrong
state. This change corrects that issue.
Change-ID: Iea53622904ecc681ac3f8938d81c30033ef9a0a6
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The aq_pending field in the adapter structure is actually redundant with
the current_op field. Remove the aq_pending field and expunge all traces
of it from the official record. This simplifies the code significantly,
especially in the virtual channel completion routine.
Change-ID: Ib2957c8c19882bd0cecc6fcd133912c24b46a1ff
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With this patch we can now add Flow director Sideband rules for a VF from
it's PF. Here is an example on how it can be done when VF id = 5 and
queue = 2:
"ethtool -N ethx flow-type udp4 src-ip x.x.x.x dst-ip y.y.y.y src-port p1 dst-port p2 action 2 user-def 5"
User-def specifies VF id and action specifies queue.
Change-ID: Ib37d6dff3823a4d85caffde638473891c38c2b89
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Not sure how this slipped through. Cosmetic change only.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Explicitly stop the rings belonging to each VF when disabling SR-IOV.
Even though the VFs were gone, and the associated VSIs were removed,
the rings were not stopped, and in some circumstances the hardware would
continue to access the memory formerly used by the rings, causing
memory corruption or DMAR errors, both of which would lead to general
malaise of the kernel.
To relieve this condition, explicitly stop all the rings associated with
each VF before releasing its resources.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With the recent driver changes, bump the version.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
VFs were being improperly added to the switch's multicast group. The
error stems from the fact that incorrect arguments were passed to the
"update_mc_addr" function. It would seem to be a copy paste error since
the parameters are similar to the "update_uc_addr" function.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we call update_max_size it does not drop all oversized messages.
This is due to the difficulty in performing this operation, since it is
a FIFO which makes updating anything other than head or tail very
difficult. To fix this, modify validate_msg_size to ensure that we error
out later when trying to transmit the message that could be oversized.
This will generally be a rare condition, as it requires the FIFO to
include a message larger than the max_size negotiated during mailbox
connect. Note that max_size is always smaller than rx.size so it should
be safe to use here.
Also, update the update_max_size function header comment to clearly
indicate that it does not drop all oversized messages, but only those at
the head of the FIFO.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we forcefully shutdown the mailbox, we then go about resetting max
size to 0, and clearing all messages in the FIFO. Instead, we should
just reset the head pointer so that the FIFO becomes empty, rather than
changing the max size to 0. This helps prevent increment in tx_dropped
counter during mailbox negotiation, which is confusing to viewers of
Linux ethtool statistics output.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The use of dropped doesn't really mean dropped mailbox messages, but
rather specifically messages which were too large to fit in the remote
Rx FIFO. Rename the stat to more clearly indicate what it means.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the PF receives a request to update a multicast address for the VF,
it checks the enabled multicast mode first. Fix a bug where the VF tried
to set a multicast address before requesting the required xcast mode.
This ensures the multicast addresses are honored as long as the xcast
mode was allowed.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since the service task handles varying work that doesn't all require the
interface to be up, launch the service timer immediately. This ensures
that we continually check the mailbox, as well as handle other tasks
while the device is down.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The header comment included a miscopy of a C-code line, and also
mis-used Rx FIFO when it clearly meant Tx FIFO
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a header comment explaining why we have the somewhat crazy mailbox
flow. This flow is necessary as it prevents the PF<->SM mailbox from
being flooded by the VF messages, which normally trigger a message to
the PF. This helps prevent the case where we see a PF mailbox timeout.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since we already schedule the service task, we can just wait for this
task to handle the mailbox events from the VF. This reduces some complex
code flow, and makes it so we have a single path for handling the VF
messages. There is a possibility that we have a slight delay in handling
VF messages, but it should be minimal.
The result of tx_complete and !rx_ready is insufficient to determine
whether we need to process the mailbox. There is a possible race
condition whereby the VF fills up the mbmem for us, but we have already
recently processed the mailboxes in the interrupt. During this time,
the interrupt is disabled. Thus, our Rx FIFO is empty, but the mbmem now
has data in it. Since we continually check whether Rx FIFO is empty, we
then never call process. This results in the possibility to prevent PF
from handling the VF mailbox messages.
Instead, just call process every time, despite the fact that we may or
may not have anything to process for the VF. There should be minimal
overhead for doing this, and it resolves an issue where the VF never
comes up due to never getting response for its SET_LPORT_STATE message.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since we run the watchdog periodically, which might take a while and
potentially monopolize the system default workqueue, create our own
separate work queue. This also helps reduce and stabilize latency
between scheduling the work in our interrupt and actually performing
the work. Still use a timer for the regular scheduled interval but
queue the work onto its own work queue.
It seemed overkill to create a single workqueue per interface, so we
just spawn a single work queue for all interfaces upon driver load. For
this reason, use a multi-threaded workqueue with one thread per
processor, rather than single threaded queue.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When returning virtualization queues from the VF back to the PF, do not
retain the VF rate limiter.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Todd Russell <todd.a.russell@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Named it tx_hang_count to differentiate it from tx_hwtstamp_timeout.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were incrementing the tx_timeout_count for both the Tx hang
and then for all reset flows. Instead, we should only increment
tx_timeout_count in the Tx hang path, so that our Tx hang counter
does not increment when it was not caused by a Tx hang.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since we already print this message when a reset is requested via the
RESET_REQUESTED flag, we do not need to print it before setting the
flag.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch resolves an issue with ethtool stats displaying useless
values on the VF, because some stats simply have no meaning to the VF.
Resolve this by splitting these out into PF_STATS and only showing them
if we aren't the VF.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Even though it shouldn't strictly matter, don't count queue stats higher
than the max_queues value stored for this mac. This ensures that we
don't attempt to check queues which don't belong to use in VFs. This
shouldn't be a visible change, as the VFs should see zero for queues
which don't belong to them.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, we show statistics for all 128 queues, even though we don't
necessarily have that many queues available especially in the VF case.
Instead, use the hw->mac.max_queues value, which tells us how many
queues we actually have, rather than the space for the rings we
allocated. In this way, we prevent dumping statistics that are useless
on the VF.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously, the user was not allowed to create a VLAN interface on top
of the switch default vid.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The were several functions which had parameters which were never or
sometimes used in functions. To resolve possible compiler warnings,
use __always_unused or __maybe_unused kernel macros to resolve.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change adds a function called "fm10k_netpoll" that's used to define
"ndo_poll_controller" in "fm10k_netdev_ops". This is required to enable
support for "netconsole" in fm10k.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, the VFs do not read the default VLAN during initialization,
so they will not be able to indicate untagged frames properly.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Corrected a spelling mistake that was found over time.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Output of ethtool was reporting 2 rx_errors entries. This change
removes one of the redundant entries.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
The function collecting Tx statistics was actually using values from the RX
ring. Thus, Tx and Rx statistics values reported by "ifconfig" will
return identical values. This change corrects this error and the Tx
statistics is now reading from the Tx ring.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
The dwmac-socfpga.c conflict was a case of a bug fix overlapping
changes in net-next to handle an error pointer differently.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add comment for tx filt and sge length calucaltion code, also remove
a hardcoded value
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fl_starv_thres could be different from adapter to adapter, don't use
hardcoded values
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows a significant latency drop for packets of sizes between 128 and 192
bytes
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ring size is always known at compile time, so make the code a bit
more efficient
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver needs to inform the hardware about the first invalid (not yet
filled) rx slot, by writing its DMA descriptor pointer offset to the
BGMAC_DMA_RX_INDEX register.
This register was set to a value exceeding the rx ring size, effectively
allowing the hardware constant access to the full ring, regardless of
which slots are initialized.
To fix this issue, always mark the last filled rx slot as invalid.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of allocating buffers at device init time and initializing
descriptors at device open, do both at the same time (during open).
Free all buffers when closing the device.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Limiting it to 511 looks like a failed attempt at leaving one descriptor
empty to allow the hardware to stop processing a buffer that has not
been prepared yet. However, this doesn't work because this affects the
total ring size as well
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In very rare cases, the MAC can catch an internal buffer that is bigger
than it's supposed to be. Instead of crashing the kernel, simply pass
the buffer back to the hardware
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate a new buffer before processing the completed one. If allocation
fails, reuse the old buffer.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A packet buffer offset of 30 bytes is inefficient, because the first 2
bytes end up in a different cacheline.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Always poll rx and tx during NAPI poll instead of relying on the status
of the first interrupt. This prevents bgmac_poll from leaving unfinished
work around until the next IRQ.
In my tests this makes bridging/routing throughput under heavy load more
stable and ensures that no new IRQs arrive as long as bgmac_poll uses up
the entire budget.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Keep incrementing ring->start and ring->end instead of pointing it to
the actual ring slot entry. This simplifies the calculation of the
number of free slots.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If remaining space in a send buffer slot is too small for the whole message,
we only copy the RNDIS header and PPI data into send buffer, so we can batch
one more packet each time. It reduces the vmbus per-message overhead.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of the TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM() macro that can be used by tracepoints.
Tracepoints have helper functions for the TP_printk() called
__print_symbolic() and __print_flags() that lets a numeric number be
displayed as a a human comprehensible text. What is placed in the
TP_printk() is also shown in the tracepoint format file such that
user space tools like perf and trace-cmd can parse the binary data
and express the values too. Unfortunately, the way the TRACE_EVENT()
macro works, anything placed in the TP_printk() will be shown pretty
much exactly as is. The problem arises when enums are used. That's
because unlike macros, enums will not be changed into their values
by the C pre-processor. Thus, the enum string is exported to the
format file, and this makes it useless for user space tools.
The TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM() solves this by converting the enum strings
in the TP_printk() format into their number, and that is what is
shown to user space. For example, the tracepoint tlb_flush currently
has this in its format file:
__print_symbolic(REC->reason,
{ TLB_FLUSH_ON_TASK_SWITCH, "flush on task switch" },
{ TLB_REMOTE_SHOOTDOWN, "remote shootdown" },
{ TLB_LOCAL_SHOOTDOWN, "local shootdown" },
{ TLB_LOCAL_MM_SHOOTDOWN, "local mm shootdown" })
After adding:
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_FLUSH_ON_TASK_SWITCH);
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_REMOTE_SHOOTDOWN);
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_LOCAL_SHOOTDOWN);
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_LOCAL_MM_SHOOTDOWN);
Its format file will contain this:
__print_symbolic(REC->reason,
{ 0, "flush on task switch" },
{ 1, "remote shootdown" },
{ 2, "local shootdown" },
{ 3, "local mm shootdown" })
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVLBTuAAoJEEjnJuOKh9ldjHMIALdRS755TXCZGOf0r7O2akOR
wMPeum7C+ae1mH+jCsJKUC0/jUfQKaMt/UxoHlipDgcGg8kD2jtGnGCw4Xlwvdsr
y4rFmcTRSl1mo0zDSsg6ujoupHlVYN0+JPjrd7S3cv/llJoY49zcanNLF7S2XLeM
dZCtWRLWYpBiWO68ai6AqJTnE/eGFIqBI048qb5Eg8dbK243SSeSIf9Ywhb+VsA+
aq6F7cWI/H6j4tbeza8tAN19dcwenDro5EfCDY8ARQHJu1f6Y3+DLf2imjkd6Aiu
JVAoGIjHIpI+djwCZC1u4gi4urjfOqYartrM3Q54tb3YWYqHeNqP2ASI2a4EpYk=
=Ixwt
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'trace-v4.1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rostedt/linux-trace
Pull tracing updates from Steven Rostedt:
"Some clean ups and small fixes, but the biggest change is the addition
of the TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM() macro that can be used by tracepoints.
Tracepoints have helper functions for the TP_printk() called
__print_symbolic() and __print_flags() that lets a numeric number be
displayed as a a human comprehensible text. What is placed in the
TP_printk() is also shown in the tracepoint format file such that user
space tools like perf and trace-cmd can parse the binary data and
express the values too. Unfortunately, the way the TRACE_EVENT()
macro works, anything placed in the TP_printk() will be shown pretty
much exactly as is. The problem arises when enums are used. That's
because unlike macros, enums will not be changed into their values by
the C pre-processor. Thus, the enum string is exported to the format
file, and this makes it useless for user space tools.
The TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM() solves this by converting the enum strings in
the TP_printk() format into their number, and that is what is shown to
user space. For example, the tracepoint tlb_flush currently has this
in its format file:
__print_symbolic(REC->reason,
{ TLB_FLUSH_ON_TASK_SWITCH, "flush on task switch" },
{ TLB_REMOTE_SHOOTDOWN, "remote shootdown" },
{ TLB_LOCAL_SHOOTDOWN, "local shootdown" },
{ TLB_LOCAL_MM_SHOOTDOWN, "local mm shootdown" })
After adding:
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_FLUSH_ON_TASK_SWITCH);
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_REMOTE_SHOOTDOWN);
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_LOCAL_SHOOTDOWN);
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_LOCAL_MM_SHOOTDOWN);
Its format file will contain this:
__print_symbolic(REC->reason,
{ 0, "flush on task switch" },
{ 1, "remote shootdown" },
{ 2, "local shootdown" },
{ 3, "local mm shootdown" })"
* tag 'trace-v4.1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rostedt/linux-trace: (27 commits)
tracing: Add enum_map file to show enums that have been mapped
writeback: Export enums used by tracepoint to user space
v4l: Export enums used by tracepoints to user space
SUNRPC: Export enums in tracepoints to user space
mm: tracing: Export enums in tracepoints to user space
irq/tracing: Export enums in tracepoints to user space
f2fs: Export the enums in the tracepoints to userspace
net/9p/tracing: Export enums in tracepoints to userspace
x86/tlb/trace: Export enums in used by tlb_flush tracepoint
tracing/samples: Update the trace-event-sample.h with TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM()
tracing: Allow for modules to convert their enums to values
tracing: Add TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM() macro to map enums to their values
tracing: Update trace-event-sample with TRACE_SYSTEM_VAR documentation
tracing: Give system name a pointer
brcmsmac: Move each system tracepoints to their own header
iwlwifi: Move each system tracepoints to their own header
mac80211: Move message tracepoints to their own header
tracing: Add TRACE_SYSTEM_VAR to xhci-hcd
tracing: Add TRACE_SYSTEM_VAR to kvm-s390
tracing: Add TRACE_SYSTEM_VAR to intel-sst
...
Pull trivial tree from Jiri Kosina:
"Usual trivial tree updates. Nothing outstanding -- mostly printk()
and comment fixes and unused identifier removals"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial:
goldfish: goldfish_tty_probe() is not using 'i' any more
powerpc: Fix comment in smu.h
qla2xxx: Fix printks in ql_log message
lib: correct link to the original source for div64_u64
si2168, tda10071, m88ds3103: Fix firmware wording
usb: storage: Fix printk in isd200_log_config()
qla2xxx: Fix printk in qla25xx_setup_mode
init/main: fix reset_device comment
ipwireless: missing assignment
goldfish: remove unreachable line of code
coredump: Fix do_coredump() comment
stacktrace.h: remove duplicate declaration task_struct
smpboot.h: Remove unused function prototype
treewide: Fix typo in printk messages
treewide: Fix typo in printk messages
mod_devicetable: fix comment for match_flags
e1000e is the only driver requiring pm_qos_req, instead of causing
every device to waste up to 240 bytes. Allocate it for the specific
driver.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-04-11
This series contains updates to iflink, ixgbe and ixgbevf.
The entire set of changes come from Vlad Zolotarov to ultimately add
the ethtool ops to VF driver to allow querying the RSS indirection table
and RSS random key.
Currently we support only 82599 and x540 devices. On those devices, VFs
share the RSS redirection table and hash key with a PF. Letting the VF
query this information may introduce some security risks, therefore this
feature will be disabled by default.
The new netdev op allows a system administrator to change the default
behaviour with "ip link set" command. The relevant iproute2 patch has
already been sent and awaits for this series upstream.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The statistics are grouped by TX and RX errors.
The SQE Test Errors Register indicates problems with TX.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Steinwender <wsteinwender@pcs.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* pnp:
PNP: Avoid leaving unregistered device objects in lists
PNP: Convert pnp_lock into a mutex
PNP: tty/serial/8250/8250_fintek: Use module_pnp_driver to register driver
PNP: platform/x86/apple-gmux: Use module_pnp_driver to register driver
PNP: net/sb1000: Use module_pnp_driver to register driver
PNP: media/rc: Use module_pnp_driver to register driver
PNP: ide/ide-pnp: Use module_pnp_driver to register driver
PNP: ata/pata_isapnp: Use module_pnp_driver to register driver
PNP: tpm/tpm_infineon: Use module_pnp_driver to register driver
PNP: Add helper macro for pnp_register_driver boilerplate
PNP / ACPI: Use ACPI_COMPANION_SET() during initialization
All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or
called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL
{read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Added get_rxfh_indir_size, get_rxfh_key_size and get_rxfh ethtool_ops
callbacks implementations.
This enables the ethtool's "-x" and "--show-rxfh[-indir]" options for VF
devices.
This patch adds the support for 82599 and x540 devices only. Support for
other devices will be added later.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Zolotarov <vladz@cloudius-systems.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the ixgbevf_get_rss_key() function that queries the PF for an RSS
Random Key using a new VF-PF channel IXGBE_VF_GET_RSS_KEY command.
This patch adds the support for 82599 and x540 devices only. Support for
other devices will be added later.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Zolotarov <vladz@cloudius-systems.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For 82599 and x540 VFs and PF share the same RSS Key. Therefore we will
return the same RSS key for all VFs.
Support for other devices will be added later.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Zolotarov <vladz@cloudius-systems.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We will currently support only 82599 and x540 devices. Support for other
devices will be added later.
- Added a new API version support.
- Added the query implementation in the ixgbevf.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Zolotarov <vladz@cloudius-systems.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add this new command for 82599 and x540 devices only. Support for other
devices will be added later.
82599 and x540 VFs and PF share the same RSS redirection table (RETA).
Therefore we just return it for all VFs.
For 82599 and x540 RETA table is an array of 32 registers (128 bytes) and
the maximum number of registers that may be delivered in a single VF-PF
channel command is 15. On the other hand VFs of these devices can be
configured to have up to 4 RSS queues. Therefore we will "compress" the
RETA by transferring only 2 bits per entry and thereby it will take only 8
registers (DWORDS) to transfer the whole VF RETA.
Thus this patch does the following:
- Adds a new API version (to specify a new commands set).
- Adds the IXGBE_VF_GET_RETA command to the VF-PF commands set.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Zolotarov <vladz@cloudius-systems.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Implements the new netdev op to allow user to enable/disable the ability
of a specific VF to query its RSS Indirection Table and an RSS Hash Key.
This patch limits the new feature support to 82599 and x540 devices only.
Support for other devices will be added later.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Zolotarov <vladz@cloudius-systems.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Added get_rxfh_indir_size, get_rxfh_key_size and get_rxfh ethtool_ops
callbacks implementations.
This enables the ethtool's "-x" and "--show-rxfh[-indir]" options.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Zolotarov <vladz@cloudius-systems.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is a preparation for enablement of ethtool RSS indirection
table and hash key querying. We don't want to read registers every time
the RSS info is queried. Therefore we will store its current content in the
arrays in the adapter struct and will read it from there (instead of from
registers) when requested.
Will change the code that writes the indirection table and hash key into
the HW registers to take its content from these arrays. This will also
simplify the indirection table updating ethtool callback implementation
in the future.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Zolotarov <vladz@cloudius-systems.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ixgbe driver hasn't used call_rcu to free the rings for some time now.
Since that is the case the call to rcu_barrier can be dropped since calls
to kfree_rcu don't require it.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that the HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER bit is not falsely
advertised as being a feature that can be toggled on ixgbe parts. The
driver was setting the bit in features and letting it be inherited by
hw_features, however the driver was actually ignoring the value of the bit
and just assuming it was always set. As a result VLAN filtering was always
enabled which is a requirement for SR-IOV, VMDq, DCB, FCoE, and possibly
other features within the adapters.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Adds x550 specific FCoE offloads for DDP context programming and
increased DDP exchanges.
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch will enable X550 Source Address Prunning for VEPA
bridge mode. This requires that we also have replication enabled
as well, while in this mode.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch gathers together all the logic needed to configure bridge
modes. Currently that it is rather simple but this is really laying
the ground work for future X550 feature enhancement.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We are currently storing our BRIDGE_MODE as a bit in our adapter flags.
This patch will store the actual mode instead which minimizes obfuscation
and makes following patches for X550 simpler.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-04-09
We've had enough new patches during the past week (especially from
Marcel) that it'd be good to still get these queued for 4.1.
The majority of the changes are from Marcel with lots of cleanup &
refactoring patches for the HCI UART driver. Marcel also split out some
Broadcom & Intel vendor specific functionality into two new btintel &
btbcm modules.
In addition to the HCI driver changes there's the completion of our
local OOB data interface for pairing, added support for requesting
remote LE features when connecting, as well as a couple of minor fixes
for mac802154.
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to be able to detect a hung Tx task by adding the netdev
ndo_tx_timeout function callback. Do not set the watchdog_timeo value
so as to use the system default time (currently 5 seconds).
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently a call to configure the Rx mode (promiscuous mode, all
multicast mode, etc.) is made in xgbe_start separate from the xgbe_init
function. This call to set the Rx mode should be part of the xgbe_init
function so that calls to the init function don't have to be preceded
with calls to configure the Rx mode.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the device must be down in order to update the rx-frames
coalescing setting because the interrupt indicator is set in the
descriptor data during initialization. Allow this setting to be changed
while the device is up by moving the interrupt decision into the
descriptor reset function and base the decision off of the supplied
descriptor index value.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
handle_offloads() calls skb_reset_inner_headers() to store
the layer pointers to the encapsulated packet. However, we
currently push the vlag tag (if there is one) onto the packet
afterwards. This changes the MAC header for the encapsulated
packet but it is not reflected in skb->inner_mac_header, which
breaks GSO and drivers which attempt to use this for encapsulation
offloads.
Fixes: 1eaa8178 ("vxlan: Add tx-vlan offload support.")
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
iwlwifi:
* some more work on LAR
* fixes for UMAC scan
* more work on debugging framework
* more work for 8000 devices
* cleanups and small bugfixes
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVJli2AAoJEG4XJFUm622bh6YH/1oKWWYkzCmAKVT3T3PKYcz8
wSUDp0iOQD/f8bXG6qm9lKeqzsJvvUSYaIJRH/Vh7g0uBGzZ+0aK+Tle7zdsKe9i
OrI+yK65jBWyNMfVO4yl3/Nb9ER3TneEDyrOPkXGnFJcyVnCugPcPRZVXiLS3scq
fQrzZkEOM6Fl+nqMAXK7R9Vhk+Oz2U4Dm2r/Qq9sncAZwWUPGC60Vxc0iVcBKOhH
bFZlvnO0RGeU2DMC0RuDkDhaWAsoUvkkR/EsNCwk38Hs2AOag3hBr8METaIF4S0R
83ftVvjD8eJ8hDKP0AtQtMjZCjtAz+GR6D+maoUKxFQbMUq0xn7E2MqOOLxDeq0=
=25In
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2015-04-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
Major changes:
iwlwifi:
* some more work on LAR
* fixes for UMAC scan
* more work on debugging framework
* more work for 8000 devices
* cleanups and small bugfixes
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"kevent" is an extremely generic name that causes trouble
if debugging for work queues is used. So change it to
something clear.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduce the CPU overhead for transmit and receive by using lightweight dma_
barriers instead of full barriers where they are applicable.
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update i40e and i40evf to use dma_rmb. This should improve performance by
decreasing the barrier overhead on strong ordered architectures.
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch should help to improve the performance of the mlx4 and mlx5 on a
number of architectures. For example, on x86 the dma_wmb/rmb equates out
to a barrer() call as the architecture is already strong ordered, and on
PowerPC the call works out to a lwsync which is significantly less expensive
than the sync call that was being used for wmb.
I placed the new barriers between any spots that seemed to be trying to
order memory/memory reads or writes, if there are any spots that involved
MMIO I left the existing wmb in place as the new barriers cannot order
transactions between coherent and non-coherent memories.
v2: Reduced the replacments to just the spots where I could clearly
identify the usage pattern.
Cc: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Cc: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Cc: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the Chelsio Ethernet drivers to use the dma_rmb/wmb calls instead of
the full barriers in order to improve performance.
Cc: Santosh Raspatur <santosh@chelsio.com>
Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Cc: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In socfpga_dwmac_parse_data forward error code from devm_reset_control_get.
This gives the driver another chance to laod if altr,rst-mgr is loaded after
the network driver.
Signed-off-by: Phil Reid <preid@electromag.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Netlink attribute for the power is s8. But for the driver level
operations we are collection power level value into integer.
It has to be change to s8 from int.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Use the new IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED flag
to indicate successful transmission of no-ack frames.
This fixes multicast frame accounting.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This fix the regerssion introduced after "ath10k_wmi_requests_stats()
call to use more stat bits", both the 10.2.X FW and community FW 10.1.X
will return time out when access the fw_stats with the STAT_VDEV and
STAT_PDEV. Add the condition to use different fw_stats mask for different
FW versions.
Fixes: 7777d8c7ef ("ath10k: implement fw stats for wmi-tlv")
Signed-off-by: Yanbo Li <yanbol@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The default keyidx callback may be called after
more than 1 key is installed. This led to only 1
WEP key being reinstalled only. This caused Rxed
traffic encrypted with other WEP keys to be
dropped in client mode.
Tested-by: Bartosz Markowski <bartosz.markowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The variable should be cleared regardless of
whether there's a peer associated with the key or
not.
This fixes case when user first associates with 2
WEP keys and then disconnects and connects with 1
WEP key. This resulted in WEP key count being 2 in
the driver leading to default keyidx fixup
failure.
Tested-by: Bartosz Markowski <bartosz.markowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There's always at most 2 credits and it makes
little sense to set the
ATH10K_HTC_FLAG_NEED_CREDIT_UPDATE flag
conditionally.
This seems to fix some random issues with tx
credit starvation on WLAN.RM.2.0-00073 I've been
seeing. Note: this isn't related to wmi mgmt tx.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Firmwares that indicate BURST_SERVICE as enabled
could overwrite some wmm parameters (eg. txop).
This could lead IOT and balancing issues.
Hence disable this by default.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The numPosted field in the ERX Doorbell register is 8-bits wide.
So the max buffers that we can post at a time is 255 and not 256
which we are doing currently.
Signed-off-by: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commits:
d92916f71a ("sfc: Own header for nic-specific sriov functions,")
25672dba95 ("sfc: Enable VF's via a write to the sysfs file
sriov_numvfs")
As they break the build with SRIOV disabled and there is no
easy way to fix it the way things are arranged.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Alessio Igor Bogani <alessio.bogani@elettra.eu>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DWMAC block on certain SoCs (such as IMG Pistachio) have a second
clock which must be enabled in order to access the peripheral's
register interface, so add support for requesting and enabling an
optional "pclk".
Signed-off-by: Andrew Bresticker <abrestic@chromium.org>
Cc: James Hartley <james.hartley@imgtec.com>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 79b16aadea
("udp_tunnel: Pass UDP socket down through udp_tunnel{, 6}_xmit_skb()")
introduce 'sk' but we already have one inner 'sk'.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In netvsc_start_xmit() we can handle packets which are scattered around not
more than MAX_PAGE_BUFFER_COUNT-2 pages. It is, however, easy to create a
packet which is not big in size but occupies more pages (e.g. if it uses frags
on compound pages boundaries). When we drop such packet it cases sender to try
resending it but in most cases it will try resending the same packet which will
also get dropped, this will cause the particular connection to stick. To solve
the issue we can try linearizing skb.
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Kuznetsov <vkuznets@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
... which validly uses dev_kfree_skb_any() instead of dev_kfree_skb().
Setting ret to -EFAULT and -ENOMEM have no real meaning here (we need to set
it to anything but -EAGAIN) as we drop the packet and return NETDEV_TX_OK
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Kuznetsov <vkuznets@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for the use of sriov_configure on EF10
to enable Virtual Functions while the driver is loaded.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By putting all the efx_{siena,ef10}_sriov_* declarations in
{siena,ef10}_sriov.h, ensure they cannot be called from nic-generic code.
Also fixes up an instance of this, where mcdi.c was calling
efx_siena_sriov_flr.
The single instance of netdev_ops should call general high level
functions that can then call something adapter specific in efx_nic_type.
We should only do adapter specialisation via efx_nic_type.
Removal of sriov functionality from the Falcon code means that tests
are needed for the presence of some callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change replaces calls to rmb with dma_rmb in the case where we want to
order all follow-on descriptor reads after the check for the descriptor
status bit.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change updates several spots where a wmb was being used to instead use
a dma_wmb to flush out writes before updating the control portion of the
descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch goes through and replaces wmb/rmb with dma_wmb/dma_rmb in cases
where the barrier is being used to order writes or reads to just memory and
doesn't involve any programmed I/O.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bond_3ad_bind_slave() calls ad_initialize_port() and then immediately
assigns correct values making some of that initialization unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch breaks the rich assignments into it's own statements
and removes some duplicate code where admin-key, & oper-key are
updated.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Every tracing file must have its own TRACE_SYSTEM defined.
The brcmsmac tracepoint header broke this and added in the middle
of the file:
#undef TRACE_SYSTEM
#define TRACE_SYSTEM brcmsmac
#undef TRACE_SYSTEM
#define TRACE_SYSTEM brcmsmac_tx
#undef TRACE_SYSTEM
#define TRACE_SYSTEM brcmsmac_msg
Unfortunately, this broke new code in the ftrace infrastructure.
Moving each of these TRACE_SYSTEMs into their own trace file with
just one TRACE_SYSTEM per file fixes the issue.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/5524D99C.1050902@broadcom.com
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Every tracing file must have its own TRACE_SYSTEM defined.
The iwlwifi tracepoint header broke this and added in the middle
of the file:
#undef TRACE_SYSTEM
#define TRACE_SYSTEM iwlwifi_io
#undef TRACE_SYSTEM
#define TRACE_SYSTEM iwlwifi_ucode
#undef TRACE_SYSTEM
#define TRACE_SYSTEM iwlwifi_msg
#undef TRACE_SYSTEM
#define TRACE_SYSTEM iwlwifi_data
#undef TRACE_SYSTEM
#define TRACE_SYSTEM iwlwifi
Unfortunately, this broke new code in the ftrace infrastructure.
Moving each of these TRACE_SYSTEMs into their own trace file with
just one TRACE_SYSTEM per file fixes the issue.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1428479094.2809.3.camel@sipsolutions.net
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
In the two places changed, we now use netvsc_xmit_completion() which properly
frees hv_netvsc_packet in or not in skb headroom.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sum of RNDIS msg and PPI struct sizes is used in multiple places, so we define
a macro for them.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
That was we can make sure the output path of ipv4/ipv6 operate on
the UDP socket rather than whatever random thing happens to be in
skb->sk.
Based upon a patch by Jiri Pirko.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Return a negative error code on failure.
A simplified version of the semantic match that finds this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
identifier ret; expression e1,e2;
@@
(
if (\(ret < 0\|ret != 0\))
{ ... return ret; }
|
ret = 0
)
... when != ret = e1
when != &ret
*if(...)
{
... when != ret = e2
when forall
return ret;
}
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return a negative error code on failure.
A simplified version of the semantic match that finds this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
identifier ret; expression e1,e2;
@@
(
if (\(ret < 0\|ret != 0\))
{ ... return ret; }
|
ret = 0
)
... when != ret = e1
when != &ret
*if(...)
{
... when != ret = e2
when forall
return ret;
}
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ar9550 or later chips, the AR_GPIO_IN_OUT register only can
control GPIO[0:3]. For the extra GPIO, use standard GPIO calls
instead of WMAC internal registers.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fix a spelling typo in MODULE_DESCRIPTION in
wl1251/main.c
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use bool constants as the return values instead of 1 and 0.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
rtl8192cu can't connect to AP after physical reconnect.
according to dmesg, that problem's cause was DHCP timeout.
rtl_is_special_data function checks packet type for adjusting rate.
when that function is called from _rtl_rc_get_highest_rix, it can not
calculate offset correctly. so i add argument is_encn in rtl_is_special_data.
is_enc variable mean that iv header is added in skb parameter.
i test only rtl8192cu chipset. because i doesn't have other rtlwifi chipsets.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
As the driver may send multiple wmi commands with identical cmd id,
it is more robust to check seq number for timeout instead.
Signed-off-by: Fred Chou <fred.chou.nd@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* fixes for UMAC scan
* more work on debugging framework
* more work for 8000 devices
* cleanups and small bugfixes
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=D9CA
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2015-04-02' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* some more work on LAR
* fixes for UMAC scan
* more work on debugging framework
* more work for 8000 devices
* cleanups and small bugfixes
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/cmd.c
net/core/fib_rules.c
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c
The fib_rules.c and fib_frontend.c conflicts were locking adjustments
in 'net' overlapping addition and removal of code in 'net-next'.
The mlx4 conflict was a bug fix in 'net' happening in the same
place a constant was being replaced with a more suitable macro.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 1daa4303b4 ("net/mlx4_core: Deprecate error message at
ConnectX-2 cards startup to debug") did the deprecation only for port 1
of the card. Need to deprecate for port 2 as well.
Fixes: 1daa4303b4 ("net/mlx4_core: Deprecate error message at ConnectX-2 cards startup to debug")
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit d631b94e7a
virtio: change comment in transmit
started clarifying the logic behind queue state management,
but introduced an inaccuracy: TX_BUSY does not cause
a BUG message.
Clean this up some more, explaining the tradeoffs in detail.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mvneta_adjust_link() is a callback for of_phy_connect() and should
not be called directly. The result of calling it directly is as below:
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When MDIO bus is unavailable (common setup for SGMII), the in-band
signaling must be used to correctly track link state.
This patch enables the in-band status delivery for link state changes, namely:
- link up/down
- link speed
- duplex full/half
fixed_phy_update_state() is used to update phy status.
CC: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stas Sergeev <stsp@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently fixed_phy uses a callback to periodically poll the link state.
This patch adds the fixed_phy_update_state() API.
It solves the following problems:
- On link state interrupt, MAC driver can't update status.
Instead it needs to provide the callback to periodically query
the HW about the link state. It is more efficient to update status
after interrupt.
- The callback needs to be unregistered before phy_disconnect(),
or otherwise it will be called with net_dev==NULL. phy_disconnect()
does not have enough info to unregister the callback automatically.
- The callback needs to be registered before of_phy_connect() to
avoid running with outdated state, but of_phy_connect() returns the
phy_device pointer, which is needed to register the callback. Registering
it before of_phy_connect() will therefore require a hack to get the
pointer earlier.
Overall, this addition makes the subsequent patch that implements
SGMII link status for mvneta, much cleaner.
CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stas Sergeev <stsp@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bump.
Change-ID: I7dc88baa33264e5919bc938adf76706573209432
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Refactor VF RSS code to allow RSS on a single queue and eliminate
the need for the next_queue function.
Change-ID: I9253bad96b7f542ee7036e15636db0e5d58d8ef2
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The MAC filter list is protected by a critical task bit, and the VLAN
list should be protected as well. This prevents list corruption if the
watchdog happens to run at the same time as a VLAN filter is being added
or deleted.
Change-ID: Ia4867cebbbb046a1f38012771b288a634ca5882b
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This does not affect the Virtual channel API as such but it changes the
meaning of what is communicated to the VSI resource struct as vsi_id.
Earlier vsi_idx was being passed in, which was the index in the PF's VSI
array. Now we pass vsi_id as communicated by the FW to the driver.
This will help with future expansion of VF and FW communication.
With this in place now the VF and Virtual channel driver change to move over
to VSI id use is complete and is validated.
Change-ID: I14246ef82b3b3dc1fa76291d2dd0c05d12cedb7c
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In some cases, the hardware would continue to try to access the FDIR
ring after entering D3Hot state, which would cause either PCIe errors or
NMIs, depending upon system configuration.
Explicitly stop FDIR in our shutdown routine to eliminate this
possibility.
Change-ID: Ib98060d6352ec595ab9a78bfe252675a9fa5d8bc
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the VXLAN ports are added and removed, the messaging was giving some
bogus index info, the port was always '0' for the delete, and the message
text style didn't match other messages in the driver. Also, there was an
over-use of the tertiary statement which made reading a little harder
than necessary.
Change-ID: Ie805182a697b8b4c12024403ada87fd4e4fa2358
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Do not register or try to de-register DCB applications with the DCBNL
layer in case of NIC partitions when adapter is in MFP mode.
Change-ID: I603d042a61983a6562be471c6a2b181572504118
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If transmit VLAN HW offloads are disabled then the network stack sends up
an skb with the protocol set to 8021q. In that case to get the correct
checksum offloads we have to reset the skb protocol to the encapsulated
ethertype.
Change-ID: I903d78533de09b1c5d3ec695ee1990dd0fa5dd0d
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The call to pci_disable_sriov got moved, but the message about not
disabling VFs didn't move. So move it. While we're at, reword the
message a bit to make it more consistent with other driver messages.
Change-ID: I17d3e15e4fcfd5c9431a96ecb0117d728d3da18b
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A function was calling i40e_tx_map with return, but tx_map returns
void, and the caller returns void, so just drop the return, and
everything is good.
Change-ID: I53fc676d517864761e7cbb8ca83f1ef0c15b1f8f
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the skb allocation fails we should not continue using the skb
pointer. Breaking out at the point of failure means that at the next
RX interrupt the driver will try the allocation again.
Change-ID: Iefaad69856ced7418bfd92afe55322676341f82e
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several memcpys are not necessary and can be changed to structure
assignments. Struct assignments are always type safe so this
is preferable.
Change-ID: I7daf45a4b5e799c686b9d5c8ba9db047584ab82b
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
HMC_ERRORINFO and HMC_ERRORDATA helps explain the cause of HMC error.
Change-ID: I053bbc175a5f4c5c3e9ec2ea7400d5c56aaa4ec1
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Validate that the VF has sent us a valid VSI index before actually using
that index. Without this code, a malicious or buggy VF driver could
panic the host by sending an invalid index into the VSI array.
Change-ID: I66a177687a0dcc281ec83e714d3813d70d18c8b4
Reported-by: Nick Nunley <nicholas.d.nunley@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Inner protocol being UDP should not stop us from verifying Outer UDP
checksum correctness.
If the Outer protocol is not UDP (NVGRE) we should not be doing a UDP
checksum check. If the packet has zero checksum, skip checksum check.
Change-ID: Ie7f153feb276a59f66a54a0938901b2c0a8100fa
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Preparation for ethernet driver.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preparation for ethernet driver.
These functions will be used in drivers other than mlx5_ib.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Declare the support of new ConnectX4 HCA in module info
Pump up the module version
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In alloc_token(), the token '1' would be allocated twice consecutively.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid usage of command work entry in cmd_work_handler since it can be released
by mlx5_cmd_invoke before the work handler returns to running.
Signed-off-by: Ira Gusinsky <irenag@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid copying to the output buffer in cmd_exec since this is done after the
command is completed. Failure to do this may cause cases where the callback
handler is called before the copy done by cmd_exec which then overwrites it.
Reported-by: Tamer Hleihel <tamerh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use coherent memory for the commands descriptor page. Take measures to make
sure the page is aligned to MLX5_ADAPTER_PAGE_SIZE as required by the hardware.
Reported-by: Yevgeny Kliteynik <kliteyn@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct mlx5_query_mkey_mbox_in rather than mlx5_destroy_mkey_mbox_in
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do it in one place instead of every where the function is invoked
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PRM does not support setting these values so avoid setting them.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate firmware pages from the NUMA node which is close to the device.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enabled when the device supports KEEP FCS and IGNORE FCS.
When the flag is set, pass all received frames up the stack,
even ones with invalid FCS, controlled by ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Muhammad Mahajna <muhammadm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enabled when device supports KEEP FCS. When the flag is set, Ethernet FCS
is appended to the end of the frame, controlled by ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Muhammad Mahajna <muhammadm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the interface ethtool identify feature.
Make the physical port LED to blink with green and yellow colors.
The device handles the LED blink by itself (synchrous use of
set_phys_id), by returning 0 to ETHTOOL_ID_ACTIVE command.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Grossman <eyalgr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The calls to SET_PORT used hard-code numbers, when supplying command's
opcode modifiers, fix that to use well defined constants.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If HCA supports ETS QoS feature, set enhanced QoS bit in init_hca as default.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A new capability bit was introduced in the past to to differ devices
using the QoS ETS feature. The old was deprecated since then.
If driver sees device which set only the old capabilty, it will print
warning to user suggesting to upgrade the FW.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support granular QoS per VF, by implementing the ndo_set_vf_rate.
Enforce a rate limit per VF when called, and enabled only for VFs in
VST mode with user priority supported by the device.
We don't enforce VFs to be in VST mode at the moment of configuration,
but rather save the given rate limit and enforce it when the VF is
moved to VST with user priority which is supported (currently 0).
VST<->VGT or VST qos value state changes are disallowed when a rate
limit is configured. Minimum BW share is not supported yet.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Granular QoS per VF feature introduce a new QP field, qos_vport.
PF administrator can connect VF QPs to a certain QoS Vport, to
inherit its proporties. Connecting QPs to the default QoS Vport
(defined as 0) is always allowed, even when there are no allocated VPPs.
At this point, only the default vport is connected to QPs.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialization of granular Qos per VF mechanism.
Query the port availible VPPs and allocates those on all supported
priorities in an equal share. Allocation is done only in SRIOV mode,
when the feature is supported by the device and port type is Ethernet.
Allocation currently is done only on the default priority 0.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Checks in QUERY_DEV_CAP if the granular QoS per VF feature is
supported by the device. Disabled for guests.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the SET_VPORT_QOS device command, which is ntended for virtual
granular QoS configuration per VF in SRIOV mode. The SET_VPORT_QOS
command sets and queries QoS parameters of a VPort. Each priority
allowed for a VPort is assigned with a share of the BW, and a BW
limitation. QoS parameters can be modified at any time, but must be
initialized before any QP is associated with the VPort.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implements device ALLOCATE_VPP command, to be used for granular QoS
configuration of VFs by the PF device. Defines and queries the amount
of VPPs assigned to each port, and the amount of VPPs assigned to each
priority of each port. Once the total VPPs are split between the priorities
of a port, they may be assigned with a share of the BW or a rate limit.
Split into two functions (get/set) whoch are supplied with
mlx4_alloc_vpp_context and physical port number.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create two new files fw_qos.h and fw_qos.c in mlx4_core module.
It gathers all relevant QoS firmware related commands etc, thus improving
encapsulation of the mlx4_core module. For now it contains the QoS existing
commands: mlx4_SET_PORT_SCHEDULER and mlx4_SET_PORT_PRIO2TC.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous vf_oper and vf_admin code created very long lines, making it hard
to read the code. Added relevant in-struct pointers to reduce code
complexity and avoid code lines spread over 80 lines. Same logic is preserved.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently implemented as static function in resource_tracker.c --
this change will allow other files in mlx4_core to use it as well.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently any change of netdev features results in a call to
mlx4_en_update_loopback_state(). Those calls are unnecessary,
and should be called only upon loopback feature change.
Also moved some of the logic into mlx4_en_update_loopback_state().
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable RSS support for fragmented IP packets, when device supports it.
Until now, fragmented IP packets were directed only to the default_qpn.
Since IP fragments (datagram) have no upper protocols (L3 IP packets),
hash is performed on 3-tuple - dst MAC, source IP and dest IP. The HW
makes sure that this holds for the 1st fragment too, so all fragments
go to the same QP.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xen-netfront limits transmitted skbs to be at most 44 segments in size. However,
GSO permits up to 65536 bytes, which means a maximum of 45 segments of 1448
bytes each. This slight reduction in the size of packets means a slight loss in
efficiency.
Since c/s 9ecd1a75d, xen-netfront sets gso_max_size to
XEN_NETIF_MAX_TX_SIZE - MAX_TCP_HEADER,
where XEN_NETIF_MAX_TX_SIZE is 65535 bytes.
The calculation used by tcp_tso_autosize (and also tcp_xmit_size_goal since c/s
6c09fa09d) in determining when to split an skb into two is
sk->sk_gso_max_size - 1 - MAX_TCP_HEADER.
So the maximum permitted size of an skb is calculated to be
(XEN_NETIF_MAX_TX_SIZE - MAX_TCP_HEADER) - 1 - MAX_TCP_HEADER.
Intuitively, this looks like the wrong formula -- we don't need two TCP headers.
Instead, there is no need to deviate from the default gso_max_size of 65536 as
this already accommodates the size of the header.
Currently, the largest skb transmitted by netfront is 63712 bytes (44 segments
of 1448 bytes each), as observed via tcpdump. This patch makes netfront send
skbs of up to 65160 bytes (45 segments of 1448 bytes each).
Similarly, the maximum allowable mtu does not need to subtract MAX_TCP_HEADER as
it relates to the size of the whole packet, including the header.
Fixes: 9ecd1a75d9 ("xen-netfront: reduce gso_max_size to account for max TCP header")
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Davies <jonathan.davies@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/asix_common.c
drivers/net/usb/sr9800.c
drivers/net/usb/usbnet.c
include/linux/usb/usbnet.h
net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c
net/ipv6/tcp_ipv6.c
The TCP conflicts were overlapping changes. In 'net' we added a
READ_ONCE() to the socket cached RX route read, whilst in 'net-next'
Eric Dumazet touched the surrounding code dealing with how mini
sockets are handled.
With USB, it's a case of the same bug fix first going into net-next
and then I cherry picked it back into net.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the peer netns is advertised in rtnl messages, we can set this property
so that IFLA_LINK will advertise the peer ifindex. It allows the userland to get
the full veth configuration.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't use dev->iflink anymore.
CC: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't use dev->iflink anymore.
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goal of this patch is to prepare the removal of the iflink field. It
introduces a new ndo function, which will be implemented by virtual interfaces.
There is no functional change into this patch. All readers of iflink field
now call dev_get_iflink().
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only other way to catch these would have been to monitor
the Tx deauth event, but we can send a deauth when we roam.
So it would have been tricky to make sure we capture the
connection losses only.
Define a separate trigger for the connection losses to make
it easier to catch them.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This will allow to collect data when a time event
notifcation with a certain id and action is coming from
the firmware. This can be very useful to debug various
flows.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The current code has a lot of duplicates of printing into a buffer
(while having to make sure it's NUL-filled and -terminated) and
then passing that to the debug trigger collection.
Since that's error-prone, instead make the debug trigger collection
function take a format string and format arguments (with compiler
validity checking) and handle the buffer internally.
This makes one behavioural change -- instead of sending the whole
buffer to userspace (clearing is needed to not leak stack data) it
just passes the actual string (including NUL-terminator.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Fix spelling error across the driver.
Modified only comments and prints.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If ucode_loaded isn't true the function returns the 'ret' variable
without having assigned a value properly. Fix that.
Reported-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
of small fixes, cleanups and internal features we have:
* VHT support for TDLS and IBSS (conditional on drivers though)
* first TX performance improvements (the biggest will come later)
* many suspend/resume (race) fixes
* name_assign_type support from Tom Gundersen
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=O/cf
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-03-30' into iwlwifi-next
Lots of updates for net-next; along with the usual flurry
of small fixes, cleanups and internal features we have:
* VHT support for TDLS and IBSS (conditional on drivers though)
* first TX performance improvements (the biggest will come later)
* many suspend/resume (race) fixes
* name_assign_type support from Tom Gundersen
The str/len arguments to iwl_fw_dbg_trigger_simple_stop() aren't used,
and for a simple trigger don't really need to be used as the trigger
code itself encodes the reason, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Sending multiple action frames off channel, one after the other can create
a race that will result in a timeout:
1. Start sending action frame off channel.
2. Once the frame is sent or the time event is over, the flow will
eventually call ieee80211_start_next_roc to start the next roc frame &
iwl_mvm_roc_finished schedules to schedule a work to flush the queue.
3. Start sending new roc frame and write it to the queue before the
flush work has started.
4. The work is called and it flushes the new packet that was placed on the
on the queue so the packet is lost.
This causes the frame to be removed & not sent, that causes a timeout in
userspace.
Flush the work queue that flushes the roc/off channel queue before starting
to send a new frame off channel, in order to avoid a race between the new
frame that is transmitted off channel & the flushing of the queue.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently the last found MCC is reconfigured only in the recovery flow.
But it should always be used when available, for the ifdown/up or
RF-Kill/CT-Kill scenarios.
While at it, fix a couple of bugs in the init-from-last-MCC flow. Return
an error value when a current MCC is not found. Pass on the regdomain to
cfg80211 only if it was changed and don't ignore the return value from
the cfg80211-setter function.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Our testers need to know the number of scans performed while in
net-detect mode before the device wakes up. The firmware already
passes this information to the driver, so we can save it and report it
in a debugfs entry.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The statistic counters for the mv88e6172 never worked. This device is
a member of the 6352 family of chips, which has a slightly different
layout of the register used for capturing statistics. Add support for
detecting this family and poking the port in the right place in the
register.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than refer to registers by number, define mnemonics. Also
define mnemonics for the commonly used bits within the registers.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reading the statistics from the hardware is the same for all
chips. What differs is the number of available statistics. Have just
one copy of the code in the shared mv88e6xxx.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phy_mutex should be held while reading and writing to the phy.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the common code for reading and writing phy registers into the
shared mv88e6xxx.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These functions could in future be used by other drivers. Move them
into the shared area.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marvell switches are all reset in nearly the same way. The only
difference is if the PPU should be enabled or not. Move this
code into the shared mv88x6xxx.c.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a step towards consolidating code, consistently set the
number of ports in the private state structure, and make use of it in
loops.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Determine and use number of switch ports from chip ID instead of always
using the maximum, and return error when an attempt is made to access a
non-existing port.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Determine and use number of switch ports from chip ID instead of always
using the maximum, and return error when an attempt is made to access a
non-existing port.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will let us use the switch product IDs in the common source code.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Common initialization functions will be needed to enable
HW bridging support.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
WLAN.RM.2.0-00073 firmware requires self-peer to
be created prior to issuing scan command. Without
this wmi-tlv with qca6174 firmware crashes after
submitting a scan request.
Creating the peer as soon as add_interface()
shouldn't be a problem.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Move about half a KB of data to text.
Miscellanea:
o Move strings out of the .h file into the .c file
in case the .h file is ever #included twice
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* fix a memory leak, we leaked memory each time the module
was loaded.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVHB3DAAoJEG4XJFUm622bLYkH+gMnmUgVD/MQLqhActOwGg/f
YM+gAmHyHW3arwLStkx8MfYrXf2a+Q3A/+Mj61s9fMKdxtH143JwL3Gu/y76S9vH
7bbhoiajwCg83IhrN+lIOpAHjHo/bxodXmjojnZFHTQ0MBT6ftXmLUZ7HBDwaL6A
ct79Yh/k2lhaL8Vk242dIXWjoVmG9HtazVnK7jYB4fX+dIuqZ/53Z4acqTLeKUez
UMRs/R0MYMtjHXhpnNHegiZ/umf4FfhrtVZ4yW2C3PqPR7wor/XkegnbwEXH3TNq
zGACPN5YdFjDPacPslBsMT9FkOQPOwvz9Djzn7GEW6fv7AvGTC0lIXQ2E2I2phQ=
=E1Gh
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2015-04-01' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
Kalle Valo says:
====================
iwlwifi:
* fix a memory leak, we leaked memory each time the module
was loaded.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new Common Code routines to retrieve Firmware Device Log
parameters from PCIE_FW_PF[7]. The firmware initializes its Device Log very
early on and stores the parameters for its location/size in that register.
Using the parameters from the register allows us to access the Firmware
Device Log even when the firmware crashes very early on or we're not
attached to the firmware
Based on original work by Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds new macro and few macro changes for fw version 1.13.32.0 also
changes version string in driver to match 1.13.32.0
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move ~2KB of strings in each driver from data to text.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ath9k:
* add Active Interference Cancellation, a method implemented in the HW
to counter WLAN RX > sensitivity degradation when BT is transmitting
at the same time. This feature is supported by cards like WB222
based on AR9462.
iwlwifi:
* Location Aware Regulatory was added by Arik
* 8000 device family work
* update to the BT Coex firmware API
brmcfmac:
* add new BCM43455 and BCM43457 SDIO device support
* add new BCM43430 SDIO device support
wil6210:
* take care of AP bridging
* fix NAPI behavior
* found approach to achieve 4*n+2 alignment of Rx frames
rt2x00:
* add new rt2800usb device DWA 130
rtlwifi:
* add USB ID for D-Link DWA-131
* add USB ID ASUS N10 WiFi dongle
mwifiex:
* throughput enhancements
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVHATOAAoJEG4XJFUm622b4EsIAIMGOLb2GuqtxpN/Ei1TmUFV
8B3KTLmeau/glqxquySQ2mIthDqijesbl0jyKWJP/+ZsXhjhpagXAIMw6E5KH3HN
1XKCvyqbkGScTcheaS4HYFmKKoM0OlPnDKhybYtPiScW2kyQf8S9msbeEzLdYYen
qYKMRq/J/QuobWvtapyGOBtyuVtuTrKuP8LzKQX9JAyKtM2si/iOvG7EiFmcAcis
DGJBrwhy/i6oBoi6e6KGgxIpXJE9WHsMs2QBYpFkxV2SbzXTOyq1EMFJvMHCq927
QfEsgOgAyVLfsXqN1uNK49eJtTuWRuJehEV88xjUbMXcYQNiaKdnYY6KvIBQ7XU=
=POsk
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2015-04-01' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
Major changes:
ath9k:
* add Active Interference Cancellation, a method implemented in the HW
to counter WLAN RX > sensitivity degradation when BT is transmitting
at the same time. This feature is supported by cards like WB222
based on AR9462.
iwlwifi:
* Location Aware Regulatory was added by Arik
* 8000 device family work
* update to the BT Coex firmware API
brmcfmac:
* add new BCM43455 and BCM43457 SDIO device support
* add new BCM43430 SDIO device support
wil6210:
* take care of AP bridging
* fix NAPI behavior
* found approach to achieve 4*n+2 alignment of Rx frames
rt2x00:
* add new rt2800usb device DWA 130
rtlwifi:
* add USB ID for D-Link DWA-131
* add USB ID ASUS N10 WiFi dongle
mwifiex:
* throughput enhancements
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=+qN4
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-4.1-20150401' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2015-04-01
this is a pull request of 5 patches for net-next/master.
There are two patches for the ems_usb driver by Gerhard Uttenthaler and
me, which fix sparse endianess warnings. Oliver Hartkopp adds two
patches to improve and extend the CAN-ID filter handling on RAW CAN
sockets. The last patch is by me, it silences an uninitialized variable
warning in the peak_usb driver.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, MoCA fixed PHYs are always in link-up state, regardless of
whether the link is actually up or not.
Add code to properly detect MoCA link state changes and to reflect the
new state in MoCA fixed PHY. Only GENET V3 and V4 MACs are capable of
detecting MoCA link state changes.
The code works as follows:
1. GENET MAC detects MoCA link state change and issues UMAC_IRQ_LINK_UP
or UMAC_IRQ_LINK_DOWN interrupt.
2. Link up/down interrupt is processed in bcmgenet_irq_task(), which
calls phy_mac_interrupt().
3. phy_mac_interrupt() updates the fixed PHY phydev->link and kicks
the PHY state machine.
4. PHY state machine proceeds to read the fixed PHY link status
register.
5. When the fixed PHY link status register is being read, the new
function bcmgenet_fixed_phy_link_update() gets called. It copies
the fixed PHY phydev->link value to the fixed PHY status->link.
6. PHY state machine receives the new link state of the fixed PHY.
7. MoCA fixed PHY link state now correctly reflects the real MoCA
hardware link state.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code was a bit convoluted. Clean it up and
prepare for future changes.
While at it this fixes incorrect verification of
'single nss' case when ss2 rates were missing
while ss1 and ss3 were requested resulting in
nss=3 being set:
iw wlan1 set bitrates legacy-5 ht-mcs-5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 vht-mcs-5 1:0-9 3:0-9
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The number of 3 vdevs wasn't enough to handle the
worst case for interface combinations in practice.
wpa_supplicant may need up to 4 vifs to have 2
vifs actually connected, i.e. p2pdev + client + 2x
p2p (either p2p client or p2p go).
This fixes worst case warning:
Free vdev map is empty, no more interfaces allowed.
This keeps the ability to associate 32 stations in
AP mode at the cost of not being able to guarantee
that under all circumstances, i.e. some
combinations may consume additional fw peer
entries for internal purposes leaving less
resource for stations in AP mode.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This effectively enables multi-channel operation
on qca6174 WLAN.RM.2.0-00073 (and possibly any
newer firmware release for qca6174).
This adds appopriate interface combinations and
initializes firmware channel scheduler.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
qca6174 wmi-tlv firmware defines a new wmi event
for host tx pausing (i.e. stop/wake tx queues).
Map these events to ath10k/mac80211 tx queue
control.
This is important for multi-channel throughput
performance.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Tx queue locking was very simple until now.
Multi-channel support will require a more flexible
and fine grained control.
This introduces a per-hw and per-vif (each with a
bitmask of reasons) tx queue locking.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This command will be used to configure
multi-channel scheduler in firmware.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The chanctx API will allow ath10k to support
multi-channel operation.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It doesn't make much sense to reject a valid
firmware configuration combination.
Since SSID isn't known early on it might make
sense to allow driver to start vdev without SSID
and restart it later.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
qca6174 and wmi-tlv doesn't have quiet mode
implemented. Don't even attempt to call it. This
fixes a warning when bringing first interface up:
failed to set quiet mode period 100 duarion 0 enabled 0 ret -95
Fixes: 8515b5c79a ("ath10k: configure thermal throttle while powering up")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Number of channels is stored in a separate macro
in a header file and channel list is constructed
independently. The macro is used to define survey
array.
This fixes a recent regression introduced after
adding support for 144 channel. The regression
would lead to a warning and incomplete survey data
on channel 165:
chan info: invalid frequency 5825 (idx 38 out of bounds)
Also make sure to enforce the sizes and avoid this
kind of problem in the future.
Fixes: 4a7898fed5 ("ath10k: enable channel 144 on 5GHz band")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
All of the bringup/init functions called in ath10k_core_start return 0
on success and != 0 on failure. ath10k_wmi_wait_for_service_ready(),
ath10k_wmi_wait_for_unified_ready() and their call sites were adjusted
to fit this model.
The return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int so
ath10k_wmi_wait_for_service_ready() and ath10k_wmi_wait_for_unified_ready()
were fixed up accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int.
An appropriately named unsigned long is added and the assignments fixed up.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int.
An appropriately named unsigned long is added and the assignments fixed up.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int.
An appropriately named unsigned long is added and the assignments fixed up.
Missing spaces 1*HZ -> 1 * HZ were also added along the way.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int.
An appropriately named unsigned long is added and the assignments fixed up.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int.
An appropriately named unsigned long is added, respectively 'ret'
renamed, and the assignments fixed up.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When we access the triggers we need to make sure that the
data we expect was actually provided by the firmware file.
Check this when we decode the triggers from the firmware
file.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Since 39b2bbe3d7 (gpio: add flags argument to gpiod_get*() functions)
which appeared in v3.17-rc1, the gpiod_get* functions take an additional
parameter that allows to specify direction and initial value for output.
Moreover use devm_gpiod_get_optional instead of ignoring all errors
returned by devm_gpiod_get and simplify accordingly.
The result is more strict error handling which is good.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tty_name member of struct ser_device is never set or used, so it
can be removed. (The definition of struct ser_device is private to
this .c file, and the identifier tty_name only occurs in this one
place.)
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When IOMM-vtd is active, once main kernel crashes unfinished DMAE transactions
will be blocked, putting the HW in an error state which will cause further
transactions to timeout.
Current employed logic uses wrong macros, causing the first function to be the
only function that cleanups that error state during its probe/load.
This patch allows all the functions to successfully re-load in kdump kernel.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When running in a kdump kernel, it's very likely that due to sync. loss with
management firmware the first PCI function to probe and reach the previous
unload flow would decide it can reset the chip and continue onward. While doing
so, it will only close its own Rx port.
On a 4-port device where 2nd port on engine is a 1g-port, the 2nd port would
allow ingress traffic after the chip is reset [assuming it was active on the
first kernel]. This would later cause a HW attention.
This changes driver flow to close both ports' 1g capabilities during the
previous driver unload flow prior to the chip reset.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two reasons for having this header in the common place:
1) Simplifying drivers that read NVRAM entries. We will be able to
safely call bcm47xx_nvram_* functions without #ifdef-s.
2) Getting NVRAM driver out of MIPS arch code. This is needed to support
BCM5301X arch which also requires this NVRAM driver. Patch for that
will follow once we get is reviewed.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: linux-mips@linux-mips.org
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Paul Walmsley <paul@pwsan.com>
Cc: linux-soc@vger.kernel.org
Patchwork: https://patchwork.linux-mips.org/patch/8619/
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
This patch silences the compiler warning:
drivers/net/can/usb/peak_usb/pcan_usb_fd.c: In function 'pcan_usb_fd_send_cmd':
drivers/net/can/usb/peak_usb/pcan_usb_fd.c:185:6: warning: 'err' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wuninitialized]
by initialising the variable as 0.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The struct ems_cpc_msg describes the a message received from the USB device,
which uses little endian byte order. This patch marks the timestamp in struct
ems_cpc_msg accordingly.
Acked-by: Gerhard Uttenthaler <uttenthaler@ems-wuensche.com>
Acked-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The device expects the CAN ID in little endian format.
Signed-off-by: Gerhard Uttenthaler <uttenthaler@ems-wuensche.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() and
timespec64_to_ns() instead of open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() and
timespec64_to_ns() instead of open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() instead of
open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() and
timespec64_to_ns() instead of open coding the same logic.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() and
timespec64_to_ns() instead of open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() instead of
open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() instead of
open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() and
timespec64_to_ns() instead of open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() instead of
open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() and
timespec64_to_ns() instead of open coding the same logic.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() and
timespec64_to_ns() instead of open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This device is sold as 'Lenovo Tinkpad USB 3.0 Ethernet 4X90E51405'.
Chipset is RTL8153 and works with r8152.
Signed-off-by: Christian Hesse <mail@eworm.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When mii-mon discovers that the link is up, it will call
bond_3ad_handle_link_change() but we forget to add the LACP_ENABLED
flag when we discover the speed and duplex for the slave link are
normal.
Change-Id: Ie8b268ecfeea0f99bf9fdcd72706c0653f9d9e49
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AD_PORT_ACTOR_CHURN and AD_PORT_PARTNER_CHURN are already present and
essentially BOND_MONITOR_CHURNED is a combination of these two definitions.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we need to check peripheral version from the hardware during probe, I
introduce a little helper to unify these tests. It would prevent to
de-synchronize the test like previously observed.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently need two checks of the peripheral version in MACB_MID register.
One of them got out of sync after modification by 8a013a9c71 (net: macb:
Include multi queue support for xilinx ZynqMP ethernet version).
Fix this in macb_configure_caps() so that xilinx ZynqMP will be considered
as a GEM flavor.
Fixes: 8a013a9c71 ("net: macb: Include multi queue support for xilinx ZynqMP
ethernet version")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Cc: Punnaiah Choudary Kalluri <punnaia@xilinx.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> #4.0 (if it doesn't make it for -final)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
User i/o register EMAC_USRIO or GMAC_UR can be found on both macb and gem
flavors of the peripheral. By using the proper accessor, we can add it to the
register dump feature of ethtool.
Increment the version of this API so it can be noticed from user space.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As accessing the peripheral registers need the clocks to be set, we have to
enable them as soon as possible. Their configuration depend on the type of
device used and determined by the DT compatible string. That lead to add
another initialization function in the DT configuration structure.
As the device private structure length depend on an information read in the
registers, we have to store the clock pointers in temporary variables before
feeding the structure fields.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a non-native English speaker, I would correct "capacities" of the macb
peripheral to "capabilities": correct me if I'm wrong!
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Capabilities configuration by macb_configure_caps() was moved far too late by
421d9df062 (net/macb: merge at91_ether driver into macb driver) which would
lead to badly configured hardware.
So, move this function to early probe and modify its prototype to re-gain its
original behavior.
DT data retrieval is also moved to simplify the probe code flow.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Cc: Cyrille Pitchen <cyrille.pitchen@atmel.com>
Cc: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we access the MID register directly, we need to tell why
we don't use the macb_is_gem() dedicated function.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When merging at91_ether and macb driver during 421d9df062 (net/macb: merge
at91_ether driver into macb driver) the probe function has been split. The code
dealing with initialization of queues is now moved in macb_init() which needs
information computed in the parent macb_probe() function.
So, add the queue_mask information to the private structure and use it when
needed in macb_init().
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Cc: Cyrille Pitchen <cyrille.pitchen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit cb6e0b3690 ("net: smc91x: make use of 4th parameter to devm_gpiod_get_index")
caused the following build warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c:2208:6: warning: unused variable 'res' [-Wunused-variable]
Remove the unused 'res' variable.
Reported-by: Olof's autobuilder <build@lixom.net>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of small fixes, cleanups and internal features we have:
* VHT support for TDLS and IBSS (conditional on drivers though)
* first TX performance improvements (the biggest will come later)
* many suspend/resume (race) fixes
* name_assign_type support from Tom Gundersen
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIcBAABCAAGBQJVGWlNAAoJEDBSmw7B7bqr5s8P/R9+Q6y4Ixice9dDOJYynl/d
dMEUEfCBWUyDaQD1bNQIED2mc0sM5+Ax8OVIVx9fdrLGPxaISBqDJKE1USoTNZzm
q+U3dM4Q45SfQSsgaY4FtxTlPWPtUKsNMXY/CxLR+IqVeA3+30rX+hv1f3SAqBj0
68IwW/uUIHb71IZ+hz2Mwudt4JVW8KRg9VlZ0UY6EEvC4m5QD2YkwQQo/hJ2WF+/
wAJbku02L/Vy4J7E6hNcKYWXokht4fVYphjl/1ZDd/+8L8SUv9mC88n1Jzxa428p
1PmbtwzbpOrtTcC2BCPDA04IyfMc7k9DlLKw/h2KLPbHZXheD9eVmo/Am5vz+uH6
926f+FK339SzoJnZ5wBBDiZ8W8TLYNc8ImxtcxjnrtGfr1CKiuh23P1CWyOlKJCO
BYFJqkCOqWOHYnN0embaj7JqM/LmQI5ZoBZHZhD2KQXIXpTsjjIMPfJvip5D+tsV
+iXIlQwdeK6rbjxdonBgn7n57XIeSVMAYeyDCbzIShfibjHbUZPn+RsZCtv8RWv8
EaZu8PerU5ZDKwdX940+lWrtf/TMDJBYQpAIBRuiZK4DTNWCt3BrDlvb1FXGgA+X
vQJnr32vjJ/pLDxNLHQlkKWC4I/CYtG47OgcJN9AQXrig1zApd+C29zy3aqch3ea
wxV9dFfheTqZFjtZfSsH
=O/cf
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-03-30' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Lots of updates for net-next; along with the usual flurry
of small fixes, cleanups and internal features we have:
* VHT support for TDLS and IBSS (conditional on drivers though)
* first TX performance improvements (the biggest will come later)
* many suspend/resume (race) fixes
* name_assign_type support from Tom Gundersen
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
More packet statistics are now calculated and visible to the user via
ethtool:
- RX packet errors statistics.
- TX/RX drops are now calculated.
- TX multicast and broadcast statistics.
- RX/TX per priority bytes statistics.
- RX/TX no vlan packets and bytes statistics.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flow control per priority and Global pause counters are now visible via
ethtool. The counters shows statistics regarding pauses in the device.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Shani Michaeli <shanim@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will allow parallel access to the statistics bitmap.
A pre-step for adding PFC counters, where the statistics bitmap
can be dynamically changed when modifying the PFC setting.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver uses a bitmask to indicate which statistics should be
displayed to the user in ethtool. The bitmask is u64, therefore we are
limited for a selective view of up to 64 statistics. Extend the bitmap
in order to show more than 64 statistics.
In addition, add packet statistics to the ethtool display for PF.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The statistics bitmap belongs to the Ethernet driver, move it there.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add mlx4_stats.h file and move there all statistics structs and marcos.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two counters (rx_chksum_complete and tx_chksum_offload) are not displayed
under SRIOV for the PF via ethtool because their bit mask is off, fix that.
Fixes: f8c6455bb ('net/mlx4_en: Extend checksum offloading by CHECKSUM COMPLETE')
Fixes: 9fab426de ('mlx4: add a new xmit_more counter')
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On phy_mac_interrupt() call, the new_link parameter should be 0 or 1.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add #define UMAC_IRQ_LINK_EVENT to simplify link event handling code.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If bcmgenet_init_dma() fails, it cleans up after itself. Rx and Tx
DMAs are off, and NAPI instances haven't been netif_napi_add()'ed.
Therefore, we need to skip calling bcmgenet_fini_dma() on the error
handling path. bcmgenet_resume() already does this correctly.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bcmgenet_fini_dma() is the only caller of __bcmgenet_fini_dma().
Move __bcmgenet_fini_dma() code inside bcmgenet_fini_dma().
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add #define for UMAC_IRQ_RXDMA_DONE and UMAC_IRQ_TXDMA_DONE in order
to simplify the code that handles Rx and Tx default queue interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The network protocol used to communicate with the host is the remote ndis (rndis)
protocol. We need to decorate each outgoing packet with a rndis header and
additional rndis state (rndis per-packet state). To manage this state, we
currently allocate memory in the transmit path. Eliminate this allocation by
requesting additional head room in the skb.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for embedding the rndis state and other packet state into
the skb, cleanup the test for freeing the skb.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use bool constants as the return values instead of 1 and 0.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Those are counterparts to nla_put_in_addr and nla_put_in6_addr.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IP addresses are often stored in netlink attributes. Add generic functions
to do that.
For nla_put_in_addr, it would be nicer to pass struct in_addr but this is
not used universally throughout the kernel, in way too many places __be32 is
used to store IPv4 address.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some lines in vxlan code are indented by 7 spaces instead of a tab.
Fixes: e4c7ed4153 ("vxlan: add ipv6 support")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before commit 3900f29021 ("bonding: slight
optimizztion for bond_slave_override()") the override logic was to send packets
with non-zero queue_id through the slave with corresponding queue_id, under two
conditions only - if the slave can transmit and it's up.
The above mentioned commit changed this logic by introducing an additional
condition - whether the bond is active (indirectly, using the slave_can_tx and
later - bond_is_active_slave), that prevents the user from implementing more
complex policies according to the Documentation/networking/bonding.txt.
Signed-off-by: Anton Nayshtut <anton@swortex.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Bogoslavsky <alexey@swortex.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's possible that due to errors [either on PCI or on device itself]
registers reads would fail, returning all-Fs.
This adds a check as early as possible so that driver will not read junk
values and make incorrect probe decisions according to them; instead,
gracefully fail the probe.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Number of link changes are now being stored in shared memory [by all possible
link owners], for management use [as well as possible debug information for
dumps].
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <Yaniv.Rosner@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable controlling Post2, coeff, IPreDriver and IFir according to NVRAM setup.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <Yaniv.Rosner@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an ipvlan interface is down, its addresses are not on the hash list.
Fix checks for existence of addresses not to depend on the hash list, walk
through all interface addresses instead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding and removing to the 'ipvlans' list is already done using _rcu list
operations.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ipvlan interface with IP addresses attached is brought down and then
deleted, the assigned addresses are deleted twice from the address hash
list, first on the interface down and second on the link deletion.
Similarly, when an address is added while the interface is down, it is added
second time once the interface is brought up.
When the interface is down, the addresses should be kept off the hash list
for performance reasons. Ensure this is true, which also fixes the double add
problem. To fix the double free, check whether the address is hashed before
removing it.
Reported-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-03-27
Here's another set of Bluetooth & 802.15.4 patches for 4.1:
- New API to control LE advertising data (i.e. peripheral role)
- mac802154 & at86rf230 cleanups
- Support for toggling quirks from debugfs (useful for testing)
- Memory leak fix for LE scanning
- Extra version info reading support for Broadcom controllers
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixed two warnings in e1000e and igb, when switching to timespec64
some printf formats started to not match. In theses cases actually
the new type is __kernel_time_t which is __kernel_long_t which
unfortunately can be either "long" or "long long". So to solve
this I cases the arguments to "long long". -DaveM
Richard Cochran says:
====================
ptp: get ready for 2038
This series converts the core driver methods of the PTP Hardware Clock
(PHC) subsystem to use the 64 bit version of the timespec structure,
making the core API ready for the year 2038.
In addition, I reviewed how each driver and device represents the time
value at the hardware register level. Most of the drivers are ready,
but a few will need some work before the year 2038, as shown:
Patch Driver
------------------------------------------------
12 drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_ptp.c
15 ? drivers/net/ethernet/sfc/ptp.c
16 drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_ptp.c
The commit log messages document how each driver is ready or why it is
not ready. For patch 15, I could not easily find out the hardware
representation of the time value, and so the SFC maintainers will have
to review their low level code in order to resolve any remaining
issues.
* ChangeLog
** V3
- dp83640: use timespec64 throughout per Arnd's suggestion
- tilegx: use timespec64 throughout per Chris' suggestion
- add Jeff's acked-bys
** V2
- use the new methods in the posix clock code right away (patch #3)
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This device stores the number of seconds in a 32 bit register, and the
stored value is unsigned. Therefore this driver and device are ready
for the year 2038. However, more work will be needed prior to 2106.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver is 64 bit only, and so this driver and device are ready
for 2038. This patch changes the driver to the new PHC and also
carries the timespec64 parameter on out to the gxio_mpipe_get-
set_timestamp functions, making explicit the fact that the tv_sec
field is 64 bits wide.
Not even compile tested.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@ezchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver's clock is implemented using a timecounter, and so with
this patch the driver is ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This device stores the number of seconds in a 32 bit register. So
more work is needed on this driver before the year 2038 comes around.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use the newer API.
Depending on how the hardware represents a time value, this driver may
or may not yet be ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver's clock is implemented using a timecounter, and so with
this patch the driver is ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver's clock is implemented using a timecounter, and so with
this patch the driver is ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the 82576, the driver's clock is implemented using a timecounter,
and so with this patch that device is ready for the year 2038.
However, in the case of the i210, the device stores the number of
seconds in a 32 bit register. Therefore, more work is needed on this
driver before the year 2038 comes around.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device appears to use a 64 bit nanoseconds register, and so with
this patch the driver should be ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device appears to use a 64 bit nanoseconds register, and so with
this patch the driver should be ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver's clock is implemented using a timecounter, and so with
this patch the driver is ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device features a 64 bit nanoseconds register, and so with this
patch the driver is ready for the year 2038.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver's clock is implemented using a timecounter, and so with
this patch the driver is ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device appears to use a 64 bit nanoseconds register, and so with
this patch the driver should be ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver's clock is implemented using a timecounter, and so with
this patch the driver is ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver's clock is implemented using a timecounter, and so with
this patch the driver is ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device uses 64 bit nanoseconds register, and so with this patch the
driver is ready for the year 2038.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While debugging something else I noticed AID was
set to 0. This could lead to powersave issues in
station mode. Maybe this isn't really necessary
but set it properly just to be sure.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Don't use literal values for offsets. While at it
rename a function so it is more clear what it
checks for.
This finally takes care of the last magic
5GHz/OFDM offset.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It's possible to derive rate index from bitrate
without any additional mapping structures/logic.
This should have little to none impact on
performance since this is only done for management
frames and the previous approach wasn't
particularly optimized.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Instead of using a hacky table and magic values
use supported band information advertised to
mac80211.
This may impact performance a little when dealing
with legacy rx rates depending on system
architecture. It's probably negligible.
This also fixes a highly theoretical corner case
when HT/VHT rates weren't reported correctly if
channel frequency wasn't known.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use the existing ieee80211_rate array instead of
definining separate one. This gets rid of the ugly
4-index offset when dealing with 5GHz band.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Using raw values is discouraged. Having
defines/enums is preferred.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It was superfluous and confusing. It's better to
define the structure explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There's no need to store rate values in hw_value.
This frees up the hw_value for better future use.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Prepare the code for future changes so that new
code can refer to rate-related stuff without
forward declarations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This patch introduces tdls without tdls peer uapsd and tdls channel switching.
Transmitting tdls data frames works only for ethernet type frames, that's why
data addressed to tdls sta is in ethernet format.
This patch depends on commit c23e31cf7b ("mac80211: initialize rate control
earlier for tdls station").
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
As a part of tdls implementation introduce
tdls related wmi data structures, constant
values and functions.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Currently station counting functions
(inc_num_stations/dec_num_stations) does not handle
tdls type of stations. Tdls station should be counted
because it consumes peer in firmware. Only not tdls
stations are excluded from this counting.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Currently number of tdls vdevs supported by firmware
is hardcoded. For future usage it is stored in ath10k
structure based on defined value.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Peer type was hardcoded to default value.
For future implementation it is required
to make is configurable.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There are a few different tx paths depending on
firmware and frame itself.
Creating a uniform decision will make it possible
to switch between different txmode easier, both
for testing and for future features as well.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
If htt.freq isn't cleared and contains garbage fw
may discard tx packets. Prevent this from
happening by clearing htt.freq properly.
Possible manifestation of the problem could be not
being able to send auth request/response frames on
firmware with HTT >= 3.4 (when freq param was
introduced), e.g. on qca6174.
Fixes: 8d6d362436 ("ath10k: fix offchan reliability")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 8348db2984 ("ath10k: add ATH10K_FW_IE_HTT_OP_VERSION") broke QCA6174
receive side as the HTT ids from ATH10K_FW_HTT_OP_VERSION_MAIN don't have
HTT_TLV_T2H_MSG_TYPE_RX_IN_ORD_PADDR_IND set. Fix this by adding a backwards
compatibility code which sets HTT op version if it's not set by the firmware
image.
Fixes: 8348db2984 ("ath10k: add ATH10K_FW_IE_HTT_OP_VERSION")
Reported-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Tested-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add new ID for ASUS N10 WiFi dongle.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
USB ID 2001:330d is used for a D-Link DWA-131.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This will expose in /sys whether the ifname of a device is set by
userspace or generated by the kernel. The latter kind (wlanX, etc)
is not deterministic, so userspace needs to rename these devices
to names that are guaranteed to stay the same between reboots. The
former, however should never be renamed, so userspace needs to be
able to reliably tell the difference.
Similar functionality was introduced for the rtnetlink core in
commit 5517750f05 ("net: rtnetlink - make create_link take name_assign_type")
Signed-off-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Brett Rudley <brudley@broadcom.com>
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Cc: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Cc: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
[reformat changelog to fit 72 cols]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds recovery mechanism for SDIO RX during SKB allocation
failures.
For allocation failures during multiport aggregation, we skip and drop RX
packets.
For single port read case, we will use preallocated card->mpa_rx.buf to
complete cmd53 read.
Now we terminate SDIO operations only upon cmd53 failures.
CC: James Cameron <quozl@laptop.org>
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Cancel all pending commands including scan commands and stop CAC
during cfg80211 suspend handler.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
"adapter->sleep_cfm" is always non-NULL at this point. Static checkers
complain that we already dereference it at the start of the function
when we do:
skb_put(adapter->sleep_cfm, sizeof(struct mwifiex_opt_sleep_confirm));
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
SDIO reset was not happening properly on mwifiex as cancel_work_sync
in mwifiex_sdio_remove used to kill the calling work function itself.
Due to this, the interface was not getting removed and card was not
getting added again. Reset work function has been made independent
of adapter variable and cancel_work_sync has been moved to cleanup
function.
Signed-off-by: Maithili Hinge <maithili@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
replace REG_WRITE to REG_RMW and place every thing in one
RMW buffer.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
it is possible to reduce time needed for this function
by rplacing REG_WRITE with REG_RMW (plus dummy 0) and putt all commands
in same buffer.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
it will reduce exution time from 14ms to 2ms on ar9271
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
use REG_RMW in ath9k_hw_analog_shift_rmw.
It will double execution speed on usb bus.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
insted of reading each register separatly
and waste 4ms on each operation, we can
use one shot read.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
REG_READ generate most overhead on usb bus. It send and read micro packages
and reduce usb bandwidth. To reduce this overhead we should read in batches.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This function uses mixed styles for register names/numbers which
is make harder reading and optimisation.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since usb bus add extra delay on each request, a command
with read + write requests is too expensive. We can dramtically
reduce usb load by moving this command to firmware.
In my tests, this patch will reduce channel scan time
for about 5-10 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
I changed REG_CR+2 and (MSR) to MSR because MSR is defined as (REG_CR + 2).
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Seems H/W report correctly firmware Autorun value only at initialization
stage. When we close interface and open it again, Autorun value is 0 and
we try to load firmware what kills the device. To fix clear
REQUIRE_FIRMWARE firmware flag, to do not load firmware again, once we
discover Autorun mode.
Reported-and-tested-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and
others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing
about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or
to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc...
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Patch "ath10k: introduce basic tdls functionality" depends on this mac80211
patch:
c23e31cf7b mac80211: initialize rate control earlier for tdls station
was loaded.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=wIgU
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-for-kalle-2015-03-30' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes
* fix a memory leak: we leaked memory each time the module
was loaded.
Firmware 10.2.4.48-3 now supports management frames over HTT feature and has
ATH10K_FW_FEATURE_HAS_WMI_MGMT_TX. But as 10.2.4 branch has conflicting HTT ids
patch "ath10k: add ATH10K_FW_IE_HTT_OP_VERSION" is needed to fix the issue.
Older ath10k versions don't have support that support and to maintain backwards
compatibility we need bump up the FW API to 5 not break older versions.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Target to host HTT messages are conflicting between 10.x and other
firmware revisions. By maintaining separate HTT T2H tables for each
firmware revisions (main, 10x and tlv) similar to WMI abstraction,
solves the conflicts. Add ATH10K_FW_IE_HTT_OP_VERSION so that the firmware can
advertise the HTT interface to ath10k.
This fix is needed to get management frames over HTT (ie.
ATH10K_FW_FEATURE_HAS_WMI_MGMT_TX disabled) working with 10.2.4.48-2 firmware.
Otherwise there will be unknown htt events and nothing works:
[30087.438343] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: htt event (19) not handled
[30087.448691] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: htt event (19) not handled
[30149.032974] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: htt event (19) not handled
If the firmware does not have ATH10K_FW_IE_HTT_OP_VERSION use the main HTT
interface. That way old firmware images will still work.
Cc: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add support for WOW disconnect and magic-packet.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add WMI support for WOW like enable,
wakeup events and host wakeup indication.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In the reset flow, the driver cancels ongoing scan and sends scan
complete notification to mac80211. However it does not clean its UID.
Add cleaning scan UID for the ongoing scan. Loop over all other UIDs
to make sure there's nothing left there and warn if any is found.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
There is a strong relationship between the NVM version and
the hardware step. Enforce that in the driver in case the
default NVM on the platform is the wrong one.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The semaphore may not be accessible. Fix the debug prints
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Sometimes we will want to configure the timeouts for the
Tx queues based on the vif type. Allow to do that using the
trigger mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The FEC modules used on i.MX28 and newer have a register to tune the MDIO
output hold time that should be at least 10 ns. Up to now this value was not
explicitly set and so resulted in less hold time if the fec clock was
faster than 100 MHz.
This was noticed on an i.MX28 machine that uses an input clock of ~150
Mhz which resulted in unreliable communication with a Marvell switch.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-03-27
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Jesse adds new device IDs to handle the new 20G speed for KR2.
Mitch provides a fix for an issue that shows up as a panic or memory
corruption when the device is brought down while under heavy stress.
This is resolved by delaying the releasing of resources until we
receive acknowledgment from the PF driver that the rings have indeed
been stopped. Also adds firmware version information to ethtool
reporting to align with ixgbevf behavior.
Akeem increases the polling loop limiter, sine we found that in
certain circumstances the firmware can take longer to be ready after
a reset.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As datasheets for igb (I210, I350, 82576, etc.) say, maclen can be from
14 to 127, which is enough for reasonable number of vlan tags.
My netperf test showed I350's TSO works pretty fine with multiple vlans.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Team devices don't need to segment multiple tagged packets since their
slaves can segment them.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bonding devices don't need to segment multiple tagged packets since their
slaves can segment them.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To allow drivers to handle the features check for multiple tags,
move the check to ndo_features_check().
As no drivers currently handle multiple tagged TSO, introduce
dflt_features_check() and call it if the driver does not have
ndo_features_check().
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes sparse warnings introduced in commit e85c9a7abf ("cxgb4/cxgb4vf: Add
code to calculate T5 BAR2 Offsets for SGE Queue Registers") and
df64e4d38c ("cxgb4/cxgb4vf: Use new interfaces to calculate BAR2 SGE Queue
Register addresses") and few old ones
sparse warnings:
>> drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4vf/sge.c:1006:48: sparse: cast removes
>> address space of expression
>> drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4vf/sge.c:1006:48: sparse: incorrect type in
>> initializer (different address space)
>> drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4vf/sge.c:1020:40: sparse: incorrect type in
>> argument 1 (different base types)
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wire up the common code for setting up hardware bridging
and access to the forwarding database.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mv88e6172 has support for EEE. Check for the product ID and call
the common code if applicable.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the code more readable by using defines for the switch IDs.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get the switch id and save it away in the private mv88x6xxx structure
in a centralised piece of code, rather than each driver doing it itself.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for manipulating switch fdb entries by pointing to the
ndo_fdb functions implemented for mv88e6xxxx.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No vlan support at this time.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bridge support is similar for all chips supported by the mv88e6xxx code,
so add the code there.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will simplify adding offloaded bridge support later on.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This prepares the driver for hardware bridging.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split mv88e6xxx_reg_read and mv88e6xxx_reg_write into two functions each,
one to acquire smi_mutex and one to get struct mii_bus *bus from
struct dsa_switch *ds and to call the actual read/write function.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Datasheet says that the Message Port bit should not be set for the CPU port.
Having it set causes DSA tagged packets to be sent to the CPU port roughly
every 30 seconds. Those packets are the same as real packets forwarded between
switch ports if the switch is configured for switching between multiple ports.
The packets are then bridged by the software bridge, resulting in duplicated
packets on the network.
Reported-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide mv88e6xxx_setup_port_common() for common port initialization.
Currently only write Port 1 Control and VLAN configuration since
this will be needed for hardware bridging. More can be added later
if desired/needed.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Code used and needed in mv886xxx.c should be initialized there as well,
so factor it out from the individual initialization files.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vmbus_are_subchannels_present() also involves opening the channels, which
may be too early at this point. Checking for subchannels is not necessary here.
So this patch removes it. Subchannels will be opened when offer messages arrive.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since 39b2bbe3d7 (gpio: add flags argument to gpiod_get*() functions)
which appeared in v3.17-rc1, the gpiod_get* functions take an additional
parameter that allows to specify direction and initial value for output.
Simplify accordingly.
Moreover use devm_gpiod_get_index_optional for still simpler handling.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch, we can send out multiple RNDIS data packets in one send buffer
slot and one VMBus message. It reduces the overhead associated with VMBus messages.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
received is 0, no need to minus it and use "+=" to reassign it
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch sets up xps queue mapping on load, so that TX traffic is
steered to the queue whose irqs are being processed by the current cpu.
This helps in avoiding TX lock contention.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides hints to irqbalance to map be2net IRQs to
specific CPU cores. cpumask_set_cpu_local_first() is used, which first
maps IRQs to near NUMA cores; when those cores are exhausted, IRQs are
mapped to far NUMA cores.
Signed-off-by: Padmanabh Ratnakar <padmanabh.ratnakar@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Disable interrupts and quiesce rx before unregistering net device to avoid crash
while unloading driver when traffic is flowing through.
Based on original work by Shameem Khalid <shameem@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
QIDs (egress/ingress) from firmware in FW_*_CMD.alloc command
can be anywhere in the range from EQ(IQFLINT)_START to EQ(IQFLINT)_END.
For eg, in the first load eqid can be from 100 to 300.
In the next load it can be from 301 to 500 (assume eq_start is 100 and eq_end is
1000).
The driver was assuming them to always start from EQ(IQFLINT)_START till
MAX_EGRQ(INGQ). This was causing stack overflow and subsequent crash.
Fixed it by dynamically allocating memory (of qsize (x_END - x_START + 1)) for
these structures.
Based on original work by Santosh Rastapur <santosh@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_fcoe.c:49:9-10: WARNING: return of 0/1 in function 'cxgb_fcoe_sof_eof_supported' with return type bool
Return statements in functions returning bool should use
true/false instead of 1/0.
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/misc/boolreturn.cocci
CC: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cdc_ncm disagrees with usbnet about how much framing overhead should
be counted in the tx_bytes statistics, and tries 'fix' this by
decrementing tx_bytes on the transmit path. But statistics must never
be decremented except due to roll-over; this will thoroughly confuse
user-space. Also, tx_bytes is only incremented by usbnet in the
completion path.
Fix this by requiring drivers that set FLAG_MULTI_FRAME to set a
tx_bytes delta along with the tx_packets count.
Fixes: beeecd42c3 ("net: cdc_ncm/cdc_mbim: adding NCM protocol statistics")
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Currently the usbnet core does not update the tx_packets statistic for
drivers with FLAG_MULTI_PACKET and there is no hook in the TX
completion path where they could do this.
cdc_ncm and dependent drivers are bumping tx_packets stat on the
transmit path while asix and sr9800 aren't updating it at all.
Add a packet count in struct skb_data so these drivers can fill it
in, initialise it to 1 for other drivers, and add the packet count
to the tx_packets statistic on completion.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Tested-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for multiple Rx queues:
1. Add NAPI context per Rx queue
2. Modify Rx interrupt and Rx NAPI code to handle multiple Rx queues
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new bcmgenet functions to handle the NAPI calls to:
netif_napi_add()
napi_enable()
napi_disable()
netif_napi_del()
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new bcmgenet functions to handle the NAPI calls to:
netif_napi_add()
napi_enable()
napi_disable()
netif_napi_del()
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use more meaningful variable names int0_enable and int1_enable when
enabling bcmgenet interrupts.
For Rx default queue interrupts, use:
UMAC_IRQ_RXDMA_BDONE | UMAC_IRQ_RXDMA_PDONE
For Tx default queue interrupts, use:
UMAC_IRQ_TXDMA_BDONE | UMAC_IRQ_TXDMA_PDONE
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do the two kcalloc() calls first, before proceeding into Rx/Tx DMA init.
Makes the error case handling much simpler.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaedon Shin <jaedon.shin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unnecessary function parameter priv. Use ring->priv instead.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unused priv->int0_mask and priv->int1_mask.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Added wrapper functions around napi_add, napi_del, napi_enable and napi_disable
- Moved platform_get_irq function call after reading phy_mode
- Associating the new irq to tx completion for the supported ethernet interfaces
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Keyur Chudgar <kchudgar@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix the error handling when is_tx is true. The error handling
tries to get the transceiver into RX_AACK_ON mode then we need to be
sure that is_tx is false.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This spinlock isn't necessary because if we are in TX_ON/TX_ARET_ON
state the transceiver can't be interrupted e.g. by receiving a frame
when a SHR was detected. In this time the transceiver doesn't leave
the TX_ON/TX_ARET_ON state until the tx complete irq change the state
into RX_AACK_ON again. This means a receiving interrupt in state
TX_ON/TX_ARET_ON can't happen and is_tx is protected by transceiver.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Bump.
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Customers reported that the firmware version information from i40evf
is unlike that of ixgbevf and was causing problems with their scripts.
To resolve this, populate the field to align with ixgbevf.
Change-ID: I9f4e24f6a76cd819bbe07087aab2b74f715ec103
Reported-by: Sourav Chatterjee <sourav.chatterjee@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In some circumstances the firmware can take longer to be ready after a reset than
we're currently waiting. This patch increases the polling loop limiter to much
longer than expected.
Change-ID: I4b2c4c100dfa4abb77d02e5ecdec1cdd253b8c7e
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Call the netdev carrier off and TX disable functions first, before other
shutdown operations. This stops the stack from hitting us with
transmits while we're shutting down. Additionally, disable NAPI before
disabling interrupts, or the interrupt might get re-enabled
inappropriately. Finally, remove the call to netif_tx_stop_all_queues,
as it is redundant - the call to netif_tx_disable already did the same
thing.
Change-ID: I8b2dd25231b82817746cc256234a5eeeb4abaccc
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the VF interface is closed, we cannot immediately free our rings
and RX buffers, because the hardware hasn't yet stopped accessing this
memory. This shows up as a panic or memory corruption when the device is
brought down while under heavy stress.
To fix this, delay releasing resources until we receive acknowledgment
from the PF driver that the rings have indeed been stopped. Because of
this delay, we also need to check to make sure that all of our admin
queue requests have been handled before allowing the device to be
opened.
Change-ID: I44edd35529ce2fa2a9512437a3a8e6f14ed8ed63
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The new devices need a new device ID some other defines to
handle the new 20G speed for KR2.
Change-ID: I03f717e364afe59657e8c9ce5ffaad856b4b21df
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Raczynski <piotr.raczynski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There is no need to implement the enable_scan_iteration_notif handling
explicitly and there's no reason not to export the current value. So
use debugfs_create_bool() instead.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add support for delaying the start of a scheduled scan (or a WoWLAN
net-detect scan).
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
ref_count is currently initialized on start_fw(). This causes
some issues in restart flow, as currently active references
(e.g. unclaimed command) will get cleared, resulting in
invalid reference accounting.
Move the ref_count initialization to the configure() trans op,
so it won't be re-initialized on restart.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In nic restart flow we inform mac80211 that scan was aborted, but it was
based only on scan_status which is not set by UMAC scan. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The AP_START d0i3 reference was never removed if the AP started correctly.
This has the unpleasant side-effect of preventing D0i3 on Android if the
WiFi hotspot was ever started on the device.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
As namespaces are sometimes used with overlapping ip address ranges,
we should also use the namespace as input to the hash to select the ip
fragmentation counter bucket.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes below warning by dynamically allocating memory
All warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_debugfs.c: In function
'cctrl_tbl_show':
>> drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_debugfs.c:689:1: warning: the
>> frame
>> size of 1028 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The original comment was not really informative or funny
as well as sexist. Replace it with a better explanation of
why the driver does stop and what the impacts are.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ucc_geth was indicating link up after a port is administratively enabled even
when nothing is plugged in. This causes user-space tools to see a spurious link
up the first time after boot.
Signed-off-by: Cliff Clark <cliff_clark@selinc.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds cxgb4_fcoe.c and enables FCOE_CRC, FCOE_MTU
net device features.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds new header file cxgb4_fcoe.h and defines new
macros for FCoE support in cxgb4 driver.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We occasionally see in procedure mlx4_GEN_EQE that the driver tries
to grab an uninitialized mutex.
This can occur in only one of two ways:
1. We are trying to generate an async event on an uninitialized slave.
2. We are trying to generate an async event on an illegal slave number
( < 0 or > persist->num_vfs) or an inactive slave.
To deal with #1: move the mutex initialization from specific slave init
sequence in procedure mlx_master_do_cmd to mlx4_multi_func_init() (so that
the mutex is always initialized for all slaves).
To deal with #2: check in procedure mlx4_GEN_EQE that the slave number
provided is in the proper range and that the slave is active.
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Netdevice registration should be performed a the end of the driver
initialization flow. If we don't do that, after calling register_netdevice,
device callbacks may be issued by higher layers of the stack before
final configuration of the device is done.
For example (VXLAN configuration race), mlx4_SET_PORT_VXLAN was issued
after the register_netdev command. System network scripts may configure
the interface (UP) right after the registration, which also attach
unicast VXLAN steering rule, before mlx4_SET_PORT_VXLAN was called,
causing the firmware to fail the rule attachment.
Fixes: 837052d0cc ("net/mlx4_en: Add netdev support for TCP/IP offloads of vxlan tunneling")
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* avoid panic with lots of IBSS stations
* Fix dvm's behavior after suspend resume
* Allow to keep connection after CSA failure
* Remove a noisy by harmless WARN_ON
* New device IDs
rtlwifi:
* fix IOMMU mapping leak in AP mode
brcmfmac:
* disable MBSS feature for BCM43362 to get AP mode working again
ath9k:
* disable Transmit Power Control (TPC) again due to regressions
* fix beaconing issue with AP+STA setup
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVEQL4AAoJEG4XJFUm622boBwH/R61GyJvh2OieOfv35fv84N0
h4abht9N4gfogwJcF9AT0rPddo+ueYhD1pSYOS6pyM1d2OjhJq73vEVetCUKpX46
TpFw2hZOOZKj97flYyi7dPXQxGcUYLAzfqZ5Dn45czGuwMk/v3v+Ni3lzHUfmKvm
jrjHWKm2+WiJGRO7xJEmUAZoXTLEZdQtxLC3oViIeldhjsS5XQfx6K7mlp6L/7lC
zvHBSkLFEjjn6fMa17r9GgCsN7HkHuK8/tbXfbDyVw37bWte/6ZJv+1IUn6HPUKJ
mCRl5Sbs/+Rg0sqWaf1ygjGCghx9I7U4R9EvaZxpSnn+KjeeL4ibds2Lq+DoAaM=
=fEF3
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2015-03-24' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
iwlwifi:
* avoid panic with lots of IBSS stations
* Fix dvm's behavior after suspend resume
* Allow to keep connection after CSA failure
* Remove a noisy by harmless WARN_ON
* New device IDs
rtlwifi:
* fix IOMMU mapping leak in AP mode
brcmfmac:
* disable MBSS feature for BCM43362 to get AP mode working again
ath9k:
* disable Transmit Power Control (TPC) again due to regressions
* fix beaconing issue with AP+STA setup
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Master change notifications may occur other than when joining or
leaving a bridge, for example when being added to or removed from
a bond or Open vSwitch.
Previously in those cases rocker_port_bridge_leave() was called
which results in a null-pointer dereference as rocker_port->bridge_dev
is NULL because there is no bridge device.
This patch makes provision for doing nothing in such cases.
Fixes: 6c70794500 ("rocker: implement L2 bridge offloading")
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have wlcore device-tree bindings in place
(for both wl12xx and wl18xx), remove the legacy
wl12xx_platform_data struct, and move its members
into the platform device data (that is passed to wlcore)
Davinci 850 is the only platform that still set
the platform data in the legacy way (and doesn't
have DT bindings), so remove the relevant
code/Kconfig option from the board file (as suggested
by Sekhar Nori)
Since no one currently uses wlcore_spi, simply remove its
platform data support (DT bindings will have to be added
if someone actually needs it)
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luca@coelho.fi>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Tested-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
When running with device-tree, we no longer have a board file
that can set up the platform data for wlcore.
Allow this data to be passed from DT.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <ido@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Tested-by: Sébastien Szymanski <sebastien.szymanski@armadeus.com>
Tested-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Instead of defining an enumeration with the FW specific values for the
different clock rates, use the actual frequency instead. Also add a
boolean to specify whether the clock is XTAL or not.
Change all board files to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luca@coelho.fi>
[Eliad - small fixes, update board file changes]
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Tested-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
In this routine, kzalloc allocates a memory block. This allocation is
freed in the error paths, but not in the normal exit, thus the allocation
is leaked.
The kmemleak facility was used to find the leak.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Cc: Intel Linux Wireless <ilw@linux.intel.com>
Statistics' state-machine in bnx2x driver must be synced with various driver
flows, but its current locking scheme manages to be wasteful [using 2 locks +
additional local variable] and prone to race-conditions at the same time,
as the state-machine and 'action' are being accessed under different locks.
In addition, current 'safe exec' isn't in fact safe, since the only guarantee
it gives is that DMA transactions are over, but ramrods might still be running.
This patch cleans up said logic, leaving us with a single lock for the entire
flow and removing the possible races.
Changes from v2:
- Switched into mutex locking from semaphore locking.
- Release locks on error flows.
Changes from v1:
Failure to acquire lock fails flow instead of printing a warning and
allowing access to the critical section.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/netfilter/nf_tables_core.c
The nf_tables_core.c conflict was resolved using a conflict resolution
from Stephen Rothwell as a guide.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is deprecated, it forces the driver to hop via the OF node
that may or may not exist, instead use pci_dev_to_eeh_dev() which
is simpler.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Acked-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
In case the interface is not used, power down the integrated GPHY during
suspend. Similarly to bcmgenet_open(), bcmgenet_resume() powers on the GPHY
prior to any UniMAC activity.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Power up the GPHY while we are bringing-up the network interface, and
conversely, upon bring down, power the GPHY down. In order to avoid
creating hardware hazards, make sure that the GPHY gets powered on
during bcmgenet_open() prior to the UniMAC being reset as the UniMAC may
start creating activity towards the GPHY if we reverse the steps.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the GPHY power down sequence by setting all power down bits, putting
the GPHY in reset, and finally cutting the 25Mhz reference clock.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We were missing a number of extra steps and delays to power-up the GPHY, update
the sequence to reflect the proper procedure here.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for implementing the power down GPHY sequence, rename
bcmgenet_ephy_power_up to illustrate that it is not EPHY specific but
PHY agnostic, and add an "enable" argument.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CK25_DIS bit controls whether a 25Mhz clock is fed to the GPHY or
not, in preparation for powering down the integrated GPHY when relevant,
make sure we clear that bit.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If bcmgenet_power_down() fails, we would want to propagate a return
value from bcmgenet_wol_power_down_cfg() to know about this.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIcBAABCAAGBQJVD+1xAAoJECte4hHFiupUVD8P/2ymRe2lcNILciuzaErjkDjc
GvbvsDM2rIPKfxT1ptrn52l9MhvIN/oFwVjSzdBNFKz9GmCnqvwwT+EHpV2CxdIR
deblAbDAGuzYbDbY7uadOXU2CQWcUw7r7wCgNhIcWs1qd7ndfGVj3eBKFsJsGuvM
5s2sSP4s7U2xgIk2Ts8RHAGdofL/YVUUqSTOWzUfTJm7rPDTtWLXHMk0e3V8kFN0
im9yy00gOnMYpuAMfemD7fm6OClO/3L2x5gjVXNMGrf73TivfLMSrCGC3eqN3W9J
FY7G9502c6cMxNK7eneZE31XCHxpVIOHwGD9C4AWi/b9kHGZjKdQ5HK9KTXAbCLh
eN8h2hpnlrotS1wDXh0ThGqZYpW7LhzKyZvZ3DSW9WBnwf2NqTdHx2HtIQL6WE8X
WAZbmUGJhOh+ZZ7hGhIBNHqAT7qz6rprMIKfjio609ZU3vZscnwEUv+8FEKipKFD
qZTSUE1ZLTczHZg/jMQ208ecE4uD06GsmNzi1kzzHjbaCtGnRhwKfD3yl3V8dn1O
Zz8n2nJqF+V5F+AWFHgJ6AkM5Na7UOvVhtY/8R7u1D1gn+yQStYjY4y4jxR4JdsU
8mIUc+1PhJgIggsvbKYP1IzXvMecWtPDDfIkPIXsOaFANF4jN8PTfLXe1ZYGhpCV
aMuUZk7XUthdJavD0FWZ
=m6GG
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-4.1-20150323' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2015-03-23
this is a pull request of 6 patches for net-next/master.
A patch by Florian Westphal, converts the skb->destructor to use
sock_efree() instead of own destructor. Ahmed S. Darwish's patch
converts the kvaser_usb driver to use unregister_candev(). A patch by
me removes a return from a void function in the m_can driver. Yegor
Yefremov contributes a patch for combined rx/tx LED trigger support. A
sparse warning in the esd_usb2 driver was fixes by Thomas Körper. Ben
Dooks converts the at91_can driver to use endian agnostic IO accessors.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dan Carpenter's static checker warned that in vxlan_stop we are checking
if 'vs' can be NULL while later we simply derreference it.
As after commit 56ef9c909b ("vxlan: Move socket initialization to
within rtnl scope") 'vs' just cannot be NULL in vxlan_stop() anymore, as
the interface won't go up if the socket initialization fails. So we are
good to just remove the check and make it consistent.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Always use software checksumming, since the hardware does not have any
checksum offload support.
This significantly improves local TCP tx performance.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The start-of-frame and end-of-frame bits were accidentally swapped.
In the current code it does not make any difference, since they are
always used together.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that ANI is enabled by default, allow user to disable or enable ANI feature
from debugfs
echo 0|1 > /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phyX/ath10k/ani_enable
Signed-off-by: Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
ANI helps to improve connectvity and performance in a noisy environment.
Enabling this feature would help the user experience a better and stable
wireless connection in a noisy environmnet. This feature is currently not
enabled for ath10k. Enable this feature by default.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Enable channel 144 on 5GHz band since 802.11ac introduced it.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since thermal daemon is unaware of the device state, it might
try to adjust the throttle state when the device is powered down.
So the driver caches the value and will configure it while
powering up the target. The cached value will be programed later
once the device is brought up. In such case, returning error
status is confusing and misleading the user application. Hence
moving the driver state check before sending wmi command to target.
Reported-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Allow driver to cache the throttle state when the devie is not
yet started. Configure the cached throttle state while powering
up the device. Since thermal daemon is unaware of the up/down cycle,
it assumes that device is throttled.
Reported-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Recently thermal mitigation is validated in station mode as well.
Hence allowing thermal throttling for all interfaces. This enables
user to validate thermal mitigation with different modes.
Reported-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Thermal throttling is not handled in software restart and device
bootup. Also it needs to be configured whenever quiet period got
updated. Fix that.
Reported-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Setting the sysfs attribute ends up configuring the duty cycle,
but the interface through which the attribute is exposed
(cooling_device) is for setting the throttle/cooling state. This
is confusing the user. Hence renaming the cooling device interfaces
for better readability.
Cc: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add support to configure quiet period (in milliseconds) via debugfs.
This is useful to experiment different quiet period values along with
different throttle ratio.
echo 100 > /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phyX/ath10k/quiet_period
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since the station kickout threshold is also counting software
reries (Default sw count in firmware is 16), increasing the threshold
to try with atleast 20 data frames before kicking out the station.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
By default rts protection is enabled in firmware for the second
rateset. Currently ath10k selects RTS profile (only for software
retries), when legacy stations are associated or asked by mac80211.
On congested environment, when AP is running in HT/VHT mode and
there are no legacy clients associated, this will impact the
robustness. Also enabling RTS protection only for second rateset will
not impact performance on clear environment. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
ppc has special instruction forms to efficiently load and store values
in non-native endianness. These can be accessed via the arch-specific
{ld,st}_le{16,32}() inlines in arch/powerpc/include/asm/swab.h.
However, gcc is perfectly capable of generating the byte-reversing
load/store instructions when using the normal, generic cpu_to_le*() and
le*_to_cpu() functions eaning the arch-specific functions don't have much
point.
Worse the "le" in the names of the arch specific functions is now
misleading, because they always generate byte-reversing forms, but some
ppc machines can now run a little-endian kernel.
To start getting rid of the arch-specific forms, this patch removes them
from all the old Power Macintosh drivers, replacing them with the
generic byteswappers.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Change __raw accesors to endian agnostic versions to allow the driver
to work properly on big endian systems.
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben.dooks@codethink.co.uk>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The hnd field of the structs does not need to be __le32: the
device just returns the value without using it itself.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Körper <thomas.koerper@esd.eu>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Add <ifname>-rxtx trigger, that will be activated both for tx
as rx events. This trigger mimics "activity" LED for Ethernet
devices.
Signed-off-by: Yegor Yefremov <yegorslists@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Use can-dev's unregister_candev() instead of directly calling
networking unregister_netdev(). While both are functionally
equivalent, unregister_candev() might do extra stuff in the
future than just calling networking layer unregistration code.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Return EPROBE_DEFER if Regulator returns EPROBE_DEFER
If the Flexcan driver is built into kernel and a regulator is used to
enable the CAN transceiver, the Flexcan driver may not use the regulator.
When initializing the Flexcan device with a regulator defined in the device
tree, but not initialized, the regulator subsystem returns EPROBE_DEFER, hence
the Flexcan init fails.
The solution for this is to return EPROBE_DEFER if regulator is not initialized
and wait until the regulator is initialized.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Werner <kernel@andy89.org>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Making sure that the bus-off state gets passed to can_change_state().
Signed-off-by: Andri Yngvason <andri.yngvason@marel.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The PCAN USB (pro) FD adapters with firmware versions > 2.x support the
switching between ISO (default) and non-ISO conform bitstreams on the CAN bus.
The setting for the 2.x firmware adapters can be modified with the 'ip' tool
from the iproute2 package (option: fd-non-iso [on|off]).
Signed-off-by: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The PUCAN_CMD_RX_FRAME_(ENABLE|DISABLE) command has extended its purpose
and was therefore renamed to PUCAN_CMD_SET_(EN|DIS)_OPTION.
Signed-off-by: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
smatch detected the following issue:
drivers/net/can/usb/gs_usb.c:904 gs_usb_probe() error:
potential null dereference 'dev'. (kzalloc returns null)
Add a check for null return from kzalloc and return -ENOMEM
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
USB endpoint's wMaxPacketSize field is an le16 entity. Use
appropriate le16_to_cpu macros to maintain endian independence.
Reported-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Current driver code arbitrarily assumes a max outstanding tx
value of 16 parallel transmissions. Meanwhile, the device
firmware provides its actual maximum inside its reply to the
CMD_GET_SOFTWARE_INFO message.
Under heavy tx traffic, if the interleaved transmissions count
increases above the limit reported by firmware, the firmware
breaks up badly, reports a massive list of internal errors, and
the candump traces hardly matches the actual frames sent and
received.
On the other hand, in certain models, the firmware can support
up to 48 tx URBs instead of just 16, increasing the driver
throughput by two-fold and reducing the possibility of -ENOBUFs.
Thus dynamically set the driver's max tx URBs value according
to firmware replies.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Transmission of an AP beacon does not call the TX interrupt service routine,
which usually does the cleanup. Instead, cleanup is handled in a tasklet
completion routine. Unfortunately, this routine has a serious bug in that it does
not release the DMA mapping before it frees the skb, thus one IOMMU mapping is
leaked for each beacon. The test system failed with no free IOMMU mapping slots
approximately one hour after hostapd was used to start an AP.
This issue was reported and tested at https://github.com/lwfinger/rtlwifi_new/issues/30.
Reported-and-tested-by: Kevin Mullican <kevin@mullican.com>
Cc: Kevin Mullican <kevin@mullican.com>
Signed-off-by: Shao Fu <shaofu@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.18+]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When the device is powered up, some (older) firmware versions fail to work
properly if we send commands before the boot is complete (everything is OK
when the device is hot-plugged). The firmware indicates its ready status by
putting the link up.
Newer firmwares delay the first command so they don't suffer from this problem.
They also report the link being always up.
Wait for firmware to become ready (link up) before sending any commands and/or
data.
This also allows lowering CMD_TIMEOUT value to a reasonable time.
Tested with 4.1.0.9 (old) and 4.1.0.30 (new) firmware versions.
Signed-off-by: Ondrej Zary <linux@rainbow-software.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AIC needs to be registered only when BTCOEX is enabled.
This fixes the error reported by kbuild:
>> ERROR: "ar9003_hw_attach_aic_ops" [drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/ath9k_hw.ko] undefined!
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The BCM43362 firmware falsely reports it is capable of providing
MBSS. As a result AP mode no longer works for this device. Therefor
disable MBSS in the driver for this chipset.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.19.y
Reported-by: Jorg Krause <jkrause@posteo.de>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
NetCP 1.5 available on newer K2 SoCs such as K2E and K2L introduced 3
variants of the ethss subsystem, 9 port, 5 port and 2 port. These have
one host port towards the CPU and N external slave ports.
To customize the driver for these new ethss sub systems, multiple
compatibility strings are introduced. Currently some of parameters that
are different on different variants such as number of ALE ports, stats
modules and number of ports are defined through constants. These are now
changed to variables in gbe_priv data that get set based on the
compatibility string. This is required as there are no hardware
identification registers available to distinguish among the variants
of NetCP 1.5 ethss. However there is identification register available
to differentiate between NetCP 1.4 vs NetCP 1.5 and the same is made use
of in the code to differentiate them.
For more reading on the details of this peripheral, please refer to the
User Guide available at http://www.ti.com/lit/pdf/spruhz3
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: WingMan Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
CC: "Lad, Prabhakar" <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
CC: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
CC: Christoph Jaeger <cj@linux.com>
CC: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
CC: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
CC: Kumar Gala <galak@codeaurora.org>
CC: Ian Campbell <ijc+devicetree@hellion.org.uk>
CC: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
CC: Pawel Moll <pawel.moll@arm.com>
CC: Rob Herring <robh+dt@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix following checkpatch error. It seems to have passed checkpatch
last time when original code was introduced.
ERROR: Macros with complex values should be enclosed in parentheses
#172: FILE: drivers/net/ethernet/ti/netcp_ethss.c:869:
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: WingMan Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
CC: "Lad, Prabhakar" <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
CC: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
CC: Christoph Jaeger <cj@linux.com>
CC: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
CC: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
CC: Kumar Gala <galak@codeaurora.org>
CC: Ian Campbell <ijc+devicetree@hellion.org.uk>
CC: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
CC: Pawel Moll <pawel.moll@arm.com>
CC: Rob Herring <robh+dt@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Keystone netcp driver re-uses davinci mdio driver. So enable it
by default for keystone netcp driver.
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: WingMan Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
CC: "Lad, Prabhakar" <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
CC: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
CC: Christoph Jaeger <cj@linux.com>
CC: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
CC: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
CC: Kumar Gala <galak@codeaurora.org>
CC: Ian Campbell <ijc+devicetree@hellion.org.uk>
CC: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
CC: Pawel Moll <pawel.moll@arm.com>
CC: Rob Herring <robh+dt@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ethss has multiple modules within the sub system
- switch sub system
- sgmii
- mdio
- switch module
NetCP driver re-uses existing davinci mdio driver. It requires to
have its own register region to map the reg space. So restructure
the code to use separate reg region for the individual modules it
manages. Use range property to define register space of NetCP and
use reg property to define individual reg spaces. So MDIO will have
its own reg space to map. This is a pre-requisite to enable MDIO
driver for NetCP.
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: WingMan Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
CC: "Lad, Prabhakar" <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
CC: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
CC: Christoph Jaeger <cj@linux.com>
CC: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
CC: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
CC: Kumar Gala <galak@codeaurora.org>
CC: Ian Campbell <ijc+devicetree@hellion.org.uk>
CC: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
CC: Pawel Moll <pawel.moll@arm.com>
CC: Rob Herring <robh+dt@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
10G switch requires forward port number in the taginfo field,
where as it should be in packet_info field for necp 1.4 Ethss. So
fill this value correctly in the knav dma descriptor.
Also rename dma_psflags field in struct netcp_tx_pipe to switch_to_port
as it contain no flag, but the switch port number for forwarding the
packet. Add a flag to hold the new flag, SWITCH_TO_PORT_IN_TAGINFO which
will be set for 10G. This can also used in the future for other flags for
the tx_pipe.
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: WingMan Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
CC: "Lad, Prabhakar" <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
CC: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
CC: Christoph Jaeger <cj@linux.com>
CC: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
CC: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
CC: Kumar Gala <galak@codeaurora.org>
CC: Ian Campbell <ijc+devicetree@hellion.org.uk>
CC: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
CC: Pawel Moll <pawel.moll@arm.com>
CC: Rob Herring <robh+dt@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Home routers based on ARM SoCs like BCM4708 also have bcma bus with core
supported by bgmac.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On ARM SoCs with bgmac Ethernet hardware we don't have any normal PHY.
There is always a switch attached but it's not even controlled over MDIO
like in case of MIPS devices.
We need a fixed PHY to be able to send/receive packets from the switch.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use netif_carrier_off() first, since that will prevent the stack from
queuing more packets to this IF. This operation is fast, and should
behave much nicer when trying to bring down an interface under load.
Reported-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use netif_carrier_off() first, since that will prevent the stack from
queuing more packets to this IF. This operation is fast, and should
behave much nicer when trying to bring down an interface under load.
Reported-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The call to e1000e_write_protect_nvm_ich8lan() is no longer supported by HW.
Access to these registers causes a system freeze in A step hardware and is
ignored in B step hardware. This function must not be called in hardware
newer than LPT.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When bringing down an interface netif_carrier_off() should be
one the first things we do, since this will prevent the stack
from queuing more packets to this interface.
This operation is very fast, and should make the device behave
much nicer when trying to bring down an interface under load.
Also, this would Do The Right Thing (TM) if this device has some
sort of fail-over teaming and redirect traffic to the other IF.
Move netif_carrier_off as early as possible.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When bringing down an interface netif_carrier_off() should be
one the first things we do, since this will prevent the stack
from queuing more packets to this interface.
This operation is very fast, and should make the device behave
much nicer when trying to bring down an interface under load.
Also, this would Do The Right Thing (TM) if this device has some
sort of fail-over teaming and redirect traffic to the other IF.
Move netif_carrier_off as early as possible.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c
net/core/sysctl_net_core.c
net/ipv4/inet_diag.c
The be_main.c conflict resolution was really tricky. The conflict
hunks generated by GIT were very unhelpful, to say the least. It
split functions in half and moved them around, when the real actual
conflict only existed solely inside of one function, that being
be_map_pci_bars().
So instead, to resolve this, I checked out be_main.c from the top
of net-next, then I applied the be_main.c changes from 'net' since
the last time I merged. And this worked beautifully.
The inet_diag.c and sysctl_net_core.c conflicts were simple
overlapping changes, and were easily to resolve.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the napi_alloc_skb function to allocate an skb when running within
the softirq context to avoid calls to local_irq_save/restore.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Rx coalescing value is internally converted from usecs to a value
that the hardware can use. When reporting the Rx coalescing value, this
internal value is converted back to usecs. During the conversion from
and back to usecs some rounding occurs. So, for example, when setting an
Rx usec of 30, it will be reported as 29. Fix this reporting issue by
keeping the original usec value and using that during reporting.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Tx coalescing support in the driver was a software implementation
for something lacking in the hardware. Using hrtimers, the idea was to
trigger a timer interrupt after having queued a packet for transmit.
Unfortunately, as the timer value was lowered, the timer expired before
the hardware actually did the transmit and so it was racey and resulted
in unnecessary interrupts.
Remove the Tx coalescing support and hrtimer and replace with a Tx timer
that is used as a reclaim timer in case of inactivity.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hardware supplies a value that indicates the DMA range that it
is capable of using. Use this value rather than hard-coding it in
the driver.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the new lighter weight memory barriers when working with the device
descriptors.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clarify that the queues referred to in a message when the device is
brought up are hardware queues and not necessarily related to the
Linux network queues.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, there is no interrupt code that indicates auto-negotiation
has timed out. If the auto-negotiation has timed out then the start of
a new auto-negotiation will begin again with a new base page being
received. The state machine could be in a state that is not expecting
this interrupt code which results in an error during auto-negotiation.
Update the code to timestamp when the auto-negotiation starts. Should
another page received interrupt code occur before auto-negotiation has
completed but after the auto-negotiation timeout, then reset the state
machine to allow the auto-negotiation to continue.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the setting of the transceiver type when retrieving the device
settings using ethtool and instead set the transceiver type in the
phy_driver structure flags field. Change the transceiver type to be
internal, also.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With ethtool being able to control what is advertised, the advertising
field is what should be used for priming the auto-negotiation registers
and for various other checks, instead of the supported field.
Also, move the initial setting of the supported and advertising fields
into the probe function so that they are not reset each time the device
is brought up, thus allowing the user to set as desired before bringing
the device up.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Test robot noticed that we check the return of vxlan_igmp_join and leave
but inside them there was a path that it could be used initialized.
It's not really possible because those if() inside these igmp functions
would always match as we can't have sockets of other type in there, but
this way we keep the compiler happy.
Fixes: 56ef9c909b ("vxlan: Move socket initialization to within rtnl scope")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an EEH error occurs, the device/slot is disconnected. This condition
is more reliably detected (i.e., returns all ones) with an MMIO read rather
than a config read -- especially on power platforms.
Hence, this patch fixes EEH error detection by replacing config reads with
MMIO reads for reading the error registers. The error registers in
Skyhawk-R/BE2/BE3 are accessible both via the config space and the
PCICFG (BAR0) memory space.
Reported-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <Suresh.Reddy@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Issuing this cmd for more than 8 EQs does not have the intended effect
even on BEx and Skyhawk-R.
This patch fixes this by issuing this cmd for upto 8 EQs at a time.
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <Suresh.Reddy@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, a PF does not restrict its VF interface from enabling vlan
promiscuous mode. This breaks vlan isolation when a vlan
(transparent tagging) is configured on a VF.
This patch fixes this problem by disabling the vlan promisc capability
for VFs.
Reported-by: Yoann Juet <veilletechno-irts@univ-nantes.fr>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On a MIPS Malta board, tons of fifo underflow errors have been observed
when using u-boot as bootloader instead of YAMON. The reason for that
is that YAMON used to set the pcnet device to SRAM mode but u-boot does
not. As a result, the default Tx threshold (64 bytes) is now too small to
keep the fifo relatively used and it can result to Tx fifo underflow errors.
As a result of which, it's best to setup the SRAM on supported controllers
so we can always use the NOUFLO bit.
Cc: <netdev@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: Don Fry <pcnet32@frontier.com>
Signed-off-by: Markos Chandras <markos.chandras@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the current netback, the bandwidth limiter's parameters are only
settable during vif setup time. This patch register a watch on them, and
thus makes them runtime changeable.
When the watch fires, the timer is reset. The timer's mutex is used for
fencing the change.
Cc: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Imre Palik <imrep@amazon.de>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With patch '960d6d08e39 "mwifiex: delay skb allocation for RX
until cmd53 over"' we no more pass skb parameter to MP aggregation setup
helper function. We instead pass length to be aggregated.
This patch fixes an issue where we were passing length parameter of NULL
skb to aggregation routine resulting into crash. We should instead pass
rx_len received from mp_regs.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There are no known BCM4354 PCIe devices released so removing
support from the driver until proven otherwise.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Recently support was added for the BCM4345 SDIO chipset by
commit 9c51026509 ("brcmfmac: Add support for BCM4345 SDIO chipset")
however this was verified using a BCM43455 device, which is
a more recent revision of the chip. This patch assure that
older revisions are not probed as they would fail.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Syed Asifful Dayyan <syedd@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch added support for the BCM43430 802.11n SDIO chipset.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The BCM4356 PCIe wireless device was added recently but overlooked
the fact that the MODULE_FIRMWARE() macros were missing for the
firmwares needed by this device.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
SDIO uses a thread to handle all communication with the device,
for this data is exchanged between threads. This data needs proper
memory barriers to make sure that data "exchange" is going correct.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Several host controllers supporting runtime-pm are causing issues
with our sdio wireless cards because they disable the sdio interrupt
upon going into runtime suspend. This patch avoids that by doing
a pm_runtime_forbid() call during the probe. Tested with Sony Vaio
Duo 13 which uses sdhci-acpi host controller.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It's clear from the indenting that curly braces were intended here.
Fixes: e35000ead4 ('mwifiex: preprocess packets from TX queue')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add the USB Id to link the D-Link DWA 130 USB Wifi adapter
to the rt2830 driver.
Signed-off-by: Scott Branden <sbranden@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Pieter Truter <ptruter@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Multicast is not yet properly supported for all connection types;
actually, only non-secure AP is supported. For all other cases,
fall back to old "pseudo-DMS" approach. Namely, for:
- PBSS
- secure connection
When re-routing MCAST Rx->Tx on the AP, do not Tx back to the origin
of the frame
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use dedicated vring for multicast frames; this vring allocated for
AP and PBSS (both P2P GO and client) configurations
For short frames, use MCS0; for long - MCS1
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Sync with the wmi definitions from the firmware team
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fix checkpatch warning:
WARNING: Prefer ether_addr_copy() over memcpy() if the
Ethernet addresses are __aligned(2)
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
For the networking code and for hardware network accelerators,
it is better to have IP header 4*n aligned. On the other side,
DMA on Rx path require buffer to be aligned on 4*n as well.
Having 14 bytes of Ethernet header, these 2 alignment
requests are in contradiction.
To solve this, order hardware offload block to not remove
SNAP header. This adds extra 6 bytes between addresses and
ethertype, making it 20 bytes total. This way, both buffer and
IP header are 4*n aligned. Remaining is only to remove SNAP
by shifting addresses 6 bytes. This involves data copying, so
this feature should be disabled unless required by the platform.
Module parameter "rx_align_2" (bool, default - false)
introduced to control this feature. Feature is completely disabled
when parameter is false.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
"echo" used to be called when no firmware loaded to the NIC,
this causes error output.
Probe firmware with "echo" only after it returned "ready" event.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use temporal variable for often used vring->swhead;
and use proper index in debug printing - vring->swhead
used before was modified in wil_vring_advance_head
and then increased value was used in debug print
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The cw1200 driver implements suspend and resume callbacks and assigns them
to the suspend and resume fields of the device_driver struct. These
callbacks are never actually called by anything though.
Modify the driver to properly use dev_pm_ops so that the suspend function
is actually executed upon suspend and drop the empty resume function.
Signed-off-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
I've been getting this error when building mainline kernels using
Fedora's config files:
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8188ee/hw.c: In function ‘_rtl88ee_init_mac’:
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8188ee/hw.c:853:2: error: implicit declaration of function ‘rtl_hal_pwrseqcmdparsing’ [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
if (!rtl_hal_pwrseqcmdparsing(rtlpriv, PWR_CUT_ALL_MSK,
^
cc1: some warnings being treated as errors
scripts/Makefile.build:258: recipe for target 'drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8188ee/hw.o' failed
I'm not sure if this is the correct fix, but it does seem to allow the
build to complete. I suspect that this was broken by commit 34ed780a6a
(rtlwifi: Fix problems with building an allyesconfig). Most of the files
that removed the include of pwrseqcmd.h, added one for ../pwrseqcmd.h.
The rtl8188ee driver had it removed it but didn't add the include of the
file in the parent directory.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jeff.layton@primarydata.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When a MCI reset is done, make sure that AIC
is started.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add the main AIC calibration function to
handle MCI_STATE_AIC_CAL.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds a function to handle the
MCI message MCI_STATE_AIC_START.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add a routine to handle the MCI_STATE_AIC_CAL_RESET
message.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since various MCI messages need to be
handled, along with driver-level support
in upper layers, disable AIC for now.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for post-processing
the AIC calibration results.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Set the appropriate bits in the HW after
AIC calibration is done.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds routines to handle the MCI
message AIC_CAL_SINGLE, starting the required
HW calibration.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Various registers to control and check AIC
status.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
AIC can be disabled or enabled on a per-card
basis using MCI configuration, so register a function
to check its status.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
These are necessary for implementing AIC,
supported by chips like WB222.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Quit complaining about a couple of events that we actually expect to see
during an NVM update.
Reported-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The platform_quirk element in the platform data was used
to change the way the IRQ is triggered. When set,
the EDGE_IRQ quirk would change the irqflags used
and treat edge trigger differently from the rest.
Instead of hiding this irq flag setting behind the quirk,
have the board files set the irq_trigger explicitly.
This will allow us to use standard irq DT definitions
later on.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luca@coelho.fi>
[Eliad - rebase, add irq_trigger field and pass it,
update board file changes]
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Tested-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Make PCI Device ID Tables be "const" to move them out of the data segment and
remove a redundant check on CH_PCI_DEVICE_ID_TABLE_DEFINE_BEGIN in
t4_pci_id_tbl.h to guard the contents of the include file.
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-03-19
This wont the last 4.1 bluetooth-next pull request, but we've piled up
enough patches in less than a week that I wanted to save you from a
single huge "last-minute" pull somewhere closer to the merge window.
The main changes are:
- Simultaneous LE & BR/EDR discovery support for HW that can do it
- Complete LE OOB pairing support
- More fine-grained mgmt-command access control (normal user can now do
harmless read-only operations).
- Added RF power amplifier support in cc2520 ieee802154 driver
- Some cleanups/fixes in ieee802154 code
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Setup maximum number of associated stations supported in
AP/P2P_GO mode.
This allow hostapd/wpa_supplicant to play with that limit
and set more information (eg. P2P group limit bit for P2P_GO).
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some firmware revisions (tested with qca6174
rm2.0-00088) deliver unsolicited unknown (kind of
garbled) HTC ep0 event to host in some cases.
This issue was mainly observed with both qca988x
and qca6174 being installed on a single host
system. During driver probing if qca6174 booting
sequences were somehow deferred (e.g. by qca988x
implicitly making some resources busy presumably)
the unsolicited event would came around 1s after
ATH10K_HTC_MSG_READY_ID was delivered to host for
qca6174.
The unsolicited event would confuse driver and
cause HTT initialization (and subsequently
driver probing) to fail.
Make the ep0 event processing more robust. The
event will still be caught but instead will
only generate a warning now.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Wrong symlink name is used on error path of thermal registration
and also correcting the error message.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The firmware frequently manages to trigger this, and there's
no known driver workaround, so stop warning.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
we unref IWL_MVM_REF_UCODE_DOWN on iwl_mvm_restart_complete().
Usually, the restart is initiated by iwl_mvm_nic_restart(),
which takes the reference before restarting the hw.
However, in D3 flow we might call ieee80211_restart_hw()
directly (in case of suspend error and on d3_test-resume),
which without taking the ref first. fix it.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firmware has a race in the flow that indicates the
completion of the authentication. Checking the completion
of the authentication is not really needed anyway since
we can wait for the ALIVE notification instead.
Remove the unneeded and buggy code.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When the driver callback returns that it's out of space for new
stations, the mac80211 IBSS code still keeps the station so it
doesn't try to add it over and over again.
Since the rate scaling algorithm is separate in mac80211, it also
invokes the rate scaling algorithm for such stations. It doesn't
know that our rate scaling algorithm is tightly integrated with
the MVM code and relies on those data structures, and it cannot
as the abstraction doesn't allow for it.
This leads to crashes when the rate scaling algorithm tries to
use uninitialized data, notably the mvmsta->vif pointer.
Protect against this in the rate scaling algorithm. We cannot get
good rates with such peers anyway since the firmware cannot do
anything with them.
This should fix https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=93461
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Reported-by: Richard Taylor <rjt-kernel@thegrindstone.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The assumption before this patch was that we don't need to
run again the INIT firmware after the system booted. The
INIT firmware runs calibrations which impact the physical
layer's behavior.
Users reported that it may be helpful to run these
calibrations again every time the interface is brought up.
The penatly is minimal, since the calibrations run fast.
This fixes:
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=94341
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
NativeWifi tx mode expects QoS Data frames to be
delivered as Data frames with QoS part (e.g. tid)
being delievered out-of-band in fw tx command.
The QoS bit wasn't stripped before submitting to
firmware.
Stripping fixes two known problems:
* qca6174 IOT with some APs, e.g.
Cisco AIR-AP 1252 (which would crash after
ath10k association). Some ath9k APs would
crash as well.
* sniffing own tx frames via radiotap because,
e.g. wireshark was seeing QoS bit set but
since QoS Control was stripped in ath10k it
would parse beginning of LLC/SNAP
>From debugability point of view this removes the
ability to distinguish QoS from non-QoS frames
when sniffing own tx via radiotap. On the other
hand frames can be now parsed correctly without
special software modification.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This reverts commit 11ad714b98 because
it breaks cx82310_eth.
The custom USB_DEVICE_CLASS macro matches
bDeviceClass, bDeviceSubClass and bDeviceProtocol
but the common USB_DEVICE_AND_INTERFACE_INFO matches
bInterfaceClass, bInterfaceSubClass and bInterfaceProtocol instead, which are
not specified.
Signed-off-by: Ondrej Zary <linux@rainbow-software.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the phys_port_name operation. Port names are pulled from the
rocker hardware model in qemu and default to the qemu name + port id.
e.g.,
sw1p1: flags=4098<BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500
ether 52:54:00:12:35:01 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
RX packets 0 bytes 0 (0.0 B)
RX errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0
TX packets 0 bytes 0 (0.0 B)
TX errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0
where 'sw1' comes from the qemu command line -device rocker,name=sw1, and
'p1' is port 1.
Patch is adapted from Scott's phys_port_id patch.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, if a multicast join operation fail, the vxlan interface will
be UP but not functional, without even a log message informing the user.
Now that we can grab socket lock after already having rntl, we don't
need to defer socket creation and multicast operations. By not deferring
we can do proper error reporting to the user through ip exit code.
This patch thus removes all deferred work that vxlan had and put it back
inline. Now the socket will only be created, bound and join multicast
group when one bring the interface up, and will undo all that as soon as
one put the interface down.
As vxlan_sock_hold() is not used after this patch, it was removed too.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in favor of their inner __ ones, which doesn't grab rtnl.
As these functions need to operate on a locked socket, we can't be
grabbing rtnl by then. It's too late and doing so causes reversed
locking.
So this patch:
- move rtnl handling to callers instead while already fixing some
reversed locking situations, like on vxlan and ipvs code.
- renames __ ones to not have the __ mark:
__ip_mc_{join,leave}_group -> ip_mc_{join,leave}_group
__ipv6_sock_mc_{join,drop} -> ipv6_sock_mc_{join,drop}
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removing some boilerplate by using module_pnp_driver instead of calling
register and unregister in the otherwise empty init/exit functions
Signed-off-by: Peter Huewe <peterhuewe@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
Port statistics bitmap will now be initialized at port init. Even before
starting the port, statistics are visible to the user and must be properly masked.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NUM_PORT_STATS was 9 instead of 10, which caused off-by-one bug when
displaying the statistics starting from tx_chksum_offload in ethtool.
Fixes: f8c6455bb0 ('net/mlx4_en: Extend checksum offloading by CHECKSUM COMPLETE')
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ndo_set_tx_maxrate support.
To support per tx queue maxrate limit, we use the update-qp firmware
command to do run-time rate setting for the qp that serves this tx ring.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the low-level device commands and definitions used for QP max-rate limiting.
This is done through the following elements:
- read rate-limit device caps in QUERY_DEV_CAP: number of different
rates and the min/max rates in Kbs/Mbs/Gbs units
- enhance the QP context struct to contain rate limit units and value
- allow to do run time rate-limit setting to QPs through the
update-qp firmware command
- QP rate-limiting is disallowed for VFs
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TI CC2521 is an RF power amplifier that is designed to interface
with the CC2520. Conveniently, it directly interfaces with the CC2520
and does not require any pins to be connected to a
microcontroller/processor. Adding a CC2591 increases the CC2520's range,
which is useful for border router and other wall-powered applications.
Using the CC2591 with the CC2520 requires configuring the CC2520 GPIOs
that are connected to the CC2591 to correctly set the CC2591 into TX and
RX modes. Further, TI recommends that the CC2520_TXPOWER and
CC2520_AGCCTRL1 registers are set differently to maximize the CC2591's
performance. These settings are covered in TI Application Note AN065.
This patch adds an optional `amplified` field to the cc2520 entry in the
device tree. If present, the CC2520 will be configured to operate with a
CC2591.
The expected pin mapping is:
CC2520 GPIO0 --> CC2591 EN
CC2520 GPIO5 --> CC2591 PAEN
Signed-off-by: Brad Campbell <bradjc5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Storing the `platform_data` struct inside of the SPI struct when using
the device tree allows for a later function to edit the content of that
struct. This patch refactors the `cc2520_get_platformat_data` function
to accept a pointer to a `cc2520_platform_data` struct and populates
the fields inside of it.
This change mirrors commit aaa1c4d226
("at86rf230: copy pdata to driver allocated space").
Signed-off-by: Brad Campbell <bradjc5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
- Added resource initialization based on port-id field
- Enabled second SGMII 1G interface
Signed-off-by: Keyur Chudgar <kchudgar@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This warning is misleading. In many cases, for example P2P ROC time
events, this will happen if the time event is aborted, for example
due to a higher priority time event. This is entirely normal and not
worth warning about.
In other cases, where we actually do act upon this, for example when
trying to connect and this fails, we should instead warn as part of
the disconnect operation.
Change the code to do that, i.e. make the warning a debug message,
and make it more prominent (an error) when we actually disconnect
because of it.
This also fixes confusion in the logs - the warning was mistaken for
something that needed investigation, while in most cases it's just
expected behaviour that occasionally some lower-priority time events
would not complete fully.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In 8000 HW family B-step only, the ICCM is separate
from the SRAM. This adds the ICCM to the dump data
collected for FW debug.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
There are transport that must buffer frames in the driver.
This means that we have frames that are not in the op_mode
and not visible to the firwmare. This causes issues when we
flush the queues: the op_mode flushes a queue, and the
firmware flushes all the frames that are *currently* on the
rings, but if the transport buffers frames, it can submit
these while we are flushing. This leads to a situation
where we still have frames on the queues after we flushed
them.
Preventing those buffered frame from getting into the
firmware is possible, but then, we have to run the Tx
response path on frames that didn't reach the firmware
which is not desirable.
The way I solve this here is to let these frames go to the
firmware, but make sure the firmware will not transmit them
(by setting the station as draining). The op_mode then needs
to wait until the transport itself is empty to be sure that
the queue is really empty.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
For each RX packet until this patch there only was a debug
print of the HCMD and the offset. This adds also the
sequence number of the packet for easier matching between
what was sent, what came back / was received, and what
got stuck somewhere and was never responded by the FW.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
According to FW methodology, the capability bits should be the only ones
that change per-HW. The API bits should remain constant across different
HWs.
Currently this is not the case with multi-source LAR (API bit 9). Assign
a new capability bit to eventually replace the API bit. Until the API bit
can be deprecated, the driver will check either to enable multi-source
LAR.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If, on a GO, the CSA time event fails to be scheduled, continue the
flow towards mac80211's state machine so it doesn't get stuck, but
report an error later on the post switch which will cause mac80211
to tear down the operation. This ensures nothing gets stuck due to
the scheduling failure.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The commit breaks the legacy platforms, ie. these not using device-tree,
and setting up the interrupt resources with a flag to activate edge
detection. The issue was found on the zylonite platform.
The reason is that zylonite uses platform resources to pass the interrupt number
and the irq flags (here IORESOURCE_IRQ_HIGHEDGE). It expects the driver to
request the irq with these flags, which in turn setups the irq as high edge
triggered.
After the patch, this was supposed to be taken care of with :
irq_resflags = irqd_get_trigger_type(irq_get_irq_data(ndev->irq));
But irq_resflags is 0 for legacy platforms, while for example in
arch/arm/mach-pxa/zylonite.c, in struct resource smc91x_resources[] the
irq flag is specified. This breaks zylonite because the interrupt is not
setup as triggered, and hardware doesn't provide interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix an issue when at86rf230_read_subreg was successful. The
function at86rf230_read_subreg will directly call regmap_read which
returns zero on successful. Nobody figured out issues yet because it was
only necessary to evaluate dvdd state while probing. This could make
trouble because the stack variable could have an random value.
The function is also used by reset the irq line before requesting irq, but
the value isn't evaluated afterwards.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These functions are only used from one place each. If the cacheable_*
versions really are more efficient, then those changes should be
migrated into the common code instead.
NOTE: The old routines are just flat buggy on kernels that support
hardware with different cacheline sizes.
Signed-off-by: Kyle Moffett <Kyle.D.Moffett@boeing.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
E1x chips (57710, 57711(E)) have no support for encapsulation
offload. bnx2x incorrectly advertises the support as available.
Setting of those features is conditional on "!CHIP_IS_E1x(bp)", but
the bp struct is not initialized yet at this point and consequently
any chip passes the check.
The check must use the "chip_is_e1x" local variable instead to work
correctly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This would fix randconfig compile error:
net/built-in.o: In function `netdev_switch_fib_ipv4_abort':
(.text+0xf7811): undefined reference to `fib_flush_external'
Also it fixes following warnings:
warning: (NET_DSA) selects NET_SWITCHDEV which has unmet direct dependencies (NET && INET)
warning: (NET_DSA_MV88E6060 && NET_DSA_MV88E6131 && NET_DSA_MV88E6123_61_65 && NET_DSA_MV88E6171 && NET_DSA_MV88E6352 && NET_DSA_BCM_SF2) selects NET_DSA which has unmet direct dependencies (NET && HAVE_NET_DSA && NET_SWITCHDEV)
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Suggested-by: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MDIO controller on little endian Socs, e.g. ls2085a is similar to the
controller on big endian Socs, but the MDIO access is little endian,
we use I/O accessor function to handle endianness, so the driver can
run on little endian Socs. A property "little-endian" is used
in DTS to indicate the MDIO is little endian, if driver probes the
property, driver will access MDIO in little endian, otherwise, driver
works in big endian by default.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a bug in xgmac_wait_until_done() which mdio_stat should be used
instead of mdio_data when checking if busy bit is cleared.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In hast to fix some sparse warning, I hard-coded a fix-sized array on the stack
which is probably too big for kernel standards. Fix this by converting array
to dynamic allocation.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves SKB allocation for RX packets from current
place i.e. after reading MP regs to place where we already
have read data from SDIO bus ie after cmd53.
mp_rx_aggr_setup has been modified accordingly to set
skb_arr to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Shengzhen Li <szli@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch brings in support for SDIO single port rx aggregation
to mwifiex.
Maximum read size support by SDIO cmd53 is 64K.
Based on multi port aggregation which is already part of mwifiex, idea here
is multiple packets received in FW can be aggregated into single buffer.
A separate upload type is defined for such packet aggregated to single port.
Packets from this single buffer are later deaggregated into individual packets.
This way, driver can receive more packets each time through single SDIO cmd53;
thereby reducing no of times MMC bus is accessed.
SDIO SP aggregation support is advertised by FW during load time and driver
would get FW block size in command response of HostCmd_CMD_SDIO_SP_RX_AGGR_CFG.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Yang <yangyang@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
During profiling, we discovered that driver remains idle for time
when pakcet is downloaded to FW but no TX_DONE has been received
i.e. while data_sent is true.
This patch adds enhancement to TX routine where we preprocess
packets from TX queue, make them ready for TX and add them to
separate TX queue.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Yang <yangyang@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Chin-ran Lo <crlo@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch does away with spinlock in
mwifiex_wmm_get_highest_priolist_ptr in order to improve TP.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch removes BA setup helper routines
mwifiex_is_bastream_setup and mwifiex_is_amsdu_in_ampdu_allowed.
Current code will use two functions to check bastream setup and
amsdu in ampdu. This patch change these functions to flags, thus
avoiding redundant spin_lock check while dequeuing TX packets.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Current code does not check whether main_work_queue or
rx_work_queue is running when preparing to do queue_work,
this code fix add check before calling queue_work, reducing
unnecessary queue_work switch.
This change instead sets more_task flag to ensure we run main_process
superloop once again.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhen Li <szli@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
SD8897 support buffers of 4K and 16 such ports can be accomodated.
So basically 64K buffer size in single aggregation is supported.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Rename this function to reflect its purpose correctly.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
A crash was detected while changing virtual interface type is in
progress. This was tracked to race condition in accessing bss_priority
table while change is in progress. This patch ensures that main_process
and rx_process works are locked while we change virtual interface.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In struct wl18xx_acx_rx_rate_stat, rx_frames_per_rates field is an
array, not a number. This means WL18XX_DEBUGFS_FWSTATS_FILE can't be
used to display this field in debugfs (it would display a pointer, not
the actual data). Use WL18XX_DEBUGFS_FWSTATS_FILE_ARRAY instead.
This bug has been found by adding a __printf attribute to
wl1271_format_buffer. gcc complained about "format '%u' expects
argument of type 'unsigned int', but argument 5 has type 'u32 *'".
Fixes: c5d94169e8 ("wl18xx: use new fw stats structures")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Iooss <nicolas.iooss_linux@m4x.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
I have here FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N v2 / idVendor=057c, idProduct=8501
and every single of this requests ends up with:
|ieee80211 phy0: rt2x00usb_vendor_request: Error - Vendor Request 0x0c failed for offset 0x0000 with error -32
I was browsing the the vedor code and I haven't seen such request so I
remove it with this patch. If I wasn't look enough or if this error is
expected then please excuse :)
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
rt2800usb_autorun_detect() blindly assumes assumes that it worked while
it could have failed. Check the error code here.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
My understanding ist that rt2x00usb_register_read() is void and so the
reader is unaware of read errors and assumes that whatever was on the
stack as it was about to read.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We might be in interrupt context at few places. So replace
del_timer_sync() with del_timer(). This patch fixes a kernel
trace problem seen occasionally during our testing.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for auto ARP feature in mwifiex.
The device will respond to ARP requests from the network
with ARP response in suspended state without waking up the host.
This feature is enabled in the driver by default.
Signed-off-by: Maithili Hinge <maithili@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It's been observed Rx aggregated packets are always followed
by a single Rx packet. This patch improves our logic to add
that extra packet in next aggregation.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
